Docstoc

Darlington Local Development Framework

Document Sample
Darlington Local Development Framework Powered By Docstoc
					 Darlington LDF Accommodating Growth DPD Draft SA Report Appendices, November 2010




     Darlington Local Development Framework



    Accommodating Growth Development Plan Document




      Appendices to Draft Sustainability Appraisal Report
                         (Incorporating SA Tasks A1-B2)




                                        November 2010




Darlington Borough Council
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



           Introduction to the Appendices


           This is the companion document to the Draft Sustainability Appraisal Report of
           Darlington Borough Council’s Local Development Framework (LDF) Accommodating
           Growth DPD Issues and Options Report.

           Table of Contents

            Appendix                                   Title                                        Page
               A            List of Plans, Policies, Programmes and Sustainability                   3
                            Objectives

                  B         Sustainability Baseline                                                   32

                  C         Development of the Sustainability Framework                               87

                  D         Sustainability Matrix                                                    111

                  E         Detailed Appraisals                                                      207




                                                      2
                                                                                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

           APPENDIX A- LIST OF PLANS, POLICIES, PROGRAMMES AND SUSTAINABILITY OBJECTIVES

                                                                                                                                             SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
          International                               European                                       National                                      Regional                                                        Local                             Key implications for the                Key implications for the SA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            AGDPD
World Summit on Sustainable             A Sustainable Europe for a Better           Securing the Future: UK Government               Integrated Regional Framework for the North              Sustainable Community Strategy - One               Location of new development and           The requirements of the SEA must be
Development, Johannesburg (2002)        World: A European Union Strategy for        Sustainable Development Strategy                 East ( SUSTAINE 2008) (R1a)                              Darlington: Perfectly Placed (2008-2021)           allocations to protect biodiversity,      met and documented through the SA
(I1)                                    Sustainable Development                     (2005) (N1)                                      The IRF sets out a vision for the North East to be       (L1a)                                              heritage and landscape, conserve          process.
Global governmental declarations to:    (2001) (E1)                                 Identifies four UK priorities for action which   a place where present and future generations             The vision of Darlington’s Sustainable             natural resources and reduce
•    Advance and strengthen 3 pillars   The strategy identifies the following       include:                                         have a high quality of life. In attaining this vision,   Community Strategy (SCS) is ‘One Darlington,       greenhouse gas emissions.                 Appraisal of location of new
     of sustainability (economic        unsustainable trends on which action        • Sustainable consumption and                    the North East needs to be a vibrant, self reliant,      Perfectly Placed’ which can be described as:                                                 development and allocations to consider
     development, social development    needs to be taken:                             production                                    ambitious and outward looking region featuring a                                                            Location of new development and           social, economic and environmental
     and environmental protection) at   •    Climate change and energy use          • Climate change and energy                      dynamic economy, a healthy environment, and a            •    One Darlington – Refers to making the         allocations to promote urban and rural    effects against Darlington’s key issues
     all levels                         •    Production and consumption rates       • Natural resource protection and                distinctive culture. A series of ten regional                 most of Darlington’s unique character and     regeneration and contribute to
•    Protect biodiversity               •    Natural resource use                      environmental enhancement                     objectives have been developed that support the               qualities and to building inclusion and       addressing inequalities in health,
•    Tackle underdevelopment            •    Public health, poverty and social      • Creating sustainable communities and a         vision. These include:                                        opportunity for all. A need has been          employment and education.
     through education, training and         exclusion                                 fairer world                                                                                                identified for gap narrowing in relation to
     technology transfer                •    Economic and social implications of    The strategy also sets out five guiding          •    strengthening the economy;                               educational attainment, health, life          Location of new development and
•    Tackle global poverty                   an ageing society                      principles that will be used to achieve          •    adapting to and mitigating against climate               expectancy and access to jobs, services       allocations to be easily accessible,
•    Change consumption and             •    Global commitment to sustainable       sustainable development in the UK. These              change;                                                  and facilities.                               promote safety and contribute to
     production patterns                     development                            are as follows:                                  •    living within environmental limits;                                                                    strengthening existing communities
•    Conserve natural resources                                                     •     Living within environmental limits         •    developing a more sustainable employment            •    Perfectly Placed – The Perfect Place in
•    Tackle climate change, and         Strategic Environmental Assessment          •     Ensuring a strong healthy just society          market;                                                  2021 will have a strong sense of community    Need to consult the local community and
                                                                                    •                                                •    establishing a strong learning and skills                and improved quality of life for all          stakeholders regarding the location of
•    Bring health care to basic         Directive (2001/42/EC) (E2)                       Achieving a sustainable economy
                                        Objective to:                                                                                     base;                                                    Darlington people, including future           new development and open space in the
     minimum standards                                                              •     Promoting good governance
                                        Provide for a high level of protection of                                                    •    improving health and wellbeing and                       generations, whilst respecting local and      Borough
                                                                                    •     Using sound science responsibly
                                        the environment and to contribute to the                                                          reducing health inequalities;                            global environmental limits.
                                        integration of environmental                Planning for a Sustainable Future:               •    protecting and enhancing the environment;
                                        considerations into the preparation and     White Paper (2007) (N2)                          •    building sustainable communities;                   A number of long term outcomes have been
                                        adoption of plans and programmes with       Sets out detailed proposals for the reform       •    developing sustainable transport; and               identified in the strategy, for example:
                                        a view to promoting sustainable                                                                                                                       •    To increase employment, pay levels and
                                                                                    of the Planning System according to the          •    promoting and respecting the region's                    economic prospects for people living in the
                                        development.                                recommendations made by the Eddington
                                                                                                                                          culture and heritage.                                    most deprived neighbourhoods
                                                                                    and Barker Reviews.
                                                                                                                                                                                              •    Increase participation rates in post 16
                                                                                                                                     The North East of England Regional Spatial                    education
                                                                                    5 core principles underline the White
                                                                                    Paper:
                                                                                                                                     Strategy to 2021 (R2a)                                   •    Maximise people’s ability to live
                                                                                                                                     Policy 2 sates that LDF’s should support                      independently throughout their lives
                                                                                    • planning must be responsive,
                                                                                                                                     sustainable development and construction                 •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Reduce CO emissions in the borough
                                                                                       particularly to longer term challenges
                                                                                                                                     through the delivery of twenty three                          through effective spatial planning, the
                                                                                       such as increasing globalisation and
                                                                                                                                     environmental, social and economic objectives.                design of new buildings, improved
                                                                                       climate change, and properly integrate
                                                                                                                                     These objectives have incorporated the ten                    insulation and transport links
                                                                                       economic, social and environmental
                                                                                                                                     regional objectives of the IRF.                          •    Reduce the fear of crime and anti-social
                                                                                       objectives to deliver sustainable
                                                                                       development                                                                                                 behaviour
                                                                                                                                     Sustainable Communities in the North East:
                                                                                    • the planning system should be                  Building for the Future (2003) (R3)
                                                                                       streamlined, efficient and predictable        Implements the national sustainable
                                                                                    • there must be full and fair opportunities      communities’ action plan at the regional level.
                                                                                       for public consultation and community         Highlights actions to address housing, planning
                                                                                       engagement                                    and neighborhood renewal issues and further
                                                                                    • the planning system should be                  outlines the need to create sustainable
                                                                                       transparent and accountable                   communities which:
                                                                                    • planning should be undertaken at the           •     are economically prosperous;
                                                                                       right level of government – national,         •     have decent homes at a price people can
                                                                                       regional and local                                  afford;
                                                                                                                                     •     safeguard the countryside;
                                                                                    Planning Policy Statement 1: Delivering
                                                                                                                                     •     enjoy a well-designed, accessible and
                                                                                    Sustainable Development (2005) (N3)
                                                                                                                                           pleasant living and working environment;
                                                                                    Recognises that Sustainable development
                                                                                                                                     •     are effectively and fairly governed with a
                                                                                    is the core principle underpinning planning.
                                                                                                                                           strong sense of community
                                                                                    PPS1 sets out the following key principles
                                                                                    that should be applied to ensure that
                                                                                    development plans contribute to the
                                                                                    delivery of sustainable development:
                                                                                    •     Promote urban and rural regeneration
                                                                                          to create vibrant places that improve
                                                                                          the wellbeing of communities
                                                                                    •     Promote inclusive, healthy, safe and
                                                                                          crime free communities
                                                                                    •     Bring forward sufficient land of a
                                                                                          suitable quality in appropriate
                                                                                          locations to meet the expected needs
                                                                                          for development
                                                                                    •     Improve access to services




                                                                                                                                                                   3
                                                                                      Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                •     Focus developments in existing
                                                                                      centres to promote their viability
                                                                                •     Reduce the need to travel
                                                                                •     Use land more efficiently
                                                                                •     Protect and enhance biodiversity, the
                                                                                      historic environment and landscape
                                                                                      character
                                                                                •     Address the causes and impacts of
                                                                                      climate change
                                                                                •     Safeguard natural resources

                                                                                Planning Policy Statement 7:
                                                                                Sustainable Development in Rural
                                                                                Areas (2004) (N4)
                                                                                The Government’s objectives for rural
                                                                                areas are to:
                                                                                •    Raise the quality of life and the
                                                                                     environment in rural areas
                                                                                •    Promote sustainable patterns of
                                                                                     development
                                                                                •    Improve economic performance
                                                                                •    Promote sustainable, diverse and
                                                                                     adaptable agriculture sectors

                                                                                Planning Policy Statement 12: Local
                                                                                Spatial Planning (2008) (N5)
                                                                                Recognises the new spatial planning
                                                                                system exists to deliver positive social,
                                                                                economic and environmental outcomes,
                                                                                and requires planners to collaborate
                                                                                actively with the wide range of
                                                                                stakeholders and agencies that help to
                                                                                shape local areas and deliver local
                                                                                services.




                                                                                                                                      CLIMATE CHANGE AND ENERGY
          International                          European                                National                                    Regional          Sub-regional                                             Local                        Key implications for the                    Key implications for the SA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    AGDPD
United Nations Framework               The Climate action and            Climate Change Act (2008) (N6)                     The Integrated Regional           The Tees Valley Climate Change       Darlington’s Climate Change           Location of new development and               Appraisal of potential locations of new
Convention on Climate Change           renewable energy package          Aims to improve carbon management,                 Framework for the North           Strategy (2006-2012) (SR2)           Strategy (2006-2010) &                allocations to follow the principles of the   development and site allocations to
(1992), including the Kyoto Protocol   (2009)                            helping the transition towards a low carbon        East (2007) (R1b)                 Sets a target to achieve a           Sustainable Community                 energy hierarchy by first reducing the        consider impact on climate change i.e:
(2005) (I2)                            Sets demanding climate and        economy in the UK. Also aims to                    Contains a regional objective     minimum 8.75% reduction in CO2       Strategy - One Darlington:            energy demand and greenhouse gas
Objectives include:                    energy targets to be met by       demonstrate UK leadership internationally.         to adapt to and mitigate          below 2000 levels. Actions           Perfectly Placed (2008-2021)          emissions of development through              Proximity to other facilities and services
• Reduction of greenhouse gases to     2020 (E3):                        Sets a new ambitious target to ensure that         against climate change            relevant to the AGDPD include:       (L2)                                  sustainable locations.
  12.5% below 1990 levels by 2012      A reduction in EU ghg’s of at     the net UK carbon account for the year 2050                                          •    Research innovative ways to     A low carbon borough that is                                                        Ability to access by walking, cycling and
• Domestic emissions reduction of      least 20% below 1990 levels       is at least 80% lower than the 1990 baseline.      The North East of England              meet the sub-regions energy     tackling climate change is one of     Location of new development and               public transport
  20%                                                                    Carbon budgets:                                    Regional Spatial Strategy to           requirements through            the work strands of Darlington’s      allocations to consider the potential for
• 10% of electricity from renewable    20% of EU’S energy                22% reduction by 2008-12                           2021 (R2b)                             renewable sources of power      SCS. As a result Darlington           onsite and decentralised renewable            Potential to be connected to renewable
  sources by 2010                      consumption to come from          28% reduction by 2013-17                           Policy 3 – climate change:             and heat                        Partnership produced a climate        and/or low carbon energy supply               energy or low carbon sources
• Double UK’s Combined Heat and        renewable resources               34% reduction by 2018-22                           •    Help the region to           •    Work towards the                change strategy that dovetails with
  Power capacity by 2010                                                                                                         contribute to meeting             implementation of an            the Tees Valley Climate Change        Location of new development and               Increase/reduction of green
                                       A 20% reduction in primary        Meeting the Energy Challenge: A White                   national policy as set out        effective and efficient inter   Strategy and aims to:                 allocations to enable communities to          infrastructure
                                       energy use compared with          Paper on Energy (2007) (N7)                             in the Energy White               modal transport system          •     Reduce Darlington’s             take action on climate change (reduction
                                       projected levels to be achieved   Sets out the Government's international and             Paper                        •    Ensure that new                       contribution to climate         of car use by walking/cycling etc)            Flood risk / other risk of potential site
                                       by improving energy efficiency    domestic energy strategy. Contains four            •    Plan for the successful           developments are located              change and to minimise the
                                                                         energy policy goals:                                    adaptation to the impacts         and designed to encourage             adverse impacts of climate      Location of new development and
                                                                         • to put ourselves on a path to cutting                 of climate change in the          the use of public transport,          change on Darlington’s          allocations to consider adaptability to
                                                                           carbon dioxide emissions by some 60%                  region                            walking and cycling                   community                       climate change – for example likelihood
                                                                           (now 80%) by about 2050, with real               •    Help the Region mitigate     •    Support the increase in tree    •     reduce fuel poverty in          of flooding of site
                                                                           progress by 2020                                      and adapt to climate              and vegetation cover within           Darlington ensuring that
                                                                         • to maintain the reliability of energy                 change                            the Tees Valley                       people have access to           Location of new development and
                                                                           supplies                                                                           •    Ensure new developments               affordable warmth through       allocations to protect greenhouse gas
                                                                         • to promote competitive markets in the UK         Policy 38 - sustainable                take due consideration of the         efficient housing, heating      sinks and green infrastructure
                                                                           and beyond                                       construction:                          risk of flooding                      systems and appliances
                                                                         • to ensure that every home is adequately          •    Promote and secure                                                •     Develop supportive              AGDPD to deliver patterns of growth that
                                                                           and affordably heated                                 greater use of local                                                    renewable energy policies       help secure the fullest possible use of
                                                                                                                                 renewable energy in                                               •     Promote energy efficient        sustainable transport.
                                                                         Building a Greener Future: policy                       development                                                             transport modes
                                                                         statement (2007) (N8)                              •    Major new developments                                            •     Adapt to climate change by
                                                                         This policy statement confirms the                      of more than 10 dwellings                                               modifying where necessary
                                                                                                                                          2
                                                                         Government's intention for all new homes to             or 100m of non-                                                         buildings, settlements,




                                                                                                                                                              4
              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
be zero carbon by 2016 with a major                    residential floorspace                          livelihoods and lifestyles to
progressive tightening of the energy                   should secure at least                          cope with unpredictable,
efficiency building regulations - by 25 per            10% of their energy                             varied and potentially
cent in 2010 and by 44 per cent in 2013 - up           supply from                                     extreme weather
to the zero carbon target in 2016.                     decentralised and
                                                       renewable or low-                           Darlington Borough Council –
Climate Change: The UK Programme                       carbon sources.                             Corporate Plan 2008-2012 (L3a)
(2006) (N9)                                                                                        •    Priority to be a low carbon
Sets out the policies and priorities for action   Policy 39 relates to renewable                        Borough that tackles climate
in the UK and internationally for tackling        energy generation:                                    change.
climate change. Development should strive         •    Facilitate the generation
to reduce the impact of climate change.                of at least 10% of the
                                                       Region’s consumption of
Stern Review: The Economics of Climate                 electricity from renewable
Change (2006) (N10)                                    sources within the Region
The Stern review assesses the evidence                 by 2010
and explains the economics of climate             •    Aspire to further increase
change. The review states that ‘there is still         renewable electricity
time to avoid the worst impacts of climate             generation to achieve
change, if we take strong action now.’ The             20% of regional
Review estimates that if we don’t act, the             consumption by 2020
overall costs and risks of climate change will    •    Facilitate the
be equivalent to losing at least 5% of global          achievement of the
GDP each year, now and forever.                        138MW sub regional
                                                       target for the Tees Valley
Planning Policy Statement: Planning and
Climate Change (Supplement to PPS 1)              Policy 40 relates to planning
(2006) (N11)                                      for renewables.:
Identifies that planning has a significant role   •     Provide a positive rather
in:                                                     than a restrictive
•    directly influencing energy use and                framework for
     emissions                                          renewables to deliver the
•    delivering the Government’s ambition of            maximum potential for
     zero carbon development;                           generation in Darlington
•    shaping sustainable communities that               Borough
     are resilient to and appropriate for         •     Identify renewable
     climate change                                     resource areas
•    creating an attractive environment for       •     Consider the
     innovation and for the private sector to           environmental, social,
     bring forward investment, including in             economic and visual
     renewable and low-carbon technologies              effects of renewable
     and supporting infrastructure                      energy proposals
•    Capturing local enthusiasm and giving        •     Consider the cumulative
     local communities real opportunities to            impact of wind turbine
     influence, and take, action on climate             proposals
     change.
                                                  Policy 41 relates to onshore
Planning Policy Statement 22: Renewable           wind development
Energy (2004) (N12)                               •    Rely on a substantial
Outlines the increased renewable energy                contribution from wind
development needed to meet climate                     energy to meet targets
change:                                           •    Support wind farms in
• Accommodate renewable energy in                      urban areas and on the
  locations that have minimum                          urban rural fringe
  environmental, social and economic
  impacts                                         North East Renewable
• Promote renewable energy resources              Energy Strategy (2005) (R4)
  through Local Development Documents             The conclusions of the
  and Regional Spatial Strategies                 strategy are:
• Give weight (as material considerations)        •     the North East region
  to wider environmental and economic                   should adopt to the
  benefits of proposed renewable energy                 Government’s targets
  projects when assessing for planning                  and aspirations for
  permission                                            renewable electricity
• Involve the community in the development        •     the region should pioneer
  of renewable energy projects, and;                    the development of heat
• Identify the environmental, social and                only renewable energy
  economic benefits and impacts of                      and should continue to
  renewable projects                                    encourage solar power
                                                  •     Onshore wind remains
                                                        the key technology for
                                                        achieving the targets of
                                                        RSS Policy 40

                                                  North East Strategy for the




                                                                                    5
                                                                                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                         Environment (2008) (R:es1)
                                                                                                                         Objectives to:
                                                                                                                         •   Ensure climate change is
                                                                                                                             coherently addressed in
                                                                                                                             all policies and
                                                                                                                             developments, so that
                                                                                                                             adaptation and mitigation
                                                                                                                             measures are identified
                                                                                                                             and implemented across
                                                                                                                             all sectors reinforcing the
                                                                                                                             drive towards a low
                                                                                                                             carbon and resilient
                                                                                                                             region

                                                                                                                         •    Ensure that energy
                                                                                                                              generation, efficiency and
                                                                                                                              affordability take account
                                                                                                                              of environmental issues
                                                                                                                              in the development of
                                                                                                                              policy and strategies.

                                                                                                                         North East Climate Change
                                                                                                                         Adaptation Plan (2008) (R5)
                                                                                                                         Analyses the likely effects of
                                                                                                                         climate change on the region
                                                                                                                         oand its sub-regions, and how
                                                                                                                         these can be mitigated
                                                                                                                         through adaptation. For
                                                                                                                         example, planning can
                                                                                                                         contribute by the use of
                                                                                                                         existing legislation to
                                                                                                                         discourage development in
                                                                                                                         inappropriate locations, by
                                                                                                                         relocating assets from at-risk
                                                                                                                         areas, and by identifying
                                                                                                                         preferential locations or
                                                                                                                         alignments of buildings to
                                                                                                                         minimise future climate-related
                                                                                                                         risks.

                                                                                                                         North East Climate Change
                                                                                                                         Action Plan (2008) (R6)
                                                                                                                         A region wide action plan
                                                                                                                         including proposed actions on
                                                                                                                         mitigation, adaptation and
                                                                                                                         economic aspects of climate
                                                                                                                         change, with potential actors
                                                                                                                         and timescales identified.


                                                                                                                                     ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
          International                            European                                   National                              Regional          Sub-regional                        Local                        Key implications for the                 Key implications for the SA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              AGDPD
United Nations Framework               Air Quality Directive (08/50/EC)         The Air Quality Strategy for                                                                Sustainable Community                  Location of new development and            Appraisal of locations and allocations to
Convention on Climate Change           2008 (E4)                                England, Scotland, Wales and             North East Strategy for the                        Strategy - One Darlington:             allocations to maintain and improve air    consider their effects on air quality,
(1992), including the Kyoto Protocol   This Directive consolidates existing     Northern Ireland (2007) (N16)            Environment (2008) (R:es2)                         Perfectly Placed (2008-2021)           quality – for example through              water, flooding, land and noise against
(2005) (I2)                            legislation and establishes objectives   The Strategy sets objectives for         Objective to:                                      (L1b)                                  sustainable locations that reduce the      the SA framework.
As reviewed in Climate Change and      for ambient air quality, designed to     eleven main air pollutants to protect    Ensure the region’s atmosphere                     Promotes general resource              need to travel.
Energy. Relates to air quality         avoid, prevent or reduce harmful         human health. Ensures ambient air        maintains its current high                         efficiency through reuse and
                                       effects on human health and the          quality poses no risk to human health    standards with no future                           recycling and building and lifestyle   Manage surface water through the use
                                       environment. Also aims to maintain air   in public places and does not have a     degradation in terms of air                        adaptations. The AGDPD should          of sustainable drainage systems (SUDS)
                                       quality where it is good.                detrimental effect on quality of life.   quality, light pollution and                       support this theme.                    to reduce the volume and rate of surface
                                                                                Pollutants include:                      tranquillity                                                                              water run off and the risk of flooding,
                                                                                Particles PM10                                                                              A Greener, cleaner Darlington          reduce run-off pollution and avoid
                                                                                Particles PM2.5                                                                             is one of the work strands of the      depleting groundwater
                                                                                Nitrogen dioxide                                                                            SCS. This work strands aims to
                                                                                Nitrogen oxides                          .                                                  ensure that:                           Take full account of flood risk and
                                                                                Ozone                                                                                                                              ensure that the location of new
                                                                                Sulphur dioxide                          North East Strategy for the                        “an attractive, liveable               development and infrastructure does not
                                                                                Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons         Environment (2008) (R:es2)                         environment is available to all        cause environmental protection
                                                                                Benzene                                  Objective to:                                      residents, and especially people       problems (for example overflow of
                                                                                1,3 butadiene                            Protect and improve ground,                        living in deprived areas; managing     sewerage systems) during flood events
                                                                                Carbon monoxide                          river and water quality                            and reducing pollution of land,
                                                                                Lead                                     in the region, ensuring that water                 water, air or noise.”                  Ensure that adequate water, waste
                                                                                                                         quality and quantity                                                                      water and sewerage infrastructure exists
                                                                                                                         are considered in all                                                                     or can be provided appropriate to the




                                                                                                                                                           6
                                                 Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Water Framework Directive                 The Water Act (2003) (N17)                 developments and managed in a       Environment Agency: River                scale and type of development. Lack of
(2000/60/EC) (2000) (E5)                  All public bodies will need to consider    sustainable and integrated          Basin Management Plan,                   adequate infrastructure/capacity may
Requires all inland and coastal water     how to conserve water supplied to          manner.                             Northumbria River Basin                  make a development unsustainable and
bodies to obtain ‘good ecological and     premises. Target to achieve                                                    District (2009) (SR5)                    undeliverable
chemical status by 2015.                  sustainable water resources                                                    The plan encourages:
Objectives to:                            management by 2012.                                                            •    Proactive implementation            Location of new development and
•    Prevent deterioration of aquatic                                                                                         of sustainable drainage             allocations to take account of water
     ecosystems and associated            Future Water: The Government’s                                                      systems to reduce flood             abstraction constraints
     wetlands                             Water Strategy for England (2008)                                                   risk and urban pollution of
•    Promote sustainable use of water     (N18)                                                                               surface waters during               Where possible, prioritise development
•    Reduce pollution of water            States that we need to find ways of                                                 periods of high rainfall            and allocations on sustainably located
                                          using water much more efficiently and                                          •    Water efficiency in new             brownfield sites to encourage their
                                          sustainably if we are to continue to                                                developments                        remediation
Groundwater Directive (80/68/EC)          enjoy high standards and constant                                              •    Habitat creation and river
(1980) & Groundwater Daughter             supply.                                                                             restoration to minimise             Sites and allocations to avoid areas of
Directive (06/118/EC) 2006 (E6)                                                                                               flood risk                          high agricultural value
Aims to protect groundwater from               Relevant suggestions for the LDF                                          •    Inclusion of policies for
pollution by controlling discharges and        and SA framework include:                                                      water neutrality for new            Location of new development and
disposals of certain dangerous            •    Reducing water demand through                                                  developments                        allocation of land to consider cumulative
substances (nitrates in particular) to         better building design                                                                                             effects on Darlington’s environmental
groundwater.                              •    Increased use of rainwater                                                Environment Agency: The                  noise quality
                                               harvesting to reduce reliance on                                          Tees Catchment Abstraction
                                               public water supply                                                       Management Strategy (2008)
                                          •    Investigate achieving water                                               (SR6)
                                               neutrality where the total water                                          Target for the Skerne Water
                                               used after a new development is                                           Resource Management Unit to
                                               no more than that used before.                                            change its status from ‘Water
                                          •    Prevent pollution problems                                                Available’ to ‘No Water
                                               arising in the first place                                                Available by 2014. No water will
                                          •    Manage surface water so that it                                           be available for further licensing
                                               can either be reused (through                                             at low flows but water may be
                                               rainwater harvesting) or by                                               available at higher flows with
                                               allowing it to permeate naturally                                         appropriate restrictions.
                                               (through sustainable drainage                                             Currently, water is available at
                                               systems)                                                                  low flows with an abstraction
                                                                                                                         limit of 3.8 mega litres a day all
                                          Planning Policy Statement 25:                                                  year. Once the ‘No Water
                                          Development and Flood Risk (2006)                                              Available’ status has been
                                          (N13)                                                                          reached the abstraction will be
                                          Objectives of the statement are to:                                            reduced to 3.6 mega litres for
                                          • Identify land at risk and the degree                                         346 days a year.
                                            of risk of flooding
                                          • Include Flood Risk Assessments as
                                            part of the SA process
                                          • Locate development to avoid flood                                            Environment Agency: The
                                            risk to people and property                                                  Wear Catchment Abstraction
                                          • Manage residual risk taking into                                             Management Strategy (2006)
                                            account climate change                                                       (SR7)
                                          • Only allow development in flood risk                                         The strategy for the Magnesian
                                            areas when there are no                                                      Limestone GWMU is to move
                                            alternatives and sufficient mitigation                                       towards no water available in
                                            can be provided                                                              2012. Abstractions in and
                                          • Promote effective stakeholder                                                around the area of the Hell
                                            working                                                                      Kettles SSSI are constrained by
                                                                                                                         conditions linked to the
                                          • Ensure spatial planning supports
                                                                                                                         chemistry in the ponds.
                                            flood risk management
                                                                                                                         Abstracted quantities will be
                                                                                                                         controlled if the water chemistry
                                          Making Space for Water: Taking
                                                                                                                         of the ponds changes
                                          forward a new Government Strategy
                                          for flood and coastal erosion risk
                                                                                                                         Environment Agency: River
                                          management in England (2005)
                                                                                                                         Tees Catchment Flood
                                          (N14)
                                                                                                                         Management Plan (2009)
                                          The aim of the strategy is to manage
                                                                                                                         (SR8)
                                          the risks of flooding and coastal
                                                                                                                         Darlington has between 500 to
                                          erosion across England by employing
                                                                                                                         1,000 properties at risk of a 1%
                                          an integrated portfolio of approaches
                                                                                                                         annual probability river flood.
                                          which reflect both national and local
                                                                                                                         The main risk of flooding comes
                                          priorities, so as to:
                                                                                                                         from the River Skerne through
                                          • Reduce the threat to people and
                                                                                                                         Darlington where it meets the
                                             their property
                                                                                                                         River Tees at Croft on Tees.
                                          • Deliver the greatest environmental,                                          Flooding in the central area of
                                             social and economic benefit,                                                Darlington could significantly
                                             consistent with the Government’s                                            affect key transport links. The
                                             sustainable development principles                                          EA has proposed Policy 5 –
                                          To deliver the strategy’s aim the                                              Areas of moderate to high flood




                                                                                                                     7
                                                   Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                            Government has established a wide-                                              risk to cover the Darlington
                                            ranging programme of action, centred                                            area. Actions include:
                                            around:                                                                         -Feasibility study of the potential
                                            • A more holistic approach                                                      to install flood defences.
                                            • Better management of risk                                                     -Review sewer and drainage
                                            • Land-use planning                                                             capacity
                                            • Rural issues                                                                  -Re-design culverts along West
                                            • Integrated urban drainage                                                     Beck
                                              management                                                                    -Ensure all emergency service
                                                                                                                            buildings, health care buildings
                                            Flood and Water Management Bill                                                 and energy utility facilities that
                                            (2009) (N:dfw)                                                                  are at flood risk have
                                            Aims to provide:                                                                contingency arrangements in
                                            Greater security for people and their                                           place
                                            property from the risk of flooding                                              -Work with landowners to
                                                                                                                            develop opportunities for
                                            Better service for people through new                                           improved floodplain storage
                                            ways of delivering infrastructure                                               where possible
                                                                                                                            -Seek to influence sustainable
                                            Better protection of essential water      North East Strategy for the           land management techniques to
                                            supplies                                  Environment (2008) (R:es2)            help to reduce run off such as
                                                                                      Objective to:                         buffer strips or a reduction in
                                            Greater sustainability by helping         Protect and improve the quality       drainage
                                            people and their communities adapt to     of regional land resources to
                                            the increasing likelihood of severe       ensure that land is used in a         Darlington Borough Council
                                            weather events, encouraging               sustainable and innovative            Strategic Flood Risk
                                            sustainable drainage systems,             manner.                               Assessment (2009) (SR9)
                                            protecting communities and the                                                  The SFRA assesses six
                                            environment better from the risk of                                             sources of flooding including;
                                            flooding and protecting water                                                   fluvial , tidal, surface waters,
                                            resources and improving water                                                   sewers, ground waters and
                                            quality.                                                                        reservoirs and other artificial
                                                                                                                            sources. This SFRA reflects the
                                            Environment Agency: Groundwater                                                 new PPS25 practice guidance.
                                            Protection- Policy and Practice
                                            (documents 1-4) (2009) (N15)                                                    -13 developments sites (48.8ha)
                                            Part 1 sets out Core Policy and                                                 are at medium risk of fluvial
                                            describes our aims and objectives for                                           flooding.
                                            groundwater for policy makers,                                                  -17 sites (29.2ha) are at high
                                            planners and the public at large.                                               risk of fluvial flooding
                                            Part 2 introduces basic groundwater
                                            concepts, and the principles of                                                 43 of the 46 sites are also at
                                            management, monitoring and risk                                                 some risk of surface water
                                            assessment that are used in                                                     flooding. 16 sites have a high
                                            groundwater protection, primarily for a                                         vulnerability of flooding.
                                            technically aware but non-specialist
                                            audience.
                                            The Tools described in Part 3 are                                               Environment Agency: Tees
Soil Thematic Strategy (COM (2006)          those used by hydrogeological                                                   Catchment Flood                       Darlington Contaminated Land
231) (E7)The overall objective of the       specialists in the assessment and                                               Management Plan (2009)                Strategy (2003) (L4)
Soil Thematic Strategy is to the            management of groundwater issues.                                               (SR10)                                Sets out the council’s objectives
protection and sustainable use of soil,     Detailed policies for different sectors                                         The plan includes various areas       for dealing with contaminated land
based on the following guiding              and activities are set out in Part 4.                                           in the borough with different         as:
principles:                                                                                                                 policies to be applied:               1 Protect human health from
                                            Planning Policy Statement 23:                                                    •     Neasham/Yarm area: May         significant harm
                                            Planning and Pollution Control                                                         be opportunities for           2 Protect controlled waters from
•    preventing further soil                                                                                                                                      significant harm
                                            (2004) (N19)                                                                           storing water and run-off
     degradation and preserving its                                                                                                                               3 Protect animals and livestock
                                            Aims to integrate land use planning                                                    management.
     functions;                                                                                                                                                   from significant harm
                                            with the control, mitigation and                                                 •     Darlington/Croft area:
•    restoring degraded soils to a level                                                                                                                          4 Protect designated ecosystems
                                            removal of pollution. Contaminated                                               •     Priority for action to
     of functionality consistent at least                                                                                                                         from significant harm
                                            land should be remediated to the                                                       reduce flood risk,
     with current and intended use,                                                                                                                               5 Prevent damage to property
                                            appropriate standard.                                                                  potentially including flood
     considering the cost implications                                                                                                                            6 Prevent further contamination of
                                                                                                                                   defences/review of
     of the restoration of soil.                                                                                                                                  land
                                                                                                                                   sewers and drainage.
                                                                                                                             •     Northern area including        7 Promote and encourage
                                                                                                                                   Skerne above Barmpton:         voluntary remediation
                                                                                                                                   Continue current               8 Encourage the re-use of
Environmental Noise Directive                                                                                                      management while               brownfield land
(2002/49/EC) (E8)                                                                                                                  reviewing.
Aims to:
Monitor the environmental noise                                                                                             Environment Agency: Wear
problem; by requiring competent                                                                                             Catchment Flood
authorities in Member States to draw                                                                                        Management Plan (2009)
up "strategic noise maps" for major         Planning Policy Guidance 24:                                                    (SR10)
roads, railways, airports and               Planning and Noise (1994) (N20)                                                 The plan includes a small parcel
agglomerations, using harmonised            Outlines the considerations for                                                 of land in the Borough which




                                                                                                                        8
                                                                                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                         noise indicators                            determining planning applications for                                                falls into the Wear Catchment.
                                                                                     noise sensitive development and                                                      The relevant section of the plan
                                         Address local noise issues by               those activities that generate noise.                                                states that the EA will
                                         requiring competent authorities to          Noise exposure levels for certain                                                    investigate to see if there are
                                         draw up action plans to reduce noise        forms of development along with                                                      any changes that could be
                                         where necessary and maintain                mitigation measures are                                                              made in managing the land. By
                                         environmental noise quality where it is     recommendations of the guidance                                                      doing this they will see if there is
                                         good.                                                                                                                            an opportunity to reduce the
                                                                                                                                                                          volume and speed of runoff
                                                                                                                                                                          water, which would reduce the
                                                                                                                                                                          effects of flooding.



                                                                                                                                            BIODIVERSITY AND GEODIVERSITY
           International                          European                                     National                                     Regional          Sub-regional                                             Local                      Key implications for the AGDPD                    Key implications for the SA

UN Convention on Biological              The Habitats Directive             Working with the Grain of Nature: A                                                           Tees Valley Green             Sustainable Community Strategy -          Location of new development and               The SA framework objectives and indicators
Diversity (1992) (I3)                    (92/43/EC) (1992) (E9)             biodiversity strategy for England (2002)              A Biodiversity Audit of the             Infrastructure Strategy       One Darlington Perfectly Placed           allocations (unless green infrastructure)to   should be utilised to appraise the AGDPD
Objectives include:                      Aims to:                           (N21)                                                 North East (2001) (R6)                  (2008) (SR10)                 (2008-2021) (L1c)                         avoid areas of high biodiversity value and    against the following criteria:
•   Conservation of biological           Contribute to ensuring             Government vision for:                                The audit:                              Key aim of the strategy       Expanding the green network to            to ensure continued protection of DBAP
    diversity                            biodiversity through the           “a country – its landscapes and water bodies,         •   determines the contribution         is to develop by 2021 a       improve biodiversity is a work strand     habitats and species and SSSI’s.              •   Conservation and enhancement of
•   Sustainable use of biodiversity      conservation of natural            coasts and seas, towns and cities – where wild            the North East makes to             network of green              of the SCS                                                                                  natural/semi natural habitats and
•   Fair and equitable sharing of        habitats and of wild fauna and     species and habitats are part of healthy                  the nation’s threatened             corridors and green                                                     AGDPD to consider where biodiversity can          species
    genetic resources                    flora of EU importance. A          functioning ecosystems; where we nurture,                 biodiversity;                       spaces that:                  Darlington Open Space Strategy            be enhanced – possibly include locations      •   Protection of designated habitats and
Target to achieve a significant          central component of the           treasure and enhance our biodiversity, and            •   forms an intermediate step          •     Enhances the            (2007-2012) (L5a)                         on proposals maps                                 listed species
reduction in biodiversity loss by 2010   directive is the creation of the   where biodiversity is a natural consideration of          between national and local                quality of place for    Aims to provide, protect and                                                            •   Habitat connectivity (prevention of
                                         Natura 2000 network of             policies and decisions, and in society as a               biodiversity plans,                       existing and future     enhance a variety of high quality,        Protect, create and enhance green                 habitat fragmentation)
                                         Special Areas of Conservation      whole”.                                                   identifying those UK                      communities and         accessible open and green spaces          infrastructure to provide new or enhanced     •   Enhancement of overall biodiversity
                                         (SACs) for threatened species                                                                priorities relevant to the                potential investors;    throughout the Borough, linking with      opportunities for biodiversity/geodiversity       (creation of habitats, including open
                                         and habitats                       Natural Environment and Rural                             Region;                             •     Provides an             the cultural and natural heritage of      and increase access to nature learning            spaces)
                                                                            Communities Act (2006) (N22)                          •   identifies species and                    enhanced                the area. It recognises the               opportunities                                 •   Conservation and protection of
                                         The Birds Directive                Section 40 of the Act places a duty on all                habitats that are not                     environmental           importance of open spaces to                                                                geological interests
                                         (97/49/EC) (1997) (E10)            public authorities to have regard to the                  national priorities but which             context for new         biodiversity particularly the important   Required to undergo Habitat Regulations       •   Contact with/understanding of
                                         Requires the protection and        purpose of conserving biodiversity – The                  are considered to be                      development,            role open spaces provide for              Assessment. Protect SPAs and SACs and             biodiversity
                                         conservation of bird species       biodiversity duty.                                        important at the regional                 regeneration            opportunities to learn about nature.      consider impacts on habitats that could be    •   Ability for species to adapt to climate
                                         by;                                                                                          level;                                    projects and                                                      utilised by Annex 1 migratory birds away          change
                                         • Designation of Special           Planning Policy Statement 9: Biodiversity                                                           housing market          County Durham Biodiversity                from the SPA site.
                                              Protection Areas (SPAs)       and Geological Conservation (2005) (N23)              North East Strategy for the                   renewal, and            Action Plan (2007) (L6)
                                              for rare or vulnerable        Aims to:                                              Environment (2008) (R:es3)                    produces high           The aim of the Action Plan is to          Ensure location of new developments and
                                              species listed in Annex 1     • Promote sustainable development through             Objective to                                  quality design and      provide a series of structured action     allocations will not restrict the movement
                                         • Banning of deliberate killing      the conservation and enhancement of                 Conserve, enhance and manage                  developments;           priorities for all those organisations    of species and ability for species to adapt
                                           or capture, destruction or         biodiversity and geological diversity               biodiversity and geodiversity for       •     Creates and             and individuals working to conserve       to climate change
                                           removal of nests and eggs,       • Ensure that England’s wildlife and geology          their own sake and to make the                extends                 biodiversity in the Durham area. The
                                           disturbance during breeding        are sustained through conservation,                 North East a better place.                    opportunities for       structure of the Durham BAP has           Location of new development and
                                           or rearing of Article 1            enhancement and restoration                                                                       access,                 been adapted so that the priority         allocations to consider how green
                                           species                          • Contribute to rural renewal and urban               State of the Environment                      regeneration, and       habitats and species are grouped          infrastructure can be incorporated
                                         • Establishment of a general         renaissance by enhancing biodiversity in            Report for the North East                     enhancement of          into fewer individual action plans.
                                           scheme of protection for all       green spaces and developments and                   (2004) (R: SERNE)                             biodiversity, and       The other change is that targets are
                                           wild birds                         ensuring that the value of biodiversity is          Identifies:                             •     Provides a buffer       focused exclusively on extent and
                                                                              taken into account                                  •    Loss to small woodland                   against the effects     condition of priority species/habitats
                                                                                                                                       areas less than 2ha                      of climate change       .
                                                                            Code for Sustainable Homes: A Step                    •    62% SSSI’s in
                                                                            Change in Sustainable Home Building                        unfavourable condition
                                                                            Practice (2006) (N15)                                 •    NNR’s contribute 20% to
                                                                            Sets standards for the ecological value of                 the national total of
                                                                            development sites                                          87697ha
                                                                                                                                  •    Insufficient monitoring of
                                                                            Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as                      farmland birds
                                                                            amended) (NWC)
                                                                            Principle mechanism for the legislative
                                                                            protection of wildlife in Great Britain. Act
                                                                            makes it an offence to:
                                                                            • Intentionally kill, injure or take any wild birds
                                                                               or their eggs or nests
                                                                            • Intentionally kill, injure or take, possess or
                                                                               trade in any wild animals and prohibits
                                                                               interference with places used for shelter or
                                                                               protection
                                                                            • Pick, uproot, trade in or posses certain wild
                                                                               plants
                                                                            The Act:
                                                                            • Includes measures for preventing the
                                                                               establishment of non-native species
                                                                            • Provides for the notification of SSSI’s




                                                                                                                                                                      9
                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
• Prohibits the undertaking of agricultural or
  forestry operations on land within National
  Parks which has been either moor or heath
  for 20 yrs
• Requires authorities to maintain up to date
  definitive maps and statements for the
  purposes of clarifying public rights of way



The Countryside and Rights of Way Act
2000 (N:CROW)

•    Provides a new right of public access on
     foot to areas of mountain, moorland,
     heath, downland and registered common
     land.
•    Provides safeguards which take into
     account the needs of landowners,
     occupiers and wildlife
•    Improves the right of way legislation by
     encouraging the creation of new routes
•    Introduces powers enabling the diversion
     of rights of way to protect SSSI’s
•    Places a duty to have regard for the
     conservation of biodiversity and maintain
     lists of species and habitats for which
     conservation steps should be taken
•    Places a duty on public bodies to further
     the conservation and enhancement of
     SSSI’s
•    Requires authorities to have regard to the
     purposes of conserving and enhancing
     the natural beauty of AONB’s

State of the Natural Environment 2008
(N:SONE)
Identifies why the natural environment is
valuable and what aspects are valued most:
landscapes and Geodiversity, biodiversity,
opportunities for recreation, employment and
inspiration. Identifies the following pressures
on the natural environment:
•     Invasive species and diseases
•     Biomass crop production (risks and
      opportunities)
•     Agricultural intensification (drainage of
      wetlands, demise of mixed farming
      schemes etc)
•     Under management of woodlands
•     Nutrient enrichment of terrestrial and
      aquatic habitats
•     Toxic chemicals that enter the
      environment on a daily basis (pesticides,
      herbicides, industrial chemicals etc)
•     Climate change

Conserving Biodiversity in a Changing
Climate: Guidance on Building Capacity to
Adapt, Defra (2007) (N:CBCC)
Identifies direct impacts as:
•    Changes in the timings of seasonal
     events
•    Changes in abundance and range of
     species
•    Changes in the habitats which species
     occupy
•    Changes to the composition of plant and
     animal communities
Guidelines for ensuring adaptation includes:
1. Conserve existing biodiversity
1a. Conserve protected areas and other high
quality habitats
1b. Conserve range and ecological variability
of habitats and species




                                                                     10
                                                                                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                            2. Reduce sources of harm not linked to
                                                                            climate change
                                                                            3.Develop ecologically resilient and varied
                                                                            landscapes
                                                                            3a. Conserve and enhance local variation
                                                                            within sites and habitats
                                                                            3b. Make space for the natural development of
                                                                            rivers and coasts
                                                                            4. Establish ecological networks through
                                                                            habitat protection, restoration and creation
                                                                            5. Make sound decisions based on analysis
                                                                            6.Integrate adaptation and mitigation
                                                                            measures into conservation management,
                                                                            planning and practice

                                                                            Climate change and biodiversity
                                                                            adaptation: the role of the spatial planning
                                                                            system (2009) (N16)
                                                                            Site allocations DPD should reflect Core
                                                                            Strategy principles in respect to natural
                                                                            environment constraints and minimise impacts
                                                                            upon recognised environmental assets. Where
                                                                            development briefs are presented within the
                                                                            DPD, it may be appropriate to address
                                                                            landscape and habitat connectivity issues
                                                                            where these are relevant.
                                                                            Also gives guidance for sustainability
                                                                            appraisal, including recognising the problems
                                                                            caused to biodiversity by climate change,




                                                                                                                                              WASTE AND MINERALS
               European                                     National                                 Regional                                Sub-regional                                    Local                       Key implications for the AGDPD                           Key implications for the SA

EU Landfill Directive (99/31/EC) 1999         Waste Strategy for England (2007)         The Integrated Regional Framework        Consultation on Tees Valley Joint             Sustainable Community Strategy -      The AGDPD will need to ensure that appropriate         The SA should take into account the findings of
(E11)                                         (N24)                                     for the North East (2007) (R1c)          Waste Management Strategy (2008)              One Darlington Perfectly Placed       mineral provision, waste recycling and disposal        the SA undertaken on the Tees Valley Joint Waste
Aims to deliver a step change in the way      The Governments objectives are to:        Recognises that minimising the use of    (SR11)                                        (2008-2021) (L1d)                     infrastructure and services either are or will be in   Management Strategy and the Joint Minerals and
waste is disposed of and will help drive      •   decouple waste growth (in all         our resources is fundamental to the      The principles of this                        Reducing waste generation and         place to accommodate growth in the locations           Waste Development Plan.
waste up the hierarchy through waste              sectors) from economic growth         pursuit of sustainable development in    strategy are:                                 increasing the re-use and recycling   selected
minimisation and increased levels of              and put more emphasis on waste        our region. Must ensure that all         •     To reduce waste generation              of waste is a long term outcome of
recycling and recovery. Targets are set to:       prevention and re-use;                individuals and organisations are        •     To be achievable and affordable         the SCS.
•    Reduce biodegradable waste               •   meet and exceed the Landfill          prudent and ethical in their use of      •     To work towards zero Landfill
     landfilled to 75% of 1995 levels by          Directive diversion targets for       material resources, minimising           •     To minimise the impact on climate
     2010                                         biodegradable municipal waste in      consumption, increasing efficiency and         change
•    Reduce biodegradable waste                   2010, 2013 and 2020;                  using renewable rather than non-         •     To have an accountable and
     landfilled to 50% of 1995 levels by      •   increase diversion from landfill of   renewable resources where possible.            deliverable structure
     2013                                         non-municipal waste and secure                                                 •     To contribute towards economic
•    Reduce biodegradable waste                   better integration of treatment for   North East Strategy for the                    regeneration
     landfilled to 35% of 1995 levels by          municipal and non-municipal           Environment (2008) (R:es4)
     2020                                         waste;                                Objectives to:                           Joint Minerals and Waste Development
                                              •   secure the investment in              Ensure that opportunities to implement   Plan Documents for the Tees Valley
                                                  infrastructure needed to divert       the principles of sustainable            (2008) (SR12)
                                                  waste from landfill and for the       consumption are identified and           New development in the Tees Valley
                                                  management of hazardous               delivered throughout the region.         including new houses, shops, industry,
                                                  waste; and                                                                     offices and community buildings will
                                              •   get the most environmental            Manage the region’s waste in an          require minerals for construction purposes
                                                  benefit from that investment,         efficient and sustainable manner,        and for use in industrial processes. These
                                                  through increased recycling of        emphasising waste reduction and          new developments will also produce waste
                                                  resources and recovery of energy      maximising opportunities to use waste    which, along with the waste from existing
                                                  from residual waste using a mix       as a resource through re-use,            developments, needs to be managed.
                                                  of technologies.                      recycling and energy recovery.           Planning policies are therefore required to
                                                                                                                                 ensure:
                                              Targets include:
                                              •   recycling and composting of                                                    •    that sufficient quantities of minerals
                                                  household waste – at least 40%                                                      are available at the right time;
                                                  by 2010, 45% by 2015 and 50%                                                   •    that the waste generated is dealt with
                                                  by 2020; and                                                                        in a sustainable way which reduces
                                              •   recovery of municipal waste –                                                       the use of landfill; and that the
                                                  53% by 2010, 67% by 2015 and                                                   •    environment and amenity of residents
                                                  75% by 2020                                                                         in the Tees Valley is safeguarded


                                              Strategy for Sustainable




                                                                                                                                                             11
                                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Construction (2008) (N25)
The strategy identifies that the
construction industry in England uses
around 400 million tonnes of materials
every year. Around 90 million tonnes
of CD&E inert waste is produced, with
half of this recycled as aggregates,
including at the site of production.
Estimates suggest at least a further 20
million tonnes of non-inert and mixed
CD&E waste is also produced
annually. As a result the strategy sets
a target of:

•    By 2012, a 50% reduction of
     construction, demolition and
     excavation (CD&E) waste to
     landfill compared to 2008.


Planning Policy Statement 10:
Planning for Sustainable Waste
Management (2005) (N26)
The LDF should:
•   help deliver sustainable
    development through driving
    waste management up the waste
    hierarchy, addressing waste as a
    resource and looking to disposal
    as the last option, but one which
    must be adequately catered for;
•   provide a framework in which
    communities take more
    responsibility for their own waste,
    and enable sufficient and timely
    provision of waste management
    facilities to meet the needs of
    their communities;
•   reflect the concerns and interests
    of communities, the needs of
    waste collection authorities,
    waste disposal authorities and
    business, and encourage
    competitiveness;
•   protect green belts but recognise
    the particular locational needs of
    some types of waste
    management facilities when
    defining detailed green belt
    boundaries and, in determining
    planning applications, that these
    locational needs, together with
    the wider environmental and
    economic benefits of sustainable
    waste management, are material
    considerations that should be
    given significant weight in
    determining whether proposals
    should be given planning
    permission;
•   ensure the design and layout of
    new development supports
    sustainable waste management.

Minerals Planning Statement 1:
Planning and Minerals (2006) (N27)
Sets out the importance of minerals in
enabling the creation and development
of sustainable communities and the
overall aim to:
•    ensure, so far as practicable, the
     prudent, efficient and sustainable
     use of minerals and recycling of
     suitable materials, thereby
     minimising the requirement for
     new primary extraction




                                                                                               12
                                                                                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

                                              National and Regional Guidelines
                                              for Aggregates Provision 2001-2016
                                              (N:agg)
                                              Specifies the aggregate provision for
                                              the north East for a sixteen year period
                                              as follows:
                                              •     Land won sand and gravel – 20
                                                    tonnes
                                              •     Land won crushed rock – 119
                                                    tonnes
                                              •     Marine sand and gravel – 9
                                                    tonnes
                                              •     Alternative materials - 76 tonnes
                                              The figures reflect an overall fall in
                                              national demand for aggregates and a
                                              substantial increase in use of
                                              alternatives to primary aggregates,
                                              notably construction and demolition
                                              waste.
                                              Until revised guidelines for the period
                                              2005–2020 are adopted formally the
                                              2001–2016 Guidelines for Aggregates
                                              Provision in England remain extant
                                              and must continue to be used by the
                                              relevant authorities in the plan
                                              preparation process.



                                                                                                                                                ECONOMY AND EMPLOYMENT
            European                                     National                                    Regional                              Sub-regional                Local                                                           Key implications for the AGDPD                              Key implications for the SA

Lisbon Strategy: Towards a Europe         Planning Policy Statement 4:                   The Integrated Regional                   Tees Valley City Region Multi         Sustainable Community Strategy - One                    AGDPD to identify sufficient land for employment            Appraise the locations for development against
of Innovation and Knowledge (2000)        Planning and economic growth (2009)            Framework for the North East              Area Agreement (2008) (SR10)          Darlington Perfectly Placed (2008-2021) (L1e)           purposes                                                    economic criteria relating to:
(E12)                                     Seeks to deliver sustainable economic          (2007) (R1d)                              Sets economic and employment          Prosperous Darlington is one of
Recognises the weaknesses of the          growth by:                                     States that the NE region is              targets up to 2018                    the five delivery themes of the                         Location of new development sites and land                  Meeting need for employment land
European labour market as:                • Building prosperous communities              improving its economic                                                          SCS. The work strands under                             allocations to positively contribute to promoting the       Whether the location of the development will
                                              through improving the economic             performance but is still the lowest       Tees Valley City Region               this theme include:                                     vitality and viability of the town centre                   detract or improve the viability of the town centre
                                              performance of cities and towns;           performing region in terms of             Business Case and City                •     Quality of life – focuses on promoting arts,                                                                  or not
•   insufficient number of jobs being                                                    economic wealth in England.                                                                                                             Prioritise mixed use sites within the town centre / town    Whether the locations contribute to regeneration
                                          • Reducing the gap in economic                                                           Region Development                          leisure and cultural development,
    created in the services sector,                                                      Defines Sustainable as “economic                                                                                                        centre fringe                                               activity or key projects
                                              growth rates between regions,                                                        Programme (2006) (SR11)                     regenerating the town fringe, attracting high
    even though this is by far the                                                       growth that can be sustained and          States that the economic                                                                                                                                  Whether rural economies will be influenced
                                              promoting regeneration and tackling                                                                                              profile companies, enhanced transport
    most important in terms of                                                           is within environmental limits but        performance of the Tees Valley                                                                Location of new development sites and land                  positively or negatively by the locations
                                              deprivation;                                                                                                                     choice and accessibility and maintaining an
    employment;                                                                          also enhances the environment             has been generally poor both                                                                  allocations to contribute to regeneration activities and    Whether employment land relates well to
                                          • Delivering more sustainable                                                                                                        attractive green environment
•   a high rate of long-term                                                             and social welfare and avoids             compared to the UK and                                                                        key development projects such as Central Park               existing employment sites and housing
                                              patterns of development;                                                                                                   •     Employment Opportunities – improve the
    unemployment;                                                                        greater extremes in future                international comparisons. To                                                                                                                             (accessibility by workforce)
                                          • Promoting the vitality and viability of                                                                                            range of high quality premises available,
•   labour supply does not match                                                         economic cycles”.                         address this the following                  increase employment opportunities and             Prioritise employment land allocations in main              Whether the necessary infrastructure to support
                                              town and other centers as important
    demand                                                                                                                         actions have been identified:               attract higher paid jobs                          settlements, however, ensure that the location of           economic developments is or can be provided
                                              places for people; and
•   a shortage of women                                                                  Leading the Way: Regional                 •     build on the economic           •     Accessible Darlington – maintain and              employment sites will also support diversification of the
                                          • Raising the quality of life and the
    participating in the labour market;                                                  Economic Strategy (2006) (R7)                   assets of the City Region.            enhance Darlington’s accessibility by rail, air   rural economy where identified
                                              environment in rural areas by
•   European demographic trends, in                                                      Aims to ensure sustainable,               •     Regenerate the core of                and road and promote the use of ICT and
                                              promoting thieving, inclusive and
    particular an ageing population.                                                     economic growth by:                             urban areas and develop               broadband technologies to reduce the need         Location of new development sites and allocations to
                                              locally distinctive rural communities
                                              whilst continuing to protect open          • Promoting participation and                   underutilised vacant and              to travel                                         relate well to other areas of employment and housing
                                              countryside for the benefit of all.          economic inclusion through                    environmentally poor land       •     Growing Skills – get the right skills available
                                                                                           activity to help people to              •     Provide city scale activities         in Darlington to support the growth of high       Ensure infrastructure either is or can be put in place to
                                                                                           contribute to and benefit from                in Stockton/Middlesbrough             value companies                                   support identified locations of employment sites.
                                                                                           economic growth                               and improve the quality of      •     Sharing Prosperity
                                                                                         • Developing, preserving and                    life in the main town           •     Diversity of Opportunity – the local economy
                                                                                           promoting a healthy and vibrant               centres of Darlington,                provides enough opportunity for people to
                                                                                           cultural climate that will facilitate         Hartlepool and Redcar.                want to stay in Darlington
                                                                                           improved economic                       •     Provide a modern                •     Distinctive Darlington – Create a clear and
                                                                                           performance                                   competitive transport                 consistent identity for Darlington
                                                                                         • Driving economic growth                       infrastructure which
                                                                                           through innovation, skills,                   improves both internal and      Darlington Gateway Strategy (2006) (L7)
                                                                                           investment, enterprise and                    external connectivity.          Darlington has been identified as a Gateway to the
                                                                                           competition                             •     Tackle problems of              Tees Valley that if capitalised upon can generate
                                                                                         • Promoting the reduction of                    worklessness, lack of skills    economic and development activity. The
                                                                                           adverse environmental impact                  and social deprivation.         Darlington Gateway aims to build on the success
                                                                                           in pursuit of economic                  •     Create an environment           already achieved by logistics and office based
                                                                                           development                                   which enhances the stock        employment as a result of both its unique location
                                                                                                                                         of business and                 on the A1(M), the East Coast Main Line and the
                                                                                                                                         encourages                      Airport together with the quality of life provided by
                                                                                         The North East Rural Action                     entrepreneurship.               its tradition as an historic market town. Key
                                                                                         Plan (2002) (R9)                          •     Reduce the social               projects are office development at Morton Palms,




                                                                                                                                                                         13
      Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Sets out ten priority areas in which       polarisation of the Tees          new logistics development at Faverdale, the
action needs to be taken to bring          Valley by providing more          development of Darlington Town Centre, Central
about a revival in the Region’s            opportunities for new             Park, Lingfield Point and the promotion of rail
rural economy. These are:                  housing in the centres of         heritage
• the need for a co-ordinated              our main towns.
   approach to the development of      •   Improve the liveability of        Gateway to Economic Quality: Darlington
   a regionally-embedded food              the Tees Valley by                Economic Regeneration Strategy (2004-2009)
   chain                                   improving our environment,        (L8)
• influencing National and EU              cultural and retail facilities.   The vision guiding the economic regeneration of
   rural policy                        •   Make the most of the              Darlington is:
• the development of tourism and           economic opportunities
   culture                                 presented by our transport        "To develop a more enterprising, vibrant and
• building a diversified rural             connections to other city         diverse local economy, situated in a high quality
   economy                                 regions.                          environment, that will attract investment, share
• planning authorities’                                                      prosperity and create better employment
   development plans need to                                                 opportunities for local people"
   include policies that promote
   sustainable development                                                   To contribute to the vision the LDF will be required
• investing in market towns and                                              to:
   local service centres                                                     •    Encourage development of Higher Education
• making the most of information                                                  facilities to strengthen links with Durham and
   communication technology                                                       Teesside University
• recognise the time needed to                                               •    Encourage development of appropriate
   build effective capacity in                                                    accommodation to suit the aspirations of
   communities and ‘rural proof’                                                  employees of high wage service sectors
   regeneration programmes                                                   •    Encourage development of workspace for
• integrate rural transport                                                       business start ups (particularly in deprived
• develop new ways of working in                                                  areas)
   the rural context                                                         •    Support the development of ICT infrastructure
                                                                             •    Retain the environmental quality of the town,
Moving Forward: The Northern                                                      particularly where people enter and exit the
Way Growth Strategy (2004)                                                        town
(RN)                                                                         •    Maintain and enhance the transport
Sets an agenda for bridging the                                                   infrastructure which is recognised as
£29 billion output gap between the                                                Darlington’s key strength
North and the rest of the UK. Sets                                           •    Meet the property requirements of modern
the following vision:                                                             business through high quality developments
“Together, we will establish the                                                  in the right locations
North of England as an area of
exceptional opportunity                                                      Adding to Quality : A Development Strategy for
combining a world-class                                                      Darlington Town Centre (2001) (L9)
economy with a superb quality                                                The vision of the Strategy is to improve the value
of life.”                                                                    of the town centre as an asset for the local
City regions are considered key to                                           economy and thereby enhance its value to the
any effort to achieving this vision                                          social and cultural life of the community.
and identified areas of work
include:                                                                     The LDF will need to provide a positive framework
•     bringing more people into                                              to encourage the following relevant aspects:
      work
•     driving up innovation building                                         •    Give the pedestrian priority within the main
      entrepreneurship                                                            shopping streets
•     capturing more global trade                                            •    Improve connections between the core and
•     meeting employers' skills                                                   areas outside the ring road.
      needs                                                                  •    Provide high quality public realm, capable of
•     improving connectivity                                                      being used for activities which will bring
•     building quality homes and                                                  commercial as well as social benefits to the
      places                                                                      centre.
•     marketing the North to the                                             •    To strengthen connections between the
      world.                                                                      northern and southern parts of the prime
                                                                                  retail area, and between the prime and the
                                                                                  secondary areas, particularly Skinnergate.
                                                                             •    To use the major sites to introduce
                                                                                  comprehensively-planned, mixed-use
                                                                                  developments.
                                                                             •    To improve the environment of the centre,
                                                                                  taking advantage of its natural and historic
                                                                                  assets.
                                                                             •    To repair the damaged parts of the centre,
                                                                                  reintroducing appropriate uses, built form and
                                                                                  design quality.
                                                                             •    To expand the availability of modern office
                                                                                  space



                                                                             Darlington Borough Council – Corporate Plan




                                                                             14
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                      2008-2012 (L3b)
                                                      Priority to Implement major development projects.
                                                      Actions relevant to the LDF include:
                                                      •    Morton Palms – Phase 3 development
                                                      •    Commercial Street – commence work early
                                                           2008
                                                      • Central Park
                                                      • Faverdale Strategic site
                                                      • Durham Tees Valley Airport
                                                      • Lingfield Point
                                                      Vibrant new mixed use quarter - Beaumont Street
                                                      office development site; Feethams area; Town
                                                      Centre Fringe to east of Inner Ring Road




                                                     15
                                                                                                                                                    EDUCATION AND SKILLS
                   European                                               National                                            Regional                                Local                                              Key implications for the AGDPD                                 Key implications for the SA
                                                                                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                       (DCSF) The Childrens Plan: Building Brighter          The Integrated Regional Framework for             Sustainable Community Strategy - One                Location of housing sites, mixed use sites and existing   Appraisal of locations to consider accessibility to
European strategy and co-operation in                  Futures (2007) (N33)                                  the North East (2007) (R1e)                       Darlington Perfectly Placed (2008-2021)             and new gypsy and traveler sites to consider the          educational establishments and capacity of such
education and training (2000) (E13)                    Sets out goals for achievement by 2020 in             States that if the North East is to achieve its   (L1e)                                               accessibility and current capacity of schools and other
                                                       relation to children and young people’s               ambition as a place where people can fulfil       Aspiring Darlington theme aims to:                  formal and informal educational establishments
 EU education and training policy has been given       educational attainment and wellbeing.                 their potential and contribute to a dynamic       •    Address the gaps in educational
added impetus since the adoption of the Lisbon         ● enhance children and young people’s                 economy, then each person must have the                attainment
Strategy in 2000, the EU's overarching programme       wellbeing,                                            appropriate skills and competencies.              •    Provide the widest possible range of
focusing on growth and jobs. It underlines that        ● every child ready for success in school             Realising the potential of each individual in          lifelong learning opportunities
knowledge, and the innovation it sparks, are the       ● every child ready for secondary school, with at     the North East will contribute to a               •    Equip people coming out of education
EU's most valuable assets, particularly as global      least 90 per cent achieving at or above the           sustainable economy.                                   with the skills needed to work in the
competition becomes more intense in all sectors.       expected level in both English and mathematics                                                               modern local economy
                                                       by age 11;                                            Actions include:                                  •    Attract and retain graduates
High quality pre-primary, primary, secondary,          ● every young person with the skills for adult life   •    Provide a diverse range of learning
higher and vocational education and training                                                                                                                   •    Recognise and develop the significant
                                                       and further study, with at least 90 per cent               opportunities                                     role played by the arts and culture in
remain as important as ever. But initial learning is   achieving the equivalent of five higher level         •    stimulate a substantial increase in               personal development
not enough. People's skills must be constantly         GCSEs by age 19; and at least 70 per cent                  people’s aspirations and expectations        •    Expand the existing range of arts and
renewed to enable them to meet the challenges of       achieving the equivalent of two A levels by age            of learning and work.                             cultural businesses and services
ever-evolving technologies, increasing                 19;                                                   •    Ensure that all people are supported to      •    Provide high quality facilities that support
internationalisation and demographic changes.          ● all young people participating in positive               develop a solid skills base for                   modern approaches to education in
Nowadays, lifelong learning is key to jobs and         activities to develop personal and social skills           employability and to provide a base for           schools and for lifelong learning
growth, as well as to allow everyone the chance to     ● employers satisfied with young people’s                  further learning.                            •    Make the most of the Darlington
participate fully in society.                          readiness for work;                                   •    Ensure that there is a sufficient supply          University Centre proposal to
                                                       ● child health improved, with the proportion of            of higher level skills to underpin and
There are three overall objectives:                                                                                                                                 complement and strengthen learning
                                                       obese and overweight children reduced to 2000              front economic growth priorities and              opportunities and contribute to building a
•    improving the quality and effectiveness of        levels;                                                    meet employer needs.                              vibrant and diverse quality of life.
     education and training systems;                   ● child poverty halved by 2010 and eradicated
•    facilitating access to education and training     by 2020                                               The North East of England Regional                Darlington Borough Council – Corporate
     systems; and                                                                                            Spatial Strategy to 2021 (R2g)                    Plan 2008-2012 (L3c)
                                                       The LDF can assist with the delivery of these         Policy 14 relates to further and higher
•    opening up EU education and training                                                                                                                      Priorities to:
                                                       goals through:                                        education. The LDF should support the
     systems to the wider world.
                                                       •    providing a positive framework to support        growth and increasing role of universities        •    Go for growth (work with business
                                                            the Building Schools for the Future              and colleges in the regional economy by:               providers to address skills shortages)
                                                            programme                                        •    Recognising their role in the transition
                                                       •    Educational buildings to make space for co-           to higher productivity and a more            •    Ensure all children receive high quality
                                                            located services                                      knowledge-based economy                           teaching and learning
                                                       •    Provision of youth facilities                    •    Encouraging greater links with local         •    Improve transition across all settings and
                                                                                                                  business                                          phases, especially for vulnerable groups
                                                       Building Schools for the Future Programme             •    Enabling the necessary infrastructure
                                                       (N34)                                                      and campus development to facilitate         •    Improve opportunities and outcomes for
                                                       Aim is to rebuild or renew nearly every                    their expansion                                   14-19 yr age group, improving
                                                       secondary school in England.                          •    Support the emerging Science City                 engagement with employers
                                                       •    By 2011, every LA in England will have                concept
                                                                                                                                                               •    Reduce absence and exclusion rates
                                                            received funding to renew at least the           •    Improve access to learning and
                                                            school in greatest need — many will have              training opportunities through ICT and       Darlington Children and Young People’s
                                                            major rebuilding and remodelling projects             transport infrastructure in urban and        Plan 2008 – 2011 (L12a)
                                                            (at least three schools) underway through             rural areas                                  Priorities in relation to education and skills
                                                            BSF and the remainder will have received                                                           include:
                                                            resources through the Academies
                                                            programme or Targeted Capital Fund.                                                                •    Make school interesting and encourage
                                                       •    By 2016, major rebuilding and remodelling                                                               everyone to attend
                                                            projects (at least three schools) will have                                                        •    Improve school buildings and
                                                            started in every LA.                                                                                    playgrounds
                                                                                                                                                               •    Make sure that all young people have
                                                                                                                                                                    access to education, training and work
                                                                                                                                                                    that meets their needs
                                                                                                                                                               •    Improve people’s skills so they are ready
                                                                                                                                                                    to get a job
                                                                                                                                                               •    Support aspirations

                                                                                                                                                               Darlington Primary Capital Programme
                                                                                                                                                               2008-2011 (L13)
                                                                                                                                                               The overall aim of the Primary Capital
                                                                                                                                                               Programme is to rebuild, remodel or improve
                                                                                                                                                               at least half of all primary schools. Targets
                                                                                                                                                               include:
                                                                                                                                                               •     To ensure all children are taught in a high
                                                                                                                                                                     quality environment by eliminating the
                                                                                                                                                                     worst 5%
                                                                                                                                                                                                      st
                                                                                                                                                               •     To ensure schools are fit for 21 century
                                                                                                                                                                     teaching and learning by re-modelling
                                                                                                                                                                     15% of the least suitable teaching areas;
                                                                                                                                                               •     To replace all temporary accommodation
                                                                                                                                                                     with permanent classrooms.
                                                                                                                                                               •     To ensure there is a place for every pupil
                                                                                                                                                                     by adding 300 places to the primary
                                                                                                                                                                     sector over the next 5 years and to
                                                                                                                                                                     monitor the on-going affect of inward
                                                                                                                                                                     migration
                                                                                                                                                               •     To improve the physical environment at
                                                                                                                                                                     every school to ensure that it does not
                                                                                                                                                                     create a barrier to inclusion (meets the
                                                                                                                                                                     16
                                                                                                                                                                     universal rating as a minimum).
                                                                                                                                                               •     To use ICT to inspire, empower and
                                                                                                                                                                     motivate and promote flexible methods of
                                                                                                                                                                     curriculum delivery.
                                                                                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                                                                                                                                    TRANSPORT
             European                                   National                                  Regional                               Sub-regional                                            Local                                Key implications for the AGDPD                          Key implications for the SA

White Paper: European Transport           The Future of Transport: A Network          The Integrated Regional                  Sub-regional context contained            Sustainable Community Strategy – One                       Prioritise location of new development and          The appraisal of the locations suggested will
Policy for 2010: Time to decide           for 2030 (2004) (N36)                       Framework for the North East             within Darlington’s LTP2 (SR13)           Darlington Perfectly Placed (2008-2021) (L1f)              allocations to reduce the need to travel. For       need to take into account their ability to:
(2001) (E15)                              Aims to provide a transport network         (2007) (R1f)                             Specific aims that future transport       A sustainable transport network is one of the work         example locations that are served or could be
In this white paper and in keeping with   that meets the needs of a growing           Priority actions to meet the IRF’s       improvements across the Tees Valley       strands of the SCS. This work strands aims to              served by ICT, walking, cycling and public          -Reduce the need to travel
the sustainable development strategy      economy and the increasing demand           objective to develop sustainable         will need to address are:                 ensure that:                                               transport networks and are within close             -Reduce or at least not add to congestion
the Commission proposes some 60           for travel while taking into                transport and communication              •     improve access to the north’s sea                                                              proximity to facilities, services and activities.   -Improve travel safety in the Borough
measures aimed at developing a            consideration the environment. The          include:                                       ports (principally Teesport);       •    safe and accessible transport choices are                                                                 -Improve connectivity of travel modes
European transport system capable of      network aims to:                            •     Balance the economic               •     improve surface access to key            available for all                                     Need to demonstrate that locations will not add
shifting the balance between modes of     • Provide a free-flowing and more                 requirements for national and            northern airports (in particular    •    vehicle use and emissions are reduced                 to congestion at problem points along the
transport, revitalising the railways,        reliable road network                          international travel with the            Durham Tees Valley);                •    the transport network supports sustainable            highways network. Where increased
promoting transport by sea and inland     • Improve the efficiency of rail                  need to reduce our carbon          •     create premier transit systems in        economic growth and regeneration                      congestion is anticipated, mitigation measures
waterways and controlling the growth         services                                       emissions.                               each city region (in the first      •    Improve public transport                              such as highways improvements may be
in air transport.                         • Ensure bus services are reliable,         •     Develop sustainable transport            instance by stemming the decline    •    Tackle congestion                                     required. The feasibility of these improvements
                                             flexible, convenient and tailored to           networks to support rural                in bus use, and then supporting     •    Expand walking and cycling networks                   would need to be investigated.
In particular policies aim to:               local needs                                    communities, taking account of           wider regeneration with a sub-
                                          • Have walking and cycling as viable              changes to public services.              regional transit system);                                                                      Need to demonstrate that any safety concerns
•    Address the imbalance between           alternatives for local journeys          •     Embed sustainable transport        •     create stronger links between       Darlington Borough Council – Corporate Plan                with the locations put forward could be
     the overuse of road and air                                                            policy within local development          regions (notably the neighbouring   2008-2012 (L3d)                                            addressed, for example through traffic
     transport and the underuse of rail   Planning Policy Guidance 13:                      frameworks, including                    Tyne and Wear and Leeds City        Top transport related priorities include:                  calming, pedestrian crossing schemes etc
     and sea modes                        Transport (2001) (As amended by                   encouragement of production of           Regions); and                       •    Work with other organisations to improve
•    Improve the links between all        PPS3, Housing 2006) (N37)                         sustainable travel plans.          •     create truly sustainable                 accessibility both by travel and by other means       Ensure the necessary highways infrastructure
     methods of transport                 Encourages more sustainable                 •     Encourage the use of ICT as an           communities.                                                                                   is or could be put in place to support the
                                                                                                                                                                         •    Evidence, review and implement LocalMotion
•    Need for interconnected              transport choices for people and                  alternative to travel, including   The first three of the above list are                                                                proposed locations
                                                                                                                                                                              and Cycling Demonstration Town actions that
     infrastructure                       freight. Promotes accessibility to jobs,          the potential for home working     probably the most influential for              provide benefits
•    Place users at the heart of          shopping, leisure facilities and                  and changes to travel patterns     forward transport planning at the sub     •    Tackle congestion, working corporately to
     transport policy, in particular      services by public transport, walking             to increase efficiency and         regional level, as they require cross-         ensure that all planning decisions use the
     address safety concerns              and cycling. Aims to reduce the need              reduce carbon emissions            boundary working both within and               accessibility framework
•    Rationalise urban transport –        to travel, especially by car                                                         outside the Tees Valley.                  •    Develop initiatives to improve residents’
     current lack of integrated policy                                                The North East of England                                                               satisfaction with road and pavement
     approach to town planning and                                                    Regional Spatial Strategy to 2021        Tees Valley Area Action Plan (2009)            maintenance
     transport is allowing the private    Planning Policy Guidance 8:                 (R2h)                                    Plans for the future transport needs of
     car an almost total monopoly         Telecommunications (2001) (N38)             Policy 49, 50 and 51 relates to          the Tees Valley area at a strategic       Darlington’s Transport Strategy 2006-2030 (L14)
                                          Encourage the growth of new and             transport. The LDF needs to:             scale, taking into account changing       The overarching Transport Strategy for Darlington
                                          existing telecommunications system          •    Improve sustainable                 travel patterns, regeneration areas       seeks to:
                                          while reducing environmental impact.             accessibility and efficiency of     and likely future congestion points.      •    improve accessibility to services and
                                          Keep masts to a minimum and                      movement                            Plans for improvements to the A66              opportunities by providing travel options, so that
                                          encourage sharing. Mast location in         •    Encourage public transport that     east of Darlington, including                  all may participate in the life of their community;
                                          areas of high landscape                          rebalances the transport            signalisation of the Great Burdon and     •    tackle traffic congestion and its associated
                                          value/designated status are                      system in favour of more            DETC/A66 junctions and remodelling             effects on local communities through a focus on
                                          discouraged                                      sustainable modes                   of the A66/Yarm Road junction (in the          sustainable travel choices, thus contributing to
                                          Encouraging telecommunications will         •    Improve connectivity                medium term) and dualling of the trunk         residents’ quality of life;
                                          contribute to requirements of a diverse                                              road between those junctions (in the
                                                                                                                                                                         •    make the transport network safe and secure for
                                          economy, reduce need to travel and          North East Strategy for the              long term).
                                                                                                                                                                              all; and
                                          improve access to services                  Environment (2008) (R:es5)               Plans for the development of a Tees
                                                                                                                                                                         •    deliver solutions to travel needs in partnership
                                                                                      Objective to:                            Valley Metro frequent service between
                                                                                                                                                                              with local people, businesses and other
                                                                                      Develop sustainable transport            Darlington and Saltburn.
                                                                                                                                                                              providers.
                                          Delivering a Sustainable Transport          solutions by reducing the need to
                                          System 2008 (N: DASTS)                      travel and adopting more                                                           Darlington, A Town on the Move: Second Local
                                                                                      sustainable practices and                                                          Transport Plan 2006-11 (L15)
                                                                                      technologies.                                                                      LTP2 aims to deliver against Darlington’s Transport
                                          Recognises that transport plays a key
                                                                                                                                                                         Strategy in the following areas:
                                          role in all our lives. Sets goals that
                                          take into account transports wider                                                                                             •    To provide the framework for sustainable
                                          impact on climate change, health,                                                                                                   development of new and existing businesses,
                                          quality of life and the natural                                                                                                     housing and services in Darlington;
                                          environment:                                                                                                                   •    To improve access to employment and
                                          •     To support national economic                                                                                                  education, particularly for those without access
                                                competitiveness and growth by                                                                                                 to a private car, those with a disability and
                                                delivering reliable and efficient                                                                                             those that have greatest need;
                                                transport networks                                                                                                       •    To tackle traffic congestion on key corridors
                                          •     To reduce transports emissions                                                                                                and its potential affects on the economy and
                                                of carbon dioxide and other                                                                                                   environment by making the most effective use
                                                greenhouse gases, with the                                                                                                    of the transport network;
                                                desired outcomes of tackling                                                                                             •    To improve travel safety and security for all by
                                                climate change                                                                                                                addressing the real and perceived risks;
                                          •     To contribute to better safety,                                                                                          •    To provide and promote travel choices to all, in
                                                security and health and longer life                                                                                           particular to reduce the proportion of car driver
                                                expectancy by reducing the risk                                                                                               trips;
                                                of death, injury or illness arising                                                                                      •    To improve the health of the community




                                                                                                                                                                 17
                                                                                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                from transport, and by promoting                                                                                                 through increasing levels of sustainable travel
                                                travel modes that are beneficial                                                                                                 and improving access to health, leisure and
                                                to health.                                                                                                                       fresh food.
                                           •    To promote greater equality of
                                                opportunity for all citizens with                                                                                          Local Motion, Darlington Sustainable Travel
                                                the desired outcome of achieving                                                                                           Demonstration (L16)
                                                a fairer society; and                                                                                                      Targets include:
                                           •    To improve quality of life for                                                                                             •   10% reduction in car driver trips by 2010/11
                                                transport users and non-transport                                                                                          •   8% increase in walking trips by 2010/11
                                                users, and to promote a healthy                                                                                            •   Increase cycle trips from 1% to 3% of all trips by
                                                natural environment                                                                                                            2010/11
                                                                                                                                                                           •   To halt the decline in bus trips by 2010/11


                                                                                                                                                                           Darlington Rights of Way Improvement Plan
                                                                                                                                                                           (L22)
                                                                                                                                                                           Identifies that access to good quality countryside is
                                                                                                                                                                           important for mental and physical health as it
                                                                                                                                                                           provides opportunities for safe outdoor recreation
                                                                                                                                                                           and exercise, for relaxation and escape from the
                                                                                                                                                                           stresses of urban life. Objectives relevant to the LDF
                                                                                                                                                                           include:

                                                                                                                                                                           •     Provide much-improved access for all people,
                                                                                                                                                                                 to semi natural areas and the countryside.
                                                                                                                                                                           •     The need for good quality, accessible routes
                                                                                                                                                                                 near to where people live
                                                                                                                                                                           •     Better access across physical barriers,
                                                                                                                                                                                 especially the road network, but also on the
                                                                                                                                                                                 ROW network itself.




                                                                                                                                                          COMMUNITIES
                        National                                                      Regional                                                          Local                                             Key implications for the AGDPD                                            Key implications for the SA

Planning Policy Statement 1: Delivering Sustainable            The Integrated Regional Framework for the North               Sustainable Community Strategy – One Darlington                  In order to create sustainable communities the AGDPD should:           Appraisal of identified locations and allocations to consider and
Development (2005) (N3)                                        East (2007) (R1g)                                             Perfectly Placed (2008-2021) (L1f)                                                                                                      include:
Recognises that Sustainable development is the core            Defines Sustainable communities as places where               The One Darlington priority has many strands which the           Ensure the community are involved in consultation regarding the        -Level of community participation generated
principle underpinning planning. PPS1 sets out the             people want to live and work, now and in the future.          LDF can contribute to. These include:                            location of new development sites and land allocations                 - Community cohesiveness and identity
following key principles that should be applied to ensure      They meet the diverse needs of current and future             •    Tackling deprivation                                                                                                                - Reducing identified inequalities – heath, education etc
that development plans contribute to the delivery of           residents, they are sensitive to their environment, and       •    Nurturing a strong, vibrant and cohesive borough-wide       Consider how the location of new development sites and                 - If the location will provide affordable housing in areas of need
sustainable development and sustainable communities:           contribute to a high quality of life. They will be safe and        community of town, villages and countryside                 allocations will contribute to creating mixed and cohesive             - How the location will help to meet the needs of older/younger
•     Promote urban and rural regeneration to create           inclusive, well planned, well designed, well built and        •    Valuing community diversity                                 communities                                                            people – will it support youth facilities, local shops etc
      vibrant places that improve the wellbeing of             run, and offer equality of opportunity and good access        •    Social inclusion                                                                                                                   -Community safety issues – improvements required to pedestrian
      communities                                              to services for all. They must have adequate provision        •    Protection of vulnerable people                             Aim to reduce the level of deprivation and inequalities in the         crossings etc
•     Promote inclusive, healthy, safe and crime free          of high quality, affordable housing, good public              •    Encouraging people to participate in their community        borough                                                                -Their impact on rural parts of the Borough (communities,
      communities                                              transport, schools, hospitals, shops and a clean, safe                                                                                                                                                landscape, heritage and economy)
•     Bring forward sufficient land of a suitable quality in   environment with open public space where people can                                                                            Ensure adequate provision of affordable housing (particularly in       -Will the location help bring back into use community facilities or
      appropriate locations to meet the expected needs for     relax and interact.                                           Darlington Children and Young People’s Plan (2008-               areas of need), public transport, schools, hospitals, shops, leisure   locally important buildings
      development                                                                                                            2011) (L12b)                                                     and open space in identified locations.
•     Improve access to services                               The IRF further recognises that communities are               Priorities relating to communities include:
•     Focus developments in existing centres to promote        diverse and that it is essential that people are able to      •     Make sure everyone is safe at home, at school,             Consider how the location of new sites and land allocations will
      their viability                                          have a say on the way their neighbourhoods are                      outside, on the streets and is not bullied                 support the lifestyles and meet the needs of young people and an
•     Reduce the need to travel                                planned and run                                                                                                                ageing population.
                                                                                                                             •     To encourage everyone to be helpful to friends, family
•     Use land more efficiently                                                                                                    and neighbours and contribute to their community and
                                                               The North East of England Regional Spatial                                                                                     Enhance community safety. (for example, is the location likely to
•     Protect and enhance biodiversity, the historic                                                                               environment
                                                               Strategy to 2021 (R2i)                                                                                                         increase road traffic accidents, improve the environment of areas
      environment and landscape character                                                                                    •     Create ways for children, young people and their
                                                               Recognises that sustainable communities are                                                                                    which are hot spots for crime etc)
•     Address the causes and impacts of climate change                                                                             families to have a say in the way services are provided
                                                               cohesive, mixed and socially inclusive with a sense of
• Safeguard natural resources                                  place and identity with opportunities for people to                                                                            Ensure the location of new development sites and land allocations
                                                                                                                             Community Safety Plan 2008 – 2011 (L17)
                                                               maximise their health and quality of life. Further states                                                                      protects and enhance the countryside. (for example will the
Strong and Prosperous Communities: The Local                                                                                 Vision for the future is that Darlington will be:
                                                               that the planning system:                                                                                                      location of development and land allocation deliver affordable
Government White Paper (2006) (N39a)                                                                                         •    An even safer and more tolerant place, with less victims
                                                                •     has a duty to deliver the spatial elements of                                                                           housing, support rural diversification and/or take productive
The aim of the White Paper is to give local people and                                                                            of crime and anti-social behaviour and a place where        agricultural land out of use)?
                                                                      sustainable communities in a way that involves
local communities more influence and power to improve                                                                             life can be enjoyed free from the fear of crime;
                                                                      and actively includes the people it affects.
their lives. Local communities should be                                                                                     •    A place where offending is not tolerated, the harm          Will the location of new development sites and allocations help to
                                                                •     needs to consider the contribution of both the
                                                                                                                                  caused by illegal drugs and alcohol is minimised and        bring back into use buildings of importance to the local community
                                                                      locational elements of land use and the design
 •     Consulted and involved in running services                                                                                 where public behaviour becomes acceptable to all;           and/or to the heritage of the Borough?
                                                                      and layout of development in delivering
 •     Informed about the quality of services in their area           sustainable communities                                •    A Darlington that enables us to value and respect our
 •     Enabled to call local agencies to account if services                                                                      environment and where all areas enjoy the same levels
       fail to meet their needs.                               Sustainable Communities in the North East:                         of safety and quality of life




                                                                                                                                                                    18
                                                                                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                             Building for the Future (2003) (R3)
The Urban White Paper (Our Towns & Cities: The               Implements the national sustainable communities’
                                                                                                                        Darlington Local Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy
Future) (2000) (N40)                                         action plan at the regional level. Highlights actions to
                                                                                                                        (L18)
Main objectives are:                                         address housing, planning and neighborhood renewal
                                                                                                                        The aim of this Strategy is to:
• Enhanced community involvement                             issues and further outlines the need to create
• Environmentally sustainable design and planning of         sustainable communities which:
                                                                                                                        ‘reduce deprivation in the eleven most disadvantaged
  towns                                                      •    are economically prosperous;
                                                                                                                        wards within the Borough and improve the life chances
• Provision of good quality services, e.g. health,           •    have decent homes at a price people can afford;       of residents living within these areas’.
  education, housing                                         •    safeguard the countryside;
• Towns and cities are attractive, well kept and use space   •    enjoy a well-designed, accessible and pleasant        Strategic priorities include:
  and buildings well                                              living and working environment;                       •    Reduce worklessness and improve training
                                                             •    are effectively and fairly governed with a strong          opportunities and business development within the
The Rural White Paper (Our Countryside: The Future)               sense of community                                         priority areas.
(2000) (N41)                                                                                                            •    Build cohesive and confident communities raising self-
Rural service standard to:                                                                                                   esteem and confidence.
• Support vital village services                                                                                        •    Create a more attractive environment by tackling
• Modernise rural services                                                                                                   sustainability issues to protect the natural environment
• Provide affordable homes                                                                                                   and liveability issues such as litter, graffiti, dog fouling
• Deliver local transport solutions                                                                                          that have been identified by the community.
• Rejuvenate market towns & local economies                                                                             •    Develop an effective transport system.
• Reform farming                                                                                                        •    Raise educational standards and develop an ethos of
• Preserve and protect the countryside                                                                                       lifelong learning by providing opportunities for access,
• Improve access to the countryside                                                                                          achievement and engagement
• Devolve power to town and parish councils                                                                             •    Engage communities and, in particular, young people in
• Rural proof other policies and strategies                                                                                  leisure activities
                                                                                                                        •    Reduce crime and antisocial behaviour and increase
Safer Places: The Planning System & Crime                                                                                    the number of local people feeling safer within their
Prevention (2004) (N42)                                                                                                      community.
Instructs Local Planning Authorities to consider crime                                                                  •    Encourage healthier lifestyles and reduce health
prevention and enhancement of community safety. Crime                                                                        inequalities.
prevention is relevant to sustainable communities                                                                       •    Engage with private sector landlords to improve
                                                                                                                             standards and increase the proportion of decent homes
English Indices of Deprivation (2007) (N43)                                                                                  within the private sector occupied by vulnerable groups
A measure of multiple deprivation at the small area level.
Covers aspects of deprivation including disadvantage in                                                                 All Together Now: A Social Inclusion Strategy for
education, income, employment, health and housing.                                                                      Darlington (2005) (L19)
Provides a picture of the general well being of the                                                                     The overarching aim of the Social Inclusion Strategy is to
borough. The indices of multiple deprivation are:                                                                       improve the life chances of those at risk of disadvantage and
• Income deprivation                                                                                                    discrimination. Task is to reduce social inequalities, renew
• Employment                                                                                                            disadvantaged neighbourhoods, protect the vulnerable and
• Health deprivation and disability                                                                                     ensure equality of access for all members of the community
• Education skills and training                                                                                         to services and opportunities.
• Barriers to housing and services
• Living environment deprivation                                                                                        All our Futures, A Strategy for Later Life in Darlington
• Crime                                                                                                                 (2008-2011) (L:later)
                                                                                                                        Recognises that there are 35,000 people
National Service Framework for Older People                                                                             currently living in Darlington today who are aged 50 or over
(Department of Health) (2001) (N44)                                                                                     and that this figure is set to increase to over 40,000 by 2021
                                                                                                                        (almost half the population)
Addresses the needs of older people in accordance with
the fact that England is an ageing society. Sets 8
                                                                                                                        As a result recognises responsibility to address the
standards for the care of older people across health and
                                                                                                                        increasing role of older people in communities and to
social services, which are:
                                                                                                                        develop policies and services in order to reflect the changing
• Rooting out age discrimination
                                                                                                                        needs of society.
• Person-centred care
• Intermediate care                                                                                                     Identifies six priority areas for improvement. Those that the
• General hospital care                                                                                                 LDF may be able to influence include:
• Reduce the incidence of stroke
• Reduce the number of falls                                                                                            •    Valuing Older People - a Darlington with opportunities
• Good mental health                                                                                                         and no barriers to full participation at all levels in
• Promotion of health and active life in older age                                                                           society, where older people are asked their opinion on
                                                                                                                             the services that affect them and the services are
Every Child Matters: Change for Children (2004) (N45a)                                                                       tailored to the needs
The Government's aim is for every child, whatever their
background or their circumstances, to have the support                                                                  •    Improving Health and Wellbeing - Ensuring older
they need to:                                                                                                                people live longer and healthier lives, keeping active
•    Be healthy                                                                                                              and independent with access to health and social care
•    Stay safe                                                                                                               services when needed
•    Enjoy and achieve
•    Make a positive contribution                                                                                       •    A Safe Environment - Older people want to live in a
•    Achieve economic well being                                                                                             safe and secure environment, which enhances quality
                                                                                                                             of life. This incorporates personal safety, housing,
Living Places: Cleaner, Safer, Greener (2006) (N46)                                                                          transport, community safety and environment
Recognises that public spaces are a barometer of a
community and quality of life. Safe, well-maintained and                                                                •    Life Long Learning - Appropriate provision for older




                                                                                                                                                                 19
                                                                                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
attractive public spaces have a critical role in creating pride                                                                        people to engage in different types of learning and
in the places where communities live which, in turn, is                                                                                extend their knowledge and experience of available
essential to building community cohesion and successful                                                                                education opportunities in Darlington.
communities

The Government Response to the Taylor Review of
Rural Economy and Affordable Housing (2009) (N:
Taylor)
Response to a report on the issues that rural communities
face. Outlines the Governments principal policy
considerations for the countryside as:

•    the need to create and maintain sustainable
     communities
•    the need to develop ways to encourage sustainable
     economic growth in rural areas
•    the need to encourage an increase in the supply of
     housing in the long term, and particularly that of
     affordable housing; and
•    the need to plan for economic recovery, in which a
     streamlined planning system will be a significant
     factor.

Accepted recommendations of the Taylor Review include:

•    the need for planning policy to take account of all
     three strands of sustainability in a balanced way.
•    Recognition that rural economies have an important
     contribution to make
•    All types of business and enterprise can be
     appropriate for rural areas, subject to assessment of
     impact based upon local circumstances
•    Better support for home-based businesses, and
     live/work units
•    Local Strategic Partnerships should be encouraged to
     develop a long term vision for their community which
     includes its physical shape and sets out plans for
     change and growth in their economic, environmental
     and social context.
•    Agreement that affordable rural housing is a priority




                                                                                                                                                      HEALTH AND RECREATION
            International                                   European                                     National                                   Regional          Sub-regional                                            Local                      Key implications for the                 Key implications for the SA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                AGDPD
United Nations Convention on the               Children’s Environment and Health          Be Active, Be Healthy, A plan for              Better Health, Fairer Health:        Tees Valley Green                  Sustainable Community                The AGDPD can improve health and         Appraisal of identified locations and
Rights of the Child (Article 31) (1989)        Action Plan for Europe - World             getting the nation moving (2009)               NHS (2008) (R10)                     Infrastructure Strategy            Strategy – One Darlington            recreation in the Borough by:            allocations to consider and include:
(I4)                                           Health Organisation (2005) (E16)           (N47)                                          Vision: The North East               (2008) (SR7b)                      Perfectly Placed (2008-2021)
The Convention recognises the critical         Recognises that the environment can        Recognises that physical activity has          environment will be the most         The vision of the strategy is to   (L1g)                                Ensuring new development sites
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -Loss/creation of open space
role regular sport and physical play in        have a substantial impact on the           the potential to create a healthier,           conducive to health in the           develop network of green           A healthy Darlington is one of the   incorporate and protect existing open
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -Loss/creation of sports recreation facilities
children’s lives. Particularly for the         health of children and young people.       happier and wealthier nation. Sets an          country, maximising its natural      corridors and green spaces by      delivery themes of the SCS.          space.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               and playing pitches
physical, mental, psychological and            They can be particularly vulnerable to     ambition for a healthier, fitter nation by     resources to the best advantage      2021. Meeting this aim will        Under this theme aims include:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -Provision of play areas and community
social development of children and             the harmful effects of environmental       2012 and beyond. Identifies that to            of its people, and designing its     help to influence the Tees         •    Making sure that everyone       AGDPD to allocate open space in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               facilities in relation to location of
adolescents. Involvement in sport can          hazards and it is important for them to    meet this ambition a world-class               economy, buildings, spaces,          Valley population’s access to           has access to affordable        areas of need in the Borough
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               development (particularly new housing)
boost children’s health, improve               grow up in a clean and                     delivery infrastructure for physical           transport and other infrastructure   open spaces to increase                 decent homes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               - Ability of location to encourage walking
academic performance and help reduce           healthy environment and have good          activity will be needed. The LDF will          to maximise health and               participation in recreation also   •    Providing attractive,           Locations of new development sites to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               and cycling activity
crime. At the most fundamental level,          access to green open spaces.               have a part to play in creating the            wellbeing sustainably.               achieving associated mental             accessible and safe             promote walking and cycling activity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -Access to health care services from
sport and play are as a child’s right:                                                    ‘active’ environments that will:                                                    health benefits.                        environments in all
                                                                                                                                         Relevant actions:                                                                                                                                     location
                                               European Union Sports Charter              •     Motivate recreational walking and        •    High priority to be given to                                            neighbourhoods that support     Ensure new development sites
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -Capacity of current health care services
                                               (2001) (E17)                                     cycling through the provision of              developments that increase      Tees Valley Sport Sub                   relaxation and physical         identified have adequate provision of
States shall “recognise the right of                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           -Effect of location on improving health and
                                               Sets out the following;                          safe, attractive and interesting              walking and cycling             Regional Facilities Strategy            activities like walking and     community facilities for providing
the child to rest and leisure, to                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              wellbeing in areas of health inequality
                                               to enable every individual to                    parks or streetscapes                                                         (2009) (SRTV)                           cycling                         social support (effect on mental
engage in play and recreational
                                               participate in sport and notably:          •     Take account of the needs of                                                  •   Swimming pool supply           •    Ensure that everyone across     wellbeing)
activities appropriate to the age of the
                                                                                                cyclists and pedestrians through         The Integrated Regional                  well above national                 the borough has easy,
child and to participate freely in
                                                                                                good urban design                                                                 average and utilised                affordable access to health     Ensure location either have or will be
cultural life and the arts."                   •    to ensure that all young people                                                      Framework for the North East
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      provided with adequate provision of
                                                                                          •     Provide natural environments that                                                 capacity is lower than              facilities and to all the
                                                    should have the opportunity to                                                       (2007) (R1h)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      play areas.
                                                                                                enhance physical activity and            With the North East recognised           average                             essential services that
                                                    receive physical education
.                                                                                               promote mental wellbeing.                as the unhealthiest region in        •   Many pools are of an                contribute to health and
                                                    instruction and the opportunity to                                                                                                                                                                Locations to provide adequate
                                                                                                                                         England, encouraging healthier           age/condition that is               wellbeing
                                                    acquire basic sports skills,                                                                                                                                                                      provision to health care services
                                                                                          Healthy Weight, Healthy Lives. A               lifestyles and diets is important        worse than the national
                                               •    to ensure that everyone should
                                                                                          cross-Government strategy for                  to help reduce long term illness.        average                        Darlington Borough Council –
                                                    have the opportunity to take part                                                                                                                                                                 AGDPD to allocate additional
                                                                                          England (2008) (N: weight)                     Sport, exercise and active           •   Sports hall supply is in       Corporate Plan 2008-2012 (L3e)
                                                    in sport and physical recreation in                                                                                                                                                               community facilities.
                                                                                          Sets out ambition to be the first major        recreation should be promoted,           line with the regional         Top priorities include:




                                                                                                                                                                        20
                                                 Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
     a safe and healthy environment,       nation to reverse the rising tide of        and require access to safe,              average but there are    •    Tackle health inequalities
     and, in co-operation with the         obesity and overweight in the               green and open spaces for                some access issues on    •    Create easy access to sport         AGDPD to ensure locations of
     appropriate sports organisations:     population by ensuring that everyone        activity, use of active                  school/college sites          and leisure                         development protect sport and
•    to ensure that everyone with the      is able to achieve and maintain a           design, and access to the            •   Low provision of         •    Promote health and wellbeing        recreation facilities including playing
     interest and ability should have      healthy weight. Initial focus will be on    natural environment. Access to           Synthetic Turf Pitches   Current action relevant to the LDF       pitches
     the opportunity to improve their      children: by 2020, aims to reduce the       high quality housing is important        and health and fitness   includes:
     standard of performance in sport      proportion of overweight and obese          for the health of the region, and        gyms, high number of     •    Increase walking and cycling        AGDPD to allocate sports and
     and reach levels of personal          children to 2000 levels.                    these factors combine to                 indoor bowls rinks            to and for leisure, through for     recreational facilities and playing
     achievement and/or publicly                                                       improve the well-being and                                             example location and design         pitches to address current deficiencies
     recognised levels of excellence.      The LDF can contribute to the               mental health of the                                                   of leisure facilities
                                           ambition through a range of supportive      population.
                                           policies that include but are not limited
Mental Health Action Plan for              to:                                         NE Regional Facilities
Europe: World Health Organisation                                                                                                                        Darlington (PCT) Improving
                                                                                       Strategy (2008) (R: Fac)                                          Health and Wellbeing Strategy
(2005) (E18)
                                           •    Provision and renewal of play          identifies weaknesses in public                                   2005 – 2010 (L20)
Recognises that mental health and                                                      sector sport provision, including:
                                                areas                                                                                                    Vision:
well-being are fundamental to quality
                                           •    School playgrounds designed to                                                                           “To maximise the health and well
of life. Mental health is an essential
                                                encourage varied and active play       •    Shortfall of swimming pools                                  being of all people living and
component of social cohesion,
                                           •    Prioritise developments that           •    Shortfall of Synthetic Turf                                  working in Darlington” Key
productivity and stability in the living
                                                address the need for people to be           Pitches                                                      priorities relevant to the LDF
environment, social capital and
economic development in societies.              physically active as part of daily     •    Ageing facility stock                                        include:
The plan recognises that the physical           life                                        (across all facility types)                                  •     ambitious plans to finalise the
environment can have a positive or         •    Prioritise modes of transport that     •    Access to facilities,                                              rebuilding or refurbishment of
negative impact on mental health.               involve physical activity when              particularly on education                                          all its existing estate
                                                developing roads                            sites and at peak times                                      •     Greater concentration on
Actions relevant to the LDF and SA         •    Public open space to be                •    Lack of regionally                                                 public health: “prevention
include:                                        accessible by foot or by bicycle            significant facilities (for                                        rather than cure”.
•    Improve access to physical            •    Business, office development to             some sports)                                                 •     Seek to improve the health of
     activity for older people.                 be linked to walking and cycling                                                                               everyone in Darlington and
•    Assess the potential impact on             networks                                                                                                       tackle the inequalities in
     the mental well-being of the                                                                                                                              health and healthcare that
     population before its introduction    Planning Policy Guidance 17:                                                                                        exists in the area.
•    Promote the development of            Planning for Open Space, Sport and                                                                            •     Improve outcomes for
     community centres for older           Recreation (1991) (N48)                                                                                             children, parents and
     people to increase social support     Planning authorities are expected,                                                                                  communities by helping
                                           through the LDF, to set standards of                                                                                service development in
                                           provision for all types of open space,                                                                              disadvantaged areas.
                                           including play-space for children. This
                                           includes play areas, skateboard parks,
                                           outdoor basketball courts, hoops and                                                                          DBC Sports and Physical
                                           other informal spaces, such as                                                                                Activity Facilities Strategy
                                           “hanging out” areas and teenage                                                                               (2009) (L: sport)
                                           shelters, and opportunities for play.
                                                                                                                                                         The strategy recommends that:
                                           PPG17 also states that where
                                                                                                                                                         •    The current provision of
                                           planning permission is granted for new
                                                                                                                                                              swimming pools and heath
                                           developments (especially housing),
                                                                                                                                                              and fitness facilities is
                                           authorities should ensure that
                                                                                                                                                              protected
                                           provision is made for local sports and
                                                                                                                                                         •    Access to school facilities is
                                           recreational facilities. This is either
                                                                                                                                                              improved
                                           through an increase in the number of
                                           facilities or through improvements to                                                                         •    Quality of school facilities are
                                           existing facilities.                                                                                               improved
                                                                                                                                                         •    An additional provision of one
                                           A Sporting Future for All (2000)                                                                                   sports hall is required
                                           (N49)                                                                                                         •    Increase use of community
                                           The Government has high aspirations                                                                                halls etc
                                           for sport. Aims include:                                                                                      •    Development of indoor tennis
                                           •     more people of all ages and all                                                                              provision
                                                 social groups taking part in sport;                                                                     •    A specialist gymnastics
                                                 and                                                                                                          facility is provided
                                           •     more success for our top                                                                                •    An additional provision of at
                                                 competitors                                                                                                  least one STP
                                           The LDF has a part to play in:                                                                                •    Improvement of MUGA’s in
                                           •     Improving current sports facilities                                                                          parks
                                           •     Developing and enhancing                                                                                •    Improvements to athletics
                                                 infrastructure such as sports and                                                                            facilities are required
                                                 recreation facilities, parks,                                                                           •    Facilities to accommodate
                                                 playing pitches courts and                                                                                   cycling are needed
                                                 MUGAs                                                                                                   •    Additional active play facilities
                                                                                                                                                              such as skate parks and bmx
                                                                                                                                                              tracks are needed
                                           Making It Happen (2002) (N53)
                                           Health strategies and strategies for                                                                          DBC Playing Pitch Strategy
                                           regeneration and sustainable                                                                                  (2009) (L: Pitch)
                                           development will need to be mutually
                                           reinforcing and should address the                                                                            Identifies:




                                                                                                                       21
      Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
significance of mental health.                                                             -Significant under supply of junior
                                                                                           football pitches
                                                                                           -General poor quality of pitches
Time for Play: Encouraging Greater
Play Opportunities for Children and                                                        -Loss of pitches due to
Young People (2006) (N54)                                                                  development - whilst some of
Recognises that “things to do, places                                                      these have been replaced
to go” are vitally important. Play                                                         elsewhere, they are of poorer
facilities will help keep children fit and                                                 quality
healthy, help tackle the growing issue                                                     -Overall net loss of pitches
of obesity and provide parents with                                                        -Changing facilities are severely
places where they are happy to let                                                         lacking
their children spend their free time.”
                                                                                           -Proposes hub and spoke
                                                                                           hierarchical approach to pitch
Planning can be a tool for:                                                                provision.
•   Protecting and enhancing
                                                                                           -Proposes that loss of a playing
    existing play-space and
                                                                                           pitch should only be considered
    associated facilities
                                                                                           under certain conditions and
•   Identifying needs and                                                                  criteria
    opportunities for improvements

                                                                                           Darlington Play and Free Time
Green Space, Better Places: Final                                                          Strategy 2007 – 2012 (L21)
Report of the Urban Green Spaces                                                           Relevant priorities include:
Task Force (May 2002) (N55)                                                                •    Access for all – all children
Identifies that parks and green spaces                                                          and young people should be
are a popular resource, which can                                                               able to access quality play
make a valuable contribution to the                                                             and free time opportunities
attractiveness of a neighbourhood and                                                           and should not be
to the health and well being of local                                                           disadvantaged by where they
people. LDF policies should:                                                                    live, their cultural or socio-
•     promote the importance of                                                                 economic background, their
      strategic green space planning in                                                         disabilities and special needs,
      developing and enhancing                                                                  or their age
      networks of urban green space                                                        •    Youth provision – Access to
•     Protect urban green space from                                                            quality play and free time
      development, where local                                                                  opportunities for all age
      schools, people and communities                                                           groups from 0 to 18 years is a
      need them                                                                                 priority,
•     Promote planning mechanisms in
      particular section 106                                                               Darlington Children and Young
      agreements to deliver a better                                                       People’s Plan (2008-2011)
      mix of green spaces                                                                  (L12c)
                                                                                           Priorities relating to health include:
Benefits of Green Infrastructure:                                                          •     Promote healthy eating and
Report to Defra and CLG (Urban                                                                   more exercise
Regeneration Greenspace                                                                    •     Improve opportunities for
Partnership, (Oct 2010) N55b                                                                     play for all children and
Assesses the evidence for benefits of                                                            young people
green infrastructure for health, social                                                    •     Improve school buildings and
interaction, the economy, water and                                                              play grounds
flood risk management, ecology and
urban climate. Emphasises the value                                                        Darlington Open Space Strategy
of connectivity between green spaces,                                                      (2007-2012) (L5b)
and community involvement in                                                               Aims to provide, protect and
management.                                                                                enhance a variety of high quality,
                                                                                           accessible open and green spaces
                                                                                           throughout the Borough, linking
                                                                                           with the cultural and natural
                                                                                           heritage of the area that are:
                                                                                           •     Well designed and
                                                                                                 maintained
                                                                                           •     Sustainable
                                                                                           •     Safe
                                                                                           •     Promote health, well being
                                                                                                 and enjoyment, improving the
                                                                                                 quality of life for residents
                                                                                                 and visitors to the Borough
                                                                                           Issues to be addressed by the
                                                                                           strategy that have a bearing on
                                                                                           health include:
                                                                                           •     Poor level of provision in
                                                                                                 several parts of the town,
                                                                                                 often coinciding with the
                                                                                                 areas of greatest need, in




                                                           22
                                                                                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 terms of lack of private open
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 space, poor health and low
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 mobility
                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    Poor quality across,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 particularly, semi-natural and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 natural green spaces and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 informal recreation sites.
                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    The impact that public access
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 or otherwise to school playing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 fields can have on the overall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 level of accessible open
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 space
                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    Lost opportunities for open
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 space provision and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 enhancement in association
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 with new development
                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    The evolving open space
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 needs of an ageing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 population

                                                                                                                                                                                                            Darlington Rights of Way
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Improvement Plan (L22)
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Identifies that access to good
                                                                                                                                                                                                            quality countryside is important for
                                                                                                                                                                                                            mental and physical health as it
                                                                                                                                                                                                            provides opportunities for safe
                                                                                                                                                                                                            outdoor recreation and exercise,
                                                                                                                                                                                                            for relaxation and escape from the
                                                                                                                                                                                                            stresses of urban life. Objectives
                                                                                                                                                                                                            relevant to the LDF include:

                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    Provide much-improved
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 access for all people, to semi
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 natural areas and the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 countryside.
                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    The need for good quality,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 accessible routes near to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 where people live
                                                                                                                                                                                                            •    Better access across physical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 barriers, especially the road
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 network, but also on the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ROW network itself.




                                                                                                                                     HERITAGE AND LAND/TOWN SCAPE
               European                                      National                              Regional                         Sub-regional               Local                                                            Key implications for the AGDPD                           Key implications for the SA

The European Landscape Convention              Planning (Listed Buildings and            The Integrated Regional           Natural England Tees Lowlands              Sustainable Community Strategy – One                Need to consider the impact of new development         Appraisal of identified locations and allocations to
(2000) (E20)                                   Conservation Areas) Act (1990)            Framework for the North East      Landscape Character                        Darlington Perfectly Placed (2008-2021)             sites and allocations on landscape character.          consider:
Encourages public authorities to adopt         (N56)                                     (2007) (R1h)                      Assessment (1994) (SR1)                    (L1h)                                               Locations for development must relate well to the      -The ability of the identified locations to protect and
policies and measures at local, regional,      Buildings which are listed or which lie   Promoting, enhancing and          Most of Darlington borough sits            Cultural issues are addressed in the Aspiring       geography and history of land and sit well in the      enhance heritage and landscape value
national and international level for           within a conservation area are            respecting the region’s culture   within the Tees Lowlands.                  Darlington delivery theme. Priority to:             pattern of existing development.
protecting, managing and planning              protected by law under this Act. Prior    and heritage is one of the        Recommendations made within                •    Expand the existing range of arts and                                                                 -The potential for the location to help improve
landscapes throughout Europe. It covers        consent is required for the following:    objectives of the IRF. It is      this report in relation to the entirety         cultural businesses and services primarily     In determining the location of new development sites   access to and understanding of heritage and historic
all landscapes, both outstanding and                                                     recognised that the historic      of the Tees Lowland area include:               through the Central Park and Town              and land allocations regard to available landscape     assets
ordinary, that determine the quality of                                                  environment is irreplaceable      •     Conservation and                          Centre Fringe projects                         and historic character assessments must be taken.
people’s living environment. It introduced     •    All works affecting a scheduled
                                                                                                                                 management of existing field         Land/Townscape issues are addresses in the
the concept of "landscape quality                   monument or the ground                                                                                                                                                The location of new development sites and
                                                                                         The North East of England               boundaries                           Greener Darlington delivery theme. Priority to:
objectives" into the protection,                    surrounding it require scheduled                                                                                                                                      allocations must ensure that they will not cause a
                                                                                         Regional Spatial Strategy to      •     Restoration and management           •    Maintain and enhance the attractive
management and planning of geographical             monument consent                                                                                                                                                      detrimental affect on listed buildings, conservation
                                                                                         2021 (R2j)                              of both built and natural                 character and ambience of the town
areas whereby:                                 •    The demolition or alteration of a    In relation to landscape                                                                                                         areas, ancient monuments and archaeological
                                                                                                                                 features within historic                  centre and the borough, and make sure
                                                    listed building and historic         character the RSS recommends                                                                                                     areas.
                                                                                                                                 parklands and estate                      that new development is well-designed
Every planning action or project should             structures within its grounds        policies should:                        landscapes                                and complements Darlington’s character
improve landscape quality, or at least not          requires listed building consent     •     have regard to landscape                                                                                                   Archaeological surveys may be required
                                                                                                                           •     Woodland planting
bring about a decline. The effects of          •    The demolition of an unlisted              character assessments       •     Countryside gateway sites
projects, whatever their scale, on                  building in a conservation area      •     promote integrated                                                                                                         In determining the locations of new development
                                                                                                                                 and recreational access              Darlington Borough Council Conservation
landscape should therefore be evaluated             requires conservation area                 management initiatives to                                                                                                  sites and land allocations consider the potential of
                                                                                                                                 development                          Area Character Appraisals (L24)
and rules relating to those effects defined.        consent                                    sustain nationally,                                                    Conservation Area designation is the main           the location for bringing buildings back into use.
                                                                                                                           •     Enhancement of degraded
Each planning action or project should not     •    Alterations to the exterior of all         regionally and locally                                                 instrument available to local authorities to give
                                                                                                                                 river and stream corridors
only match, but also be appropriate to the          buildings may also require                 valued landscapes,                                                     effect to conservation policies for a
                                                    planning permission and an                                             •     Re-creation of damaged
features of the places.                                                                  •     recognise the role that           landscapes associated with           particular neighbourhood or area.
                                                    application may be needed for              character-based planning                                               The LDF will need to have regard to the
                                                                                                                                 intrusive infrastructure




                                                                                                                                                                 23
                                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
     some works to houses in                     tools such as Town Design      Development should respect the             conservation area character appraisals
     conservation areas                          Statements, Village Design     character and distinctiveness of           undertaken for:
                                                 Statements, Countryside        the local landscape                        •   Coatham Mundeville
                                                 Design Summaries and                                                      •   Denton
Ancient Monuments and
                                                 Concept Statements can         Natural England Durham                     •   Bishopton
Archaeological Areas Act (1979)
                                                 play in promoting high         Magnesian Limestone Plateau                •   Northgate
(N57) Section 61(12) defines sites that
                                                 quality development that       Landscape Character                        •   Victoria Embankment
warrant protection due to their being of
                                                 respects local character       Assessment (1994) (SR2)                    •   Cockerton
national importance as 'ancient
                                                 and distinctiveness;           A small part of Darlington borough         •   Piercebridge
monuments'. These can be either
                                            •    Incorporate the findings of    is in this national character area.
                                                                                                                           •   Town Centre
Scheduled Ancient Monuments or
                                                 Catchment Flood                Recommendations made within
"any other monument which in the                                                                                           •   West End Conservation Area (Draft)
                                                 Management Plans.              this report in relation to the entirety
opinion of the Secretary of State is of
                                                                                of the Durham Magnesian
public interest by reason of the                                                                                           Darlington Characterisation Study (2008)
                                            In regards to the historic          Limestone Plateau area include:
historic, architectural, traditional,                                                                                      L25)
                                            environment the LDF should:          • Management of woodland on
artistic or archaeological interest                                                                                        Provides analysis of the built form for each
                                                                                      the limestone escarpment,
attaching to it". Damage to an ancient                                                                                     part of the Borough, the location, type and
monument is a criminal offence and          •    clearly identify and assess          and creation of new
                                                                                                                           form of development, identifying key
                                                 the significance of any              broadleaved woodland around
any works taking place within one                                                                                          characteristics and distinctive features to be
                                                 heritage assets and their            urban settlements and
require Scheduled Monument Consent                                                                                         reflected in design. As a result of the study, 7
                                                 vulnerability to change              transport corridors.
from the Secretary of State.                                                                                               character zones have been identified as:
                                            •    encourage the                   • The conservation and
                                                                                                                           •     Town centre
                                                 refurbishment and re-use of          management of existing field
                                                                                                                           •     Town centre fringe
Planning Policy Statement 5:                     appropriate disused or               boundaries, particularly older
                                                                                      hedgerows, including creating        •     Inner suburban
Planning and Historic Environment                under-used buildings and
(2010)                                           incorporating them into              broader uncultivated field           •     Outer suburbs
Sets out Government policies with                regeneration schemes;                margins and the planting of          •     Rural area
regard to the identification and            •    seek to preserve, in situ,           hedgerows.                           •     Employment zone
protection of heritage assets                    archaeological sites of         • Consider the restoration of             •     Transport node and local services
appropriate to their significance for the        national importance and,             limestone quarries to                The zones are based on their distinctive
benefit of current and future                    where appropriate, other             limestone grasslands and             townscape, patterns of development,
generations.                                     archaeological remains of            their associated habitats, the       approaches to detailing or presence of open
                                                 regional and local                   consolidation and extension of       spaces or modern buildings and many other
Planning Policy Guidance 16:                     importance;                          existing semi-natural features,      components that are distinctive to the zone.
Archaeology and Planning (1999)             •    recognise the opportunities          and the conservation of
(N60)                                            for heritage led                     important geological
Ensure archaeological remains are                regeneration to be used in           exposures.
preserved and recorded in both the               a constructive way
urban and rural setting                     •    consider preparing, and        Natural England Durham
                                                 regularly maintaining, lists   Coalfield Pennine Fringe
White Paper Heritage Protection for              of locally important           Landscape Character
the 21st Century (2007) (N62)                    buildings for their areas,     Assessment (1994) (SR3)
Reflects the importance of the heritage          and set out policies in        A small part of Darlington borough
protection system in preserving                  LDFs, which seek, as far as    is in this national character area.
heritage for people to enjoy now and             possible, their protection     Recommendations made within
in the future (central to delivering             against inappropriate          this report in relation to the entirety
sustainable communities). The                    change.                        of the Durham Coalfield Pennine
proposals are based around core                                                 Fringe area include:
principles:                                                                     •     The conservation and
•     Developing a unified approach to      North East Strategy for the               management of traditional
      the historic environment;             Environment (2008) (R:es6)                landscape features, including
•     Supporting sustainable                Objectives to:                            dry stone walls, hedges,
      communities by putting the            protect and enhance the region’s          hedgerow trees, semi-natural
      historic environment at the heart     historic environments and                 woodlands, moorland and
      of an effective planning system.      heritage assets and ensure that           wetlands.
•     Provide the community with a          their worth is recognised           •     The conservation of historic
      sense of character,                   and invested in, enhancing their          landscapes and historic
      distinctiveness and identity and      benefits to society.                      landscape features, including
      makes it somewhere where                                                        parklands, green villages and
      people want to live.                                                            industrial artefacts and
•     Provide the starting point for        Protect and enhance the                   landmarks.
      imaginative and successful urban      region’s landscapes, ensuring       •     In agricultural areas, the
      and rural regeneration.               they are recognised for the vital         planting of hedges,
•     provides a focal point for            contribution they make to sense           woodlands and the
      engaging communities in               of place in attracting and                incorporation of other
      decisions about preservation and      retaining investment, talent and          habitats, where appropriate.
      development.                          tourism.                            •     Coniferous woodlands, when
                                                                                      they reach maturity and are
                                            Natural England, Countryside
The Government statement The                                                          felled, would benefit from
Historic Environment: A Force for           Character Volume 1: North                 restructuring, to include the
our future (2001) (N63)                     East (R:CCV)                              introduction of native
Sets out five areas of work as:             •    Recognises that the                  broadleaved species and a
•    to respond to public interest in            countryside is a priceless           more diverse age structure.
     the historic environment with firm          national asset that is
     leadership, effective partnerships          fundamental to our identity
     and a sound knowledge base             •    Recognises that
     from which to develop policies.             understanding in relation to




                                                                                                                      24
                                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
•    to realise the full potential of the        what contributes to the
     historic environment as a learning          character of the
     resource.                                   countryside is required, and
•    to make the historic environment            what may influence it in the
     accessible to everyone and                  future
     ensure that it is seen as              •    Encourages everyone to
     something with which the whole              respect the character of the
     of society can identify and                 countryside and take
     engage.                                     account of what may affect
•    to protect and sustain the historic         it in decision making
     environment for the benefit of our
     own and future generations.
•    to ensure that the historic            .
     environment’s importance as an
     economic asset is skillfully
     harnessed.

Building a Sense of Local
Belonging (2009) (N:belong)
Identifies that a sense of belonging to
the immediate neighbourhood is a key
indicator of community cohesion.
Recognises that people may connect
to a place through its buildings,
particular landmarks, natural features,
parks or other symbols and that events
such as celebrations, festivals,
carnivals and public art can contribute
to building a sense of belonging.


Building in context: new
development in historic areas
(N:context)
States that conservation areas and
other sensitive sites are not being well
served by the development which is
taking place within them. Identifies that
successful projects will:
•    Relate well to the geography and
     history of the place and the lie of
     the land
•    Sit happily in the pattern of
     existing development
•    Respect important views
•    Respect the sacle of
     neighbouring buildings
•    Use materials and building
     methods which are as high in
     quality as those used in the
     existing building
•    Create new views

All Landscapes Matter, Natural
England Position Statement (2010)
(N:Land)
Policies include:
•    All landscapes matter. They
     should be managed, planned and
     protected to be distinctive and
     highly valued and provide a
     range of ecosystem services.
•    need to plan and manage this
     change to ensure that all
     landscapes in the future respond
     to society’s changing needs and
     values whilst retaining diversity
     and distinctiveness.
•    The intent and measures of the
     European Landscape Convention
     should be integrated more
     comprehensively into national,
     regional and local strategies,
     policies, processes and actions
     which affect England’s




                                                                                                     25
                                                                                                 Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                       landscapes and their enjoyment
                                                       and understanding by the public.
                                                 •     How and why society values
                                                       landscape needs to be better
                                                       captured, translated and fully
                                                       represented in decision-making.
                                                 •     Positive benefits through
                                                       landscape enhancement should
                                                       be sought through the design of
                                                       development and infrastructure.



                                                                                                                                                                HOUSING
                      National                                                   Regional                                                 Sub-regional                                                  Local                           Key implications for the AGDPD                         Key implications for the SA

The Housing Act (2004) (N65)                               The North East of England Regional Spatial                  Tees Valley Sub Regional Housing Strategy (2007)            Sustainable Community Strategy – One                 Need to allocate gypsy and traveler              Appraisal of housing development sites and
Aims to help protect the most vulnerable in society        Strategy to 2021 (R2k)                                      (SR16)                                                      Darlington Perfectly Placed (2008-2021) (L1i)        sites/pitches to meet identified need            gypsy and traveller sites to consider:
while creating a fairer housing market for all those       States that delivering sustainable communities              Regards Housing Market Renewal as fundamental to            Housing issues are addressed in the Prosperous
who own, rent or let residential property. It will also    requires high quality housing and living environments       the wider economic regeneration of the Tees Valley.         Darlington delivery theme. Priority to expand the    Allocate housing sites to meet demand in         -Location in relation to shops, schools, health
strengthen the Government's drive to meet its 2010         in sustainable locations to facilitate and support          Priorities include:                                         stock of affordable housing, making sure that        terms of overall numbers (RSS and Growth         care, employment sites and community facilities.
decent homes target. Further requires LA’s to              accelerated economic growth.                                •     provision of decent homes                             future housing development meets the needs of        Point) and type and mix of housing required
assess the accommodation needs of Gypsies and              Local Development Frameworks and planning                   •     supporting vulnerable members of the community        an ageing population, making all new dwellings       (affordable, single storey, family homes etc)    -Location in relation to walking, cycling and
Travellers                                                 proposals should:                                           •     prevention of homelessness                            carbon neutral as well as enhancing choice           Location of housing sites to be well located     public transport links
                                                                                                                       •     transformation of failing areas into truly            across the housing market.                           to services and public transport links and to
Planning Policy Statement 3: Housing (2006)                •    provide for average annual net additions to the              sustainable communities                                                                                    consider capacity of services, local schools     -Ability to strengthen existing communities
(N67)                                                           dwelling stock, by district, for the financial years                                                               Strategic Housing Land Availability                  etc                                              and/or contribute to housing or general
Ensure that everyone has the opportunity of living in           2004-2021, as identified below:                        Tees Valley Strategic Housing Market Assessment             Assessment (SHLAA) (2009) (L26)                                                                       regeneration schemes
a decent home, which they can afford, in a                                                                             (2009) (SR17)                                               Purpose is to identify and quantify sources of       Location of housing sites to be prioritised on
community where they want to live.                         Darlington                                                  The assessment identifies the following in relation to      housing land supply in the Borough for the next      previously developed land where available         - Ability to deliver housing/pitches to meet
•    Make available a wide range of affordable and         •    2004/11 – 525                                          the Tees Valley Housing Market:                             fifteen years or so. A shortfall in meeting the                                                       identified needs in the Borough – for example
     market housing to meet the needs of the               •    2011/16 – 340                                          •    A strong desire (25%) for detached houses which        RSS housing targets have been identified due to                                                       affordable housing
     community                                             •    2016/21 – 265                                               exceeds the proportion of the dwelling stock           the following constraints:
•    Create a better balance between demand and            •    2004/21 – 395                                               (15%)                                                  •     willingness of landowners to sell land in                                                       -Where location will be on brownfield sites
     supply in every housing market and to improve                                                                     •    A preference for terraced housing (19%) is                   current market conditions
     affordable housing                                    70% of new homes built in Tees Valley should be                  considerably less than the stock (28%)                                                                                                                       -Flood risk
                                                                                                                                                                                   •     Willingness of house builders to build in
•    Ensure that mixed communities in all areas are        prioritised on previously developed land                    (As a result there will need to be a change over time in          current market conditions
     sustainable and within easy access of services                                                                    the stock balance or a shift in the image of parts of the   •     Lack of resolutions to sell Council owned
•    Bring into residential use empty housing and          North East England Regional Housing Strategy:               stock)                                                            sites
     buildings                                             Quality Places for a Dynamic Region (2007) (R12)            •    11% of households prefer a flat whilst this type of    •     Requirement to remediate contamination
                                                           Sets out 4 objectives:                                           dwelling is 7% of the stock so there is scope for            on several identified urban sites
                                                           •    to rejuvenate the housing stock including the               more flats, but not at the high proportions in the
Sustainable Communities: Homes for All (2005)                   provision of high quality housing for rent, for sale        recent new build pipeline.                             However:
(N68)                                                           and for shared ownership to meet 21st Century          •    Strong demand for 2 rather than 3 bedroom              •  26 potential housing sites are identified as
Aims to:                                                        aspirations;                                                houses (particularly in Darlington) and a slight          suitable for housing development, capable
•   Make sure that there are enough high quality           •    to ensure the supply, type and mix of new                   under-provision of 4 bedroom or larger. However,          of delivering 2602 dwellings
    homes across the whole spectrum of housing –                housing for rent and for sale meets social and              the in migrants household market is more               •  35 potential housing sites are considered
    owner-occupied, social rented and private                   economic needs, provides choice and supports                strongly oriented to 3 or 4 bedroom homes                 available for housing development, capable
    rented                                                      growth.                                                •    Executive housing developments in the Tees                of delivering some 11,659 dwellings.
•   Help more people to own their home                     •    to secure the improvement and maintenance of                Valley have been successful                            •  9 potential housing sites have been
•   Make sure that all social tenants, and seven out            existing housing                                       •    Private rented sector plays a major role in               identified as being capable of delivering
    of ten vulnerable people in the private sector,        •    to promote good management and targeted                     meeting housing need. However, there are issues           649 dwellings in the period 2011-2016, with
    have a decent home                                          housing investment to address specific                      over quality of the stock                                 a further 8 sites considered capable of
•   Create sustainable, mixed communities in both               community and social needs                             •    Estimation that Darlington should contribute 626          delivering 709 dwellings in the period 2016-
    rural and urban areas, with the jobs, services                                                                          affordable homes to the Tees Valley requirement           2021 and 2 sites capable of delivering 448
    and infrastructure they need to thrive                 North East Strategy for the Environment (2008)                   of 2244 over 5 years                                      dwellings in the period 2021-2026.
•   Provide for those who need more support to             (R:es7)                                                     •    Addressing the housing market requirements of
    meet their housing needs and aspirations,              Objective to:                                                    older people is going to be a challenge. (80%
    including halving numbers in temporary                 Raise the quality of the region’s housing and its                would want to continue to live in their current        Darlington Housing Strategy (2008-2012)
    accommodation                                          surroundings to contribute towards the creation of               home)                                                  (L27)
•   Provide for those who choose alternative types         sustainable communities, economic development and           •    The need for supported accommodation is                Areas of work include:
    of accommodation, such as Gypsies and                  a high quality environment.                                      expected to increase in the future.                    •    Private sector regeneration (identifies 4
    Travellers, but crack down on unauthorised                                                                                                                                          priority wards which exhibit higher levels of
    development                                                                                                                                                                         non-decent housing)
•   Protect and enhance the environment, our                                                                           Tees Valley Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation               •    Improvements to the Council’s stock
    historic towns and cities and the countryside.                                                                     Need Assessment (TVGTA) (2009) (SR18)                       •    Meeting the needs of older people
                                                                                                                       LA’s have a requirement to develop and implement            •    Supported accommodation
Homes for the Future: More Affordable, More                                                                            strategies to respond to the accommodation needs of         •    Balancing the supply and demand for social
Sustainable (2007) (N69)                                                                                               the Gypsy and Traveller communities living in their              housing
Vision for:                                                                                                            areas as part of their wider housing strategies. The        •    Delivering affordable housing accessible to
Everyone to have access to a decent home at a                                                                          assessment identifies that Darlington will need to               all
price they can afford, in a place where they want to                                                                   locate and additional 98 pitches between 2007 and           •    More sustainable development –
live and work. Good quality, affordable housing                                                                        2026                                                             commitment to exploring renewable energy
enables stable and secure family lives: we are all
                                                                                                                                                                                        sources and reviewing new build
healthier, happier and wealthier when we have




                                                                                                                                                                     26
                                                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
decent homes close to schools, healthcare and                               Tees Valley Housing Growth Point (2008) (SR19)                  specifications
transport links.                                                            Tees Valley have been successful in attaining £6.18
                                                                            million over the next two years as part of a               Older Persons’ Housing Strategy (2007) (L28)
Sets out our proposals to improve the housing fabric                        Government initiative which aims to help areas provide     Identifies that a growing older population in
of our society by providing:                                                the kind of housing which is vital in driving forward      Darlington necessitates consideration of housing
•    More homes to meet growing demand;                                     economic regeneration and attracting investment and        and support needs, both in the near and longer
•    Well-designed and greener homes, linked to                             jobs. As a result of Growth Point funding Tees Valley      term future. Priorities for action in housing and
     good schools, transport and healthcare;                                will need to deliver 1.3 million new homes by 2016         support for older people have been grouped
•    More affordable homes to buy or rent.                                  which is 30% more than previously planned. In              under five key areas
                                                                            Darlington, 504 houses will be built in the Central Park
•    Target to provide 3 million new homes                                  development and 510 on former schools sites as a           •    Diversity and Choice
     nationally by 2020 with 2 million by 2016                              result of the funds.                                       Older people should have the opportunity to be
                                                                                                                                       able to exercise choice over where they live and
Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment:                                                                                        the services they receive.
Identifying appropriate land for housing
development (2007) (N70)                                                                                                               •    Information and Advice
A top priority for Government is to ensure that land                                                                                   Effective information and advice about housing
availability is not a constraint on the delivery of more                                                                               options and the type of support services
homes. The primary role of the Strategic Housing                                                                                       available to older people empowers them to
Land Availability Assessment is to:                                                                                                    make informed choices about their futures;
•    identify sites with potential for housing;                                                                                        whether to move or remain at home.
•    assess their housing potential; and
•    assess when they are likely to be developed                                                                                       •    Flexible Service Provision
                                                                                                                                       Services should be flexible to respond to the
                                                                                                                                       changing needs of older people

                                                                                                                                       •     Quality
                                                                                                                                       The provision of a good quality housing and
                                                                                                                                       related service is essential to the health and
                                                                                                                                       well-bring of older people

                                                                                                                                       •     Joint Working
                                                                                                                                       Joined up working between all agencies involved
                                                                                                                                       in the housing, care and support of older people
                                                                                                                                       is essential to achieving successful outcomes in
                                                                                                                                       policy development.

                                                                                                                                       Private Sector Housing Renewal Strategy
                                                                                                                                       (2008) (L29)
                                                                                                                                       The Private Sector Housing Strategy sets out
                                                                                                                                       how the Council aims to tackle housing
                                                                                                                                       conditions within the private sector in line with
                                                                                                                                       current legislation. This includes rented and
                                                                                                                                       owner-occupied properties, in order to improve
                                                                                                                                       the lives of our most vulnerable residents,
                                                                                                                                       including older people.

                                                                                                                                       Darlington Borough Council Homelessness
                                                                                                                                       Strategy (2006) (L30)
                                                                                                                                       Sets out proposals to respond to the key issues
                                                                                                                                       concerning homelessness and the need for
                                                                                                                                       additional procedures and services identified
                                                                                                                                       through consultation with service users and
                                                                                                                                       providers.

                                                                                                                                       Darlington Local Housing Assessment (2005)
                                                                                                                                       (L31)
                                                                                                                                       Identifies a need for affordable housing for
                                                                                                                                       general needs and older person housing. An
                                                                                                                                       acute need has been identified in rural areas, a
                                                                                                                                       high need in the Main Area and a moderate
                                                                                                                                       need in the Central and South East part of
                                                                                                                                       Darlington Borough

                                                                                                                                       Darlington Urban Capacity Study (2004) (L32)
                                                                                                                                       Provides a snapshot of the estimated potential
                                                                                                                                       capacity for new housing within the main urban
                                                                                                                                       area of Darlington and the Borough’s larger
                                                                                                                                       serviced villages.
                                                                                                                                       Housing capacity of 2211 dwellings has been
                                                                                                                                       identified by the study in the main built up area
                                                                                                                                       of Darlington and its main serviced villages




                                                                                                                         27
                                                                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




Sources

International

I1 – United Nations http://www.un.org/jsummit/html/basic_info/basicinfo.html
I2 – United Nations http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/convkp/conveng.pdf, http://unfccc.int/kyoto_protocol/items/2830.php
I3 – Convention on Biological Diversity http://www.cbd.int/
I4 – UNICEF http://www.unicef.org/crc/

European

E1 – Commission of the European Communities http://europa.eu/eur-lex/en/com/cnc/2001/com2001_0264en01.pdf
E2 – European Parliament http://www.environ.ie/en/Publications/Environment/Miscellaneous/FileDownLoad,1805,en.pdf
E3 - The Climate action and renewable energy package (2009) http://ec.europa.eu/environment/climat/climate_action.htm
E4 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/ENVIRONMENT/airquality/eu-int/eu-directives/airqual-directives/
E5 – European Commission http://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-framework/index_en.html
E6 – European Parliament http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2006:372:0019:0031:EN:PDF. http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/water/wfd/daughter-dirs.htm
E7 – European Commission http://ec.europa.eu/environment/soil/three_en.htm
E8 – European Commission http://ec.europa.eu/environment/noise/home.htm
E9 – Joint Nature Conservation Committeehttp://www.jncc.gov.uk/page-1374
E10 – Joint Nature Conservation Committee http://www.jncc.gov.uk/page-1373
E11 - DEFRAhttp://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/waste/topics/landfill-dir/
E12 – European Commission http://europa.eu/scadplus/leg/en/cha/c10241.htm
E13 – European Commission http://ec.europa.eu/education/lifelong-learning-policy/doc28_en.htm
E15 – European Commission http://ec.europa.eu/transport/strategies/2001_white_paper_en.htm
E16 – Health Protection Agency http://www.hpa.org.uk/webw/HPAweb&Page&HPAwebAutoListName/Page/1204707136075
E17 – The Council of Europe http://www.etib.lt/?s=activities&ss=sport&lang=en
E18 – World Health Organisation http://www.euro.who.int/mentalhealth/publications/20061124_1
E20 – Council of Europe http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/cultureheritage/Conventions/Landscape/
E21 – European Commission http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docoffic/official/reports/pdf/sum_en.pdf

National

N1 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/sustainable/government/publications/uk-strategy/
N2 – CLG, DEFRA, DTI, DfT http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm71/7120/7120.pdf
N3 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/planningpolicystatement1
N4 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/147402.pdf
N5 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps12lsp
N6 – Office of Public Sector Information http://www.opsi.gov.uk/acts/acts2008/ukpga_20080027_en_1
N7 – DTI http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file39387.pdf
N8 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/building-greener.pdf
N9 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/climatechange/uk/ukccp/pdf/ukccp06-all.pdf
N10 – Sir Nicholas Stern http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/sternreview_index.htm
N11 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppsclimatechange
N12 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/planningpolicystatements/planningpolicystatements/pps22/
N13 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps25floodrisk
N14 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/Environ/Fcd/policy/strategy.htm
N15 – Communities and Local Government http://www.planningportal.gov.uk/uploads/code_for_sust_homes.pdf
N16 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/quality/air/airquality/strategy/index.htm
N17 – Office of Public Sector Information http://www.opsi.gov.uk/acts/acts2003/ukpga_20030037_en_1
N18 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/Environment/water/strategy/
N:dfw – DEFRA http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm75/7582/7582.pdf
N19 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/planningpolicystatements/planningpolicystatements/pps23/
N20 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppg24
N21 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/wildlife-countryside/pdf/biodiversity/biostrategy.pdf
N22 – Office of Public Sector Information http://www.opsi.gov.uk/acts/acts2006/ukpga_20060016_en_1




                                                                                                                            28
                                                                   Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
N23 - http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/historicenvironment/pps9/
NWC – Joint Nature Conservation Committee http://www.jncc.gov.uk/page-1377
NY – Communities and Local Government http://naturalengland.etraderstores.com/NaturalEnglandShop/product.aspx?ProductID=5e441c75-2609-4816-9e61-82aba4f2fee8
N24 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/ENVIRONMENT/waste/strategy/strategy07/pdf/waste07-strategy.pdf
N25 – DTI http://www.berr.gov.uk/whatwedo/sectors/construction/sustainability/page13691.html
N26 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/mineralsandwaste/wastemanagement/pps10/
N27 – Communities and Local Governmenthttp://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/mineralsandwaste/mineralpolicystatements/mineralspolicystatements/mineralspolicystatement/
N: agg – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/aggregatesprovisionletter.pdf
N28 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppg4
N29 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/planningpolicystatements/planningpolicystatements/pps6/
N33 – Department for Children, Schools and Families http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/childrensplan/downloads/The_Childrens_Plan.pdf
N34 – Teachernet: building schools for the future http://www.teachernet.gov.uk/management/resourcesfinanceandbuilding/bsf/
N36 – Department for Transport http://www.dft.gov.uk/about/strategy/whitepapers/previous/fot/utureoftransportwhitepap5710.pdf
N37 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/155634.pdf
N38 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/ppg8.pdf
N:dasts - DFT http://www.dft.gov.uk/about/strategy/transportstrategy/dasts/dastsreport.pdf
N:SONE – Natural England http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/publications/sone/sections.aspx
N:CBCC – Defra http://www.ukbap.org.uk/Library/BRIG/CBCCGuidance.pdf
N39 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/strongprosperous
N40 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/citiesandregions/ourtowns
N41 – DEFRA http://www.defra.gov.uk/rural/ruralwp/default.htm
N42 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/saferplaces
N43 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/communities/neighbourhoodrenewal/deprivation/deprivation07/
N44 – Department of Health http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_4003066
N45a –Every Child Matters http://www.everychildmatters.gov.uk/_files/F9E3F941DC8D4580539EE4C743E9371D.pdf
N46 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/livingplacescleaner
N47 – Department of Health http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_094358
N: weight – Department of Health http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_082378
N48 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/planningpolicyguidance17
N49 - Department for Culture Media and Sport http://www.culture.gov.uk/images/publications/sportfutureforall.pdf
N53 – Department of Health http://www.publications.doh.gov.uk/pdfs/makingithappen.pdf
N54 - Department for Culture Media and Sport http://www.culture.gov.uk/reference_library/publications/3567.aspx
N55 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/communities/pdf/131015.pdf
N56 – Office of Public Sector Information http://www.opsi.gov.uk/acts/acts1990/Ukpga_19900009_en_1
N: Taylor – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/1184991.pdf
N57 – Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Areas Act Summaryhttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Monuments_and_Archaeological_Areas_Act_1979
N59 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/historicenvironment/ppg15/
N60 - Communities and Local Government www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1144056
N62 - Department for Culture Media and Sport http://www.culture.gov.uk/reference_library/consultations/1156.aspx
N63 – English Heritage http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/server/show/nav.1448
N:land – Natural England http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/Images/Alllandscapesmatter1_tcm6-10332.pdf
N:belong – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/communities/pdf/1112832.pdf
N:context – English Heritage, CABE http://www.building-in-context.org/documents/BiC_NewDevelopmentInHistoricAreas.pdf
N65 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/archived/general-content/housing/housingact2004/
N66 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/housing/decenthome
N67 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps3housing
N68 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/archived/publications/corporate/homesforall
N69 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/housing/homesforfuture
N70 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/399267.pdf
N71 – Planning Portal: Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act http://www.planningportal.gov.uk/england/professionals/en/1084473824536.html
N72 - Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/regionallocal/regionalspatialstrategies/pps11/
N73 – Communities and Local Government http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/151363.pdf

Regional

R1 – Sustaine http://www.sustaine.com
R2 – Government Office for the North East http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/planning/rss/rss.pdf
R3 – Office of the Deputy Prime Minister http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/communities/pdf/143600.pdf
R4 – The Northern Energy Initiative for the North East Assembly http://www.energynortheast.net/lib/liDownload/1827/renew_energy_strat_nov05.pdf?CFID=4218453&CFTOKEN=79538365&jsessionid=a830233185e926e20495
R:es – One North East http://www.onenortheast.co.uk/lib/liDownload/12905/NESE%20artwork_final%20approval.pdf?CFID=4096120&CFTOKEN=25927116
R6 – North East Biodiversity Forum http://www.nebiodiversity.org.uk/docs/1.pdf




                                                                                                                        29
                                                                      Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
R:SERNE – One North East http://www.onenortheast.co.uk/place/environment.cfm
R7 – One North East http://www.onenortheast.co.uk/page/res.cfm
R9 – Government Office for the North East http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/envandrural/reg_rural_policy/rural_action.pdf
RN – The Northern Way http://www.thenorthernway.co.uk/document.asp?id=479
R10 - NHS http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/health/strategy/better_health_final.pdf
R:fac – Sport England http://www.sportengland.org/rfs.pdf

R:CCV – Natural England http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/Images/countrysidecharactervolume1northeastintroductiontcm2-21111_tcm6-5194.pdf
R12 – North East Assembly / Association of North East Councils http://www.strategyintegrationne.co.uk/document.asp?id=365&pageno=7&extlink=14

Sub-regional

SR2 – Tees Valley Climate Change Partnership http://www.redcar-cleveland.gov.uk/main.nsf/538ABBD98045B32E802571B7004C8F96/$FILE/TVCCP%20Strategy%20(designed%20version%202).pdf
SR5 – Environment Agency http://wfdconsultation.environment-agency.gov.uk/wfdcms/en/Northumbria/Intro.aspx
SR6 – Environment Agency http://publications.environment-agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE0308BNTE-E-E.PDF
SR7 – Environment Agency http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/planning/33516.aspx
SR8 – Environment Agency http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/planning/114022.aspx
SR9 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/FloodRiskAssessment.htm
SR10 - Cabe http://www.cabe.org.uk/enabling/examples/tees-valley
SR11 - Tees Valley Authorities http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Environment/recycling/wastestrategy.htm
SR12 - Tees Valley Authorities
http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Development%20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/LDF/Minerals/TV_MW_DPDs_POs_CoreStrategy.pdf
SR13 - Tees Valley Unlimited http://www.teesvalleyunlimited.gov.uk/documents/conf09/John%20Lowther.ppt
SR14 – The Northern Way http://www.thenorthernway.co.uk/downloaddoc.asp?id=365


SR13 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Localmotion/Annexe%2031.pdf
SR15 - Tees Valley Partnership http://www.teesvalleypartnership.co.uk/pdf/strategic_documents/TVP-cultural-strategy2003-.PDF
SR – Natural England http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/Images/countrysidecharactervolume1northeastintroductiontcm2-21111_tcm6-5194.pdf
SR16 – Tees Valley Authorities http://www.stockton.gov.uk/resources/housing/tvhsgstrat/tvhsgstrat.pdf
SR17 – Tees Valley Authorities electronic copy (N drive, Planning Policy)
SR18 - Tees Valley Authorities http://www.redcar-cleveland.gov.uk/main.nsf/ae3c7401f1898b3a802574de0034ba5b/$file/executive%20summary%20-%20tees%20valley%20gtaa,%20jan%202009.pdf
SR19 – Tees Valley Living - http://www.teesvalleyliving.org.uk/media_centre/documents/TeesValleyGrowthfundannouncement.pdf
SRTV – Tees Valley Sport Sub Regional Facilities Strategy: summarised within DBC Sport and Physical Activity Facilities Strategy Draft – Hard Copy

Local

L1 – Darlington Partnership http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/ConnectingWithCommunities/25894%20Community%20Strategy%20FINAL.pdf
L2 – Darlington Partnership http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Sustainable_Darlington/Climate%20Change.pdf
L3 – Darlington Borough Council Hard Copy
L4 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/Documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Public%20Protection/Pollution%20and%20Regulation/Contaminated%20Land%20Strategy.pdf
L5 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/OpenSpaces.htm
L6 – Durham Biodiversity Partnership http://www.durhambiodiversity.org.uk/planstructure3.htm
L7 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Development%20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/BDP%20Report.pdf
L8 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/Documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Development%20and%20Regeneration/Economic%20Regeneration/Strategy%20PDF.pdf
L9 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/Documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Development%20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/TownCentreStrategy.pdf
L12 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Education/CYPP/CYPP%202006-09%20Exec%20Summary.pdf
L13 - Darlington Borough Council Hard Copy
L14 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Localmotion/Annexe%2031.pdf
L15 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Development%20and%20Regeneration/Transport%20Policy/deliveryreport08.pdf
L16 - Local Motion http://www.dothelocalmotion.co.uk/WhatIsLocalMotion.htm
L17 – Darlington Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Council/March%2026%202008/Item%206c%20-%20Appendix%201.pdf
L18 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Darlington+Local+Neighbourhood+Renewal+Strategy.htm
L19 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/Documents/Chief%20Executive%20Office/Social%20Inclusion.pdf
L:later – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Health%20and%20Well%20Being%20Scrutiny%20Committee/April%2014%202008/Glossy%20Strategy.pdf
L20 – Darlington Primary Care Trust http://www.darlingtonpct.nhs.uk/documents/AMB1408PCT5yrStrategy.pdf
L: sport – Darlington Borough Council Hard Copy of Draft
L: Pitch – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Generic/SearchResults.htm?q=playing+pitch+strategy
L21 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Cabinet/July%2010%202007/Supp%20Item%202%20-%20Appendix.pdf
L22 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Environment/Countryside+and+Rights+of+Way/RoW/ROWIP.htm
L24 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/ProtectionControl/Conservation/CharacterAppraisals.htm




                                                                                                                             30
                                                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
L25 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%20and%20Environment/Development%20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/DesignSDP/Design%20SPD.pdf
L26 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/HousingLandAvailabilitySchedule.htm
L27 - Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Housing/marketneeds/housingstrategy/Housing+Strategy.htm
L28 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Housing/Older%20Person%20Housing%20Strategy.pdf
L29 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Housing/HOUSING%20RENEWAL%20STRATEGY%202008%20-12%20-%20FINAL.pdf
L30 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Housing/Homelessness%20Strategy%202006.pdf
L31 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Housing/marketneeds/Housing+Market+and+Housing+Needs.htm
L32 – Darlington Borough Council http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/DUCS.htm
L33 - Darlington Borough Council electronic document
L34 - Darlington Borough Council Hard Copy




                                                                                                                    31
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
      APPENDIX 2: SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL BASELINE 2010


      Key
      Not applicable
      Indicator is significantly above (or below) national/regional average, targets
      and/or previous Borough figures : not a key sustainability issue
      Indicator is slightly above (or below) national/regional average and/or
      previous Borough figures : potential sustainability issue
      Indicator is significantly above (or below) national/regional average, targets
      and/or previous Borough figures : key sustainability issue



                                                                          Sustainable Development
  Indicator      Quantified          Comparators                Targets                        Trends                                            Source
                     Data
Ecological      5.23 global      UK ecological             Target to achieve    Shows Darlington Borough has an                The Tees Valley Footprint Report (SEI) 2007
Footprint       hectares per     footprint is 5.4 global   an ecological        ecological footprint of 0.17 global hectares   http://www.sei.se/mediamanager/documents/
                capita           hectares per Capita       footprint of 1.8     per capita below the national average but      Publications/Future/tees_valley_footprint.pdf
                                                           global hectares      has an ecological footprint of 0.04 global     (accessed April 2009)
                                 North East ecological     per capita as this   hectares per capita above the regional
                                 footprint is 5.19         is, with current     average.
                                 global hectares per       population levels,
                                 Capita                    a budget for         Darlington’s overall ecological footprint is
                                                           sustainable living   3.43 global hectares per capita above the
                                 Tees Valley                                    sustainable living limit and is therefore
                                 ecological footprint is                        unsustainable
                                 5.12 global hectares
                                 per Capita




                                                                                       32
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




     APPENDIX B- SUSTAINABILITY BASELINE


                                                                     Climate Change and Energy
  Indicator     Quantified Data          Comparators                  Targets                       Trends                                      Source
Carbon        CO2 emissions            North East:            Government Targets:     CO2 emissions are 3.48 tonnes           Emissions of carbon dioxide for local
Dioxide       (kilo tonnes CO2)                                                       per capita under the regional           authority areas
Emissions                              Overall:               Achieve a 80%           average. There has also been a          http://decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/what_w
              Industry and             10.98 tonnes of        reduction in greenhouse reduction in CO2 emissions              e_do/lc_uk/loc_reg_dev/ni185_186/ni185
              commercial:              CO2 per capita         gas emissions by 2050   across all sectors                      _186.aspx (accessed March 2010)
              353 (2005)
              346 (2006)                                      Reduce UK                  CO2 emissions per capita have
              333 (2007)                                      greenhouse gas             reduced by 0.5 kilo tonnes from
                                                              emissions by 12.5% by      the 2005 baseline. However,
              Domestic:                                       2012 (Kyoto Protocol       further effort will be required to
              259 (2005)                                                                 meet challenging local targets
              259 (2006)
              250 (2007)

              Road Transport:
              175 (2005)
              171 (2006)
              171 (2007)

              Per capita:
              8.0 (2005)
              7.8 (2006)
              7.5 (2007)

              NI186: Per capita                               Local Targets:                                                  Darlington Borough Council Policy




                                                                                  33
                     Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
         reduction in CO2                             3.40 (2008/09)                                                  Department
         emissions:                                   7.20 (2009/10)
         reduction from the                           11.60 (2010/11)                                                 Darlington Borough Council Corporate
         2005 baseline figure                                                                                         Plan 2008-2012
         was 0.5 in 2007

Energy   Electricity            North East            Not applicable             Average domestic electricity use     BERR, Energy Consumption Data at
         consumption            Electricity                                      has reduced by 191 kWh but is        Local and Regional Level
         (kWh):                 Consumption                                      above the regional average by        http://www.berr.gov.uk/energy/statistics/re
                                (kWh):                                           115 kWh and 536 kWh below the        gional/index.html (2007)
         Average domestic:      Average domestic:                                national average.                    (Accessed March 2010)
         4,047 (05)             3,741 (07)
         3,978 (06)
         3,856 (07)                                                              Average industrial and
                                                                                 commercial use has reduced by
         Average Industry       Average industry                                 4020 kWh and is below the
         and commercial:        and commercial:                                  regional average by 23,983 kWh
         88,758 (05)            108,721 (07)                                     but above the national average by
         89,211 (06)                                                             5,661 kWh
         84,738 (07)
                                Great Britain
                                Electricity
                                Consumption
                                (kWh):

                                Average domestic:
                                4,392 (07)

                                Average industry
                                and commercial:
                                79,077 (07)



         Gas consumption        North East Gas                                   Average domestic gas use has
         (kWh):                 Consumption                                      reduced by 1569 kWh and is
                                (kWh):                                           below the regional average by
         Average domestic:      Average domestic:                                270 kWh but 408 kWh above the
         19,591 (05)            18292 (07)                                       national average.




                                                                          34
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
            18,771 (06)
            18,022 (07)              Average industry                                 Average industrial and
                                     and commercial:                                  commercial gas use has reduced
            Average Industry         793,243 (07)                                     by 30,309 kWh but is above the
            and commercial:                                                           regional average by 248,028 kWh
            1,071,580 (05)                                                            and above the national average
            1000,164 (06)            Great Britain Gas                                by 407,492 kWh
            1041,271 (07)            Consumption
                                     (kWh):

                                     Average domestic:
                                     17,614 (07)

                                     Average industry
                                     and commercial:
                                     633,779 (07)
Renewable   Installed capacity       Not applicable        Target of 10%              Not applicable                       ANEC: Tees Plain and East Durham
Energy      Not known                                      of electricity to be                                            Limestone Wind Farm Development and
                                                           provided by renewable                                           Landscape Capacity Study
            Proposed capacity                              sources in the North                                            http://www.northeastassembly.gov.uk/doc
            Planning permission                            East region by 2010                                             ument.asp?id=914 (2008)
            has been granted for                           (454 MW minimum                                                 (accessed April 2009)
            5 wind turbines                                installed capacity) with
            generating a total of                          the aspiration to double                                        ENTEC: Decentralised Renewable and
            6.5MW. 2 pre                                   this by 2020                                                    Low Carbon Energy Study (2009)
            planning scoping                                                                                               http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Generic/Sear
            reports have been                                                                                              chResults.htm?q=renewable+energy
            submitted for a total                                                                                          (accessed March 2010)
            of 19 wind turbines
            generating 48 MW                                                                                               TNEI North East Region Renewable
            Potential Capacity                                                                                             Energy Strategy
            The Tees Plain and                                                                                             http://www.energynortheast.net/lib/liDownl
            East Durham                                                                                                    oad/1827/renew_energy_strat_nov05.pdf
            Limestone Wind                                                                                                 ?CFID=4218453&CFTOKEN=79538365&j
            Farm Development                                                                                               sessionid=a8308eb05ceb5e3f335d (2005)
            and Landscape                                                                                                  (accessed April 2009)
            Capacity Study
            identifies that a zone
            to the North East of                                                                                           GONE: The North East of England Plan




                                                                               35
            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Darlington Borough                                                                                           Regional Spatial Strategy to 2021
has the capacity to                                                                                          http://www.northeastassembly.gov.uk/doc
accommodate a                                                                                                ument.asp?id=887 (2008)
small – medium                                                                                               (accessed April 2009)
small scale wind
development (i.e. 4-
6 turbines per
development of
between 7.5 –
25MW)

The Decentralised
Renewable and Low
Carbon Energy
Study identifies that
wind and biomass
have the most
significant potential
for meeting the
Borough’s energy
demands and
reducing carbon
dioxide emissions.
Areas identified
include:
-The town centre
and adjoining high
density areas with
potential for a
biomass heating or
combined power,
heating and cooling
network

-Three ‘areas of
search’ for wind
turbine development
to the north east,
south and west of




                                                                 36
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                 the Borough




                                                                        Environmental Protection
     Indicator           Quantified Data            Comparators          Targets                       Trends                                        Source
Air Quality        There continues to be no         Not applicable   Government     Within the Darlington Council area,             Darlington Borough Council Review and
                   need to declare any Air                           objectives for domestic / commercial heating is largely        Assessment of Air Quality – Updating
                   Quality Management Areas                          air quality    fuelled by natural gas, which gives low         and Screening Report
                   as air pollutants do not                          currently      levels of emissions compared with other         http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/
                   exceed regulated                                  cover ten      carbon based fuels. There are few large         documents/Development%20and%20En
                   emissions in the vicinity of                      pollutants:    industrial processes within the Council         vironment/Public%20Protection/Pollution
                   target group members                                             area, and there is no significant impact        %20and%20Regulation/Darlington%20A
                                                                     • Particulat   from industrial sources outside of the          ir%20Quality%20Review%2020061.pdf
                   Local measurements of                                  e Matter  Council area.                                   (2006) (accessed April 2009)
                   traffic related air pollutants                         (PM10 &
                   include:                                               PM2.5) –  Road traffic is the main source of              Air Quality in the Tees Valley 2005-2008
                                                                          Transport nitrogen dioxide pollution at ground level,     http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/
                   Nitrogen Dioxide (40 μg/m³                             is UK’s   but this normally quickly disperses within      documents/Corporate%20Services/Publi
                   max target)                                            primary   a relatively short distance of the              c%20Protection/Environmental%20Healt
                   Cockerton Bridge Station                               source    kerbside. There is no clear sign of             h/Tees%20Valley%20Annual%20Report
                   20 (2005)                                         • Nitrogen     nitrogen dioxide levels from traffic falling,   %202009.pdf (accessed October 2009)
                   23 (2006)                                              dioxide   with emission improvements generally
                   23 (2007)                                              (NOx) –   being offset by traffic flow increases.
                   20 (2008)                                              Transport Emissions exceeded the Government
                   St Cuthbert’s Station                                  is UK’s   target at the St Cuthbert’s station in 05,
                   41 (2005)                                              primary   06 and 08. However, there are no target
                   42 (2006)                                              source    group members of the public in this
                   35 (2007)                                         • Ozone        vicinity.
                   44 (2008)                                              (O3)
                                                                     • Sulphur      Emissions of PM10 are well within the
                   Particulate Matter PM10 40                             dioxide   target set and have decreased at the St
                   μg/m³ max target)                                      (SO2)     Cuthbert’s Station. Emissions have
                   Cockerton Bridge Station                          • Polycyclic slightly increased at the Cockerton
                   20 (2005)                                              Aromatic  Bridge Station but not significantly
                   22 (2006)                                              Hydrocarb
                   21 (2007)                                              ons
                   21 (2007)                                              (PAHs) –
                   St Cuthbert’s Station




                                                                                     37
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                 31 (2005)                                             Transport
                 34 (2006)                                             is UK’s
                 27 (2007)                                             primary
                 28 (2008)                                             source
                                                                   • Benzene
                                                                       –
                                                                       Transport
                                                                       is UK’s
                                                                       primary
                                                                       source
                                                                   • 1,3-
                                                                       butadiene
                                                                       – Mainly
                                                                       from
                                                                       combustio
                                                                       n of petrol
                                                                   • Carbon
                                                                       monoxide
                                                                       (CO) –
                                                                       Transport
                                                                       is UKs
                                                                       primary
                                                                       source
                                                                   • Lead
                                                                   • Ammonia
 Contaminated    As of 2003 Darlington           Not applicable    Not applicable     The number of contaminated land sites       Darlington Borough Council,
     Land        Borough Council had                                                  in the Borough is reducing as a result of   Environmental Health
                 identified more than 2000                                            remediation.
                 potentially contaminated                                                                                         Darlington Borough Council,
                 sites. This figure is high                                                                                       Contaminated Land Inspection Strategy
                 due to Darlington’s                                                                                              http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/
                 industrial past. However,                                                                                        Documents/Development%20and%20E
                 as of 2009 this has reduced                                                                                      nvironment/Public%20Protection/Pollutio
                 to 1280                                                                                                          n%20and%20Regulation/Contaminated
                                                                                                                                  %20Land%20Strategy.pdf (2003)
                                                                                                                                  (accessed April 2009)
Previously       NI170: Previously               Not applicable    No local target    Shows a 1.14% increase in the % of          Darlington Borough Council Policy
developed land   developed land that has                           set                previously developed land that has been     Department
that is          been vacant or derelict for                                          vacant or derelict for more than 5 years




                                                                                     38
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
vacant/derelict   more than 5 years:

                  2.70% (2006/07)
                  4.01% (2007/08)
                  3.84% (2008/09)
River Quality     Biological Quality            2005 average      Previous GQA        Shows that in 2005 biological river         GQA results – Audit Commission
                  (Previous General Quality     good rating for   targets have        quality in Darlington was below the         website - http://www.areaprofiles.audit-
                  Assessment Scheme)            UK biological     been                national average by 1.82%.                  commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgibo55tk
                                                river quality     superceded                                                      e0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?entity=10004
                  % of river length assessed    was 54.2%         by WFD              Under the new WFD assessment                878 (accessed April 2009)
                  as good biological quality                      targets             method, ecological quality (which
                  2000 – 41.21%                                                       includes biological quality) credits        WFD results – Environment Agency
                  2002 – 58.06%                                   The WFD             Darlington’s rivers and tributaries as      website - http://maps.environment-
                  2003 – 58.06%                                   requires all        being of either a Moderate or of            agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiybyController?va
                  2004 – 51.91%                                   natural inland      Moderate potential status. The ecological   lue=Darlington&lang=_e&ep=map&topic
                  2005 – 52.38%                                   and coastal         quality will need to improve to achieve     =wfd_rivers&layerGroups=default&scale
                                                                  water bodies        ‘good’ status by 2015                       =3&textonly=off (accessed April 2009)
                                                                  to obtain
                  Chemical Quality              2005 average      ‘good               In terms of chemical quality the previous
                  (Previous GQA Scheme)         good rating for   ecological          GQA shows that in 2005 chemical river
                                                UK chemical       status and          quality in Darlington was above the
                  % of river length assessed    river quality     chemical            national average by 11.53%. However,
                  as good chemical quality      was 57.08%        status by           under the Water Framework Directive
                                                                  2015. Artificial    scheme a pass or a fail is awarded. Of
                  2000 – 37.48%                                   or heavily          Darlington’s rivers and tributaries that
                  2002 – 39.23%                                   modified            have been assessed all currently fail.
                  2003 – 32.34%                                   water bodies
                  2004 – 48.83%                                   need to
                  2005 – 68.61%                                   achieve a
                                                                  good
                  Water Framework                                 ‘ecological
                  Directive Assessment                            potential and
                  2008                                            chemical
                                                                  status by
                  Current Ecological Quality    Draft results     2015.
                                                for assessed
                  Tees from Greta Beck to       rivers in
                  River Skerne – Moderate       England and
                  Potential                     Wales show




                                                                                     39
         Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                              that for overall
Tees from Skerne to the       ecological
Tees Barrage – Moderate       classification
Potential                     23% of rivers
                              are good or
Neasham Stell (Tees trib) –   better, 60%
Moderate                      are moderate,
                              12% are poor
Lustrum Beck (Tees trib) –    and 4% are
Moderate Potential            bad

Skerne from Woodham
Beck to River Tees –
Moderate Potential

Dene Beck (Skerne trib) –
Moderate

Bishopton Beck –
Moderate

Current Chemical Quality

Tees from Greta Beck to
River Skerne – Fail

Tees from Skerne to the
Tees Barrage – Fail

Neasham Stell (Tees trib) –
Not yet assessed

Lustrum Beck (Tees trib) –
Not yet assessed

Skerne from Woodham
Beck to River Tees – Fail

Dene Beck (Skerne trib) –




                                                              40
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                Not yet assessed

                Bishopton Beck – Not yet
                assessed
Groundwater     Quantative and chemical       Not applicable    The Water           Predicted status of Darlington’s               Environment Agency website
Quality         quality for Darlington’s                        Framework           groundwater remains poor by 2015.              http://maps.environment-
                groundwater is poor                             Directive                                                          agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiybyController?x=
                                                                requires all        The Magnesiam Limestone groundwater            428500.0&y=514500.0&scale=3&layerG
                                                                natural inland      body has issues with respect to both           roups=default&location=Darlington,%20
                                                                and coastal         quality and quantity. The particular           Darlington&ep=map&lang=_e&textonly=
                                                                water bodies        issues are nitrates, mine water pollution      off&topic=wfd_groundwaters#x=431289
                                                                to obtain           and potential abstraction pressures            &y=514743&lg=2,7,9,&scale=4
                                                                ‘good               throughout the area. A rising trend in         (accessed April 2009)
                                                                ecological          nitrate concentration in the groundwater
                                                                status and          body has been identified and will be
                                                                chemical            addressed and mitigated by the Nitrate
                                                                status by           Pollution Prevention Regulations 2008.
                                                                2015
Water Use and   Daily domestic water use      Average daily     Not applicable      Shows that daily domestic water                Audit Commission website -
Abstraction     (per capita consumption,      domestic                              consumption in Darlington is 18 litres         http://www.areaprofiles.audit-
                litres):                      water use for                         less than the national average                 commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgibo55tk
                Daily: 136                    the UK is 154                                                                        e0pp55)/ChartPage.aspx?id=10004876
                                              litres                                                                               &chartIndex=6&screenWidth=1255&scr
                                                                                                                                   eenHeight=835 (accessed April 2009)
                                                                                    It is anticipated that no water will be
                Abstraction                                                         available for further licensing at low flows   Environment Agency: The Tees
                Water is available at low     Not applicable    Reduce              by 2014                                        Catchment Abstraction Management
                flows with an abstraction                       abstraction to                                                     Strategy http://publications.environment-
                limit of 3.8 mega litres a                      3.6 mega                                                           agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE0308BNTE-E-
                day all year.                                   litres a day all                                                   E.PDF (2008) (accessed April 2009)
                                                                year by 2014

Flooding        Flood risk to                 Not applicable    Not applicable      Flood risk is likely to                        Darlington Borough Council Strategic
                development sites:                                                  increase over the next 25 years due to         Flood Risk Assessment (2009)
                13 developments sites                                               the impacts of climate change                  http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Plan
                (48.8ha) are at medium risk                                                                                        ning+and+Building+Control/Planning+S
                of fluvial flooding.                                                                                               ervices/Planning+Policy/FloodRiskAsses
                                                                                                                                   sment.htm (accesses March 2010)
                17 sites (29.2ha) are at




                                                                                   41
                                 Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                      high risk of fluvial flooding

                      43 of the 46 sites are also
                      at some risk of surface
                      water flooding. 16 sites
                      have a high vulnerability of
                      flooding



                                                                           Biodiversity and Geodiversity
     Indicator            Quantified Data              Comparators                Targets                      Trends                               Source
Designated Sites      4 Sites of Special              Overall           The Government’s         All of Darlington’s SSSI’s         Natural England website -
- Sites of Special    Scientific Interest:            condition of      Public Service           currently meet the PSA target. A   http://www.natureonthemap.org.uk/map.
Scientific Interest                                   SSSI’s in the     Agreement (PSA)          greater percentage (75%) are in    aspx?m=sssi (accessed March 2010)
                      Neasham Fen – 2.2 ha            Durham County     target is to have 95% of a favourable condition compared
                      – Favorable –                   area:             the SSSI area in         to the 16.78% at the County
                      (designated as a                                  favourable or recovering level
                      geological SSSI) –              Favorable –       condition by 2010
                      Provides an important           16.78%
                      record of Flandrian
                      vegetation history and          Unfavorable,
                      environmental change –          recovering –
                      100% meeting PSA                67.46%
                      target
                                                      Unfavorable, no
                      Hell Kettles – 3.51 ha –        change –
                      Unfavorable, recovering         13.27%
                      - Only site in County
                      Durham area where               Unfavorable
                      open water fed by               declining –
                      calcareous springs              2.05%
                      occur. Only site with
                      saw-sedge dominated             Destroyed /
                      swamp, very rare and            Part destroyed
                      local wetland plants –          – 0.44%
                      100% meeting PSA
                      target

                      Redcar Field – 0.68 ha –




                                                                                        42
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                   Favorable - Supports a
                   range of fen vegetation
                   types not found at any
                   other site in County
                   Durham. Only site
                   known to contain fen
                   meadow – 100%
                   meeting PSA target

                   Newton Ketton Meadow
                   – 1.9ha – Favorable -
                   One of the very few
                   surviving unimproved
                   hay meadows in the
                   coastal plain between
                   the River Tyne and Tees
                   – 100% meeting PSA
                   target

                   •   Total hectares
                       designated – 8.29
                       ha
                   • % of Borough =
                       0.04%
Designated Sites   Darlington has 8 LNR’s     Not applicable    Natural England target of   Darlington currently falls short of   Darlington Borough Council website -
– Local Nature     and 3 community                              1ha of Local Nature         Natural England’s target by 0.35      http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/
Reserves           woodlands:                                   Reserve per 1,000 of the    ha / 1000 of the population           documents/Community%20Services/Co
                                                                population                                                        untrysideandROW/Green%20Spaces%2
                   The Whinnies LNR –                                                                                             0information.pdf (accessed May 2009)
                   11.46ha – Diverse site
                   of grassland, woodland
                   and wetland. Home to a
                   variety of unusual
                   orchids and butterflies

                   Drinkfield Marsh –
                   5.77ha – Home to many
                   over wintering birds




                                                                                  43
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                     Brinkburn – 1.76 ha –
                     dominated by a pond
                     and wet woodland

                     Brankin Moor – 1.82ha –
                     Includes a woodland
                     rich in orchids and other
                     woodland plants

                     Geneva wood – 13.12ha
                     – small woodland site

                     Rockwell – 22.16ha
                     green space in the heart
                     of the town

                     Maidendale Fishing and
                     Nature Reserve –
                     7.51ha – Includes
                     wetlands and
                     grasslands

                     West Park – 0.5ha -
                     contains chalk grassland

                     •  Total hectares
                        designated – 64.1
                        ha
                     • % of Borough =
                        0.32%
                     • Equates to 0.64
                        ha/1,000 pop
NI 197 Improved      2008/09                     2008/09          None set (baseline year)    Shows that Darlington Borough       Hub Data
Local Biodiversity                                                                            with Redcar and Cleveland has       https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DIHW
                     Total Number of sites in    Proportion of                                the lowest proportion of local      EB/Homepage.aspx (accessed March
                     the Local Authority area:   local sites                                  sites where positive                2010)
                     45                          where positive                               conservation management has
                                                 conservation                                 been or is being implemented of
                     Number of sites in the      management                                   the Tees Valley authorities




                                                                                    44
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                    Local Authority area        has been or is
                    where positive              being
                    conservation                implemented:
                    management has been
                    or is being implemented     Hartlepool: 24%
                    during the last five        Middlesbrough:
                    years: 6                    35%
                                                Redcar and
                    Proportion of local sites   Cleveland: 13%
                    where positive              Stockton: 29%
                    conservation
                    management has been
                    or is being implemented:
                    13%
Priority habitats   Darlington contains the     Not applicable    Overarching target:         Lowland Meadows – no               Biodiversity Targets and Indicators for
                    following Priority                            On an annual basis,         comprehensive account of           the north east of England
                    Habitats                                      ensure that there is no     decline in Durham BAP area but     (NE Biodiversity
                    listed in the UK                              loss in the extent or       in the UK individual counties      Forum)
                    Biodiversity                                  quality of the North East   have reported an annual loss of    (http://www.nebiodiversity.org.uk/docs/2.
                    Action Plan (BAP):                            Region’s existing           10%                                pdf)
                    • Lowland meadows                             resource of UK BAP                                             (2004) (accessed March 2010)
                         (5.1ha)                                  habitats                    Lowland Calcareous Grassland
                    • Lowland calcareous                                                      – Has declined markedly since      A Biodiversity Audit of
                         grassland – very                         Targets for UK BAP          the Second World War largely       the North East (NE
                         rarer (0.6ha)                            Habitats in Darlington      through agricultural               Biodiversity Forum)
                    • Lowland dry acid                            • Lowland meadows –         intensification                    (http://www.nebiodivers
                         grassland – very                            100% to be                                                  ity.org.uk/docs/1.pdf)
                         rare (1ha)                                  favourably managed       Lowland Dry Acid Grassland –       (2001) (accessed March 2010)
                    • Fens – very rare                               and creation of an       Continues to be a rare and
                         (1ha)                                       additional 50ha by       fragmented resource in the         Durham Biodiversity Action Plan
                    • Reedbeds – very                                2010                     Durham BAP area                    http://www.durhambiodiversity.org.uk/pla
                         rare (0.5ha)                             • Calcareous                                                   nstructure3.htm (accessed March 2010)
                    • Purple moorgrass                               Grassland – 100% to      Fens and Reedbeds – Continue
                         and rush pastures –                         be favourably            to be fragmented habitats with     Darlington Borough Council Countryside
                         very rare (0.55ha)                          managed and              numerous threats                   Team
                                                                     creation of an
                                                                     additional 200ha by      Purple Moor Grass and rush
                                                                     2010                     Pastures – no trend identified
                                                                  • Dry acid grassland –      but very rare in Darlington




                                                                                    45
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                    100% to be
                                                                    favourably managed
                                                                    and creation of an
                                                                    additional 10ha by
                                                                    2010
                                                                • Fens – Ensure
                                                                    appropriate water
                                                                    quality and quantity
                                                                    for the continued
                                                                    viability of fens
                                                                • Reedbeds –
                                                                    Rehabilitate 20ha of
                                                                    reed in key areas
                                                                    and create 50ha of
                                                                    new reedbed by
                                                                    2010
                                                                • Purple moor grass
                                                                    and rush pasture –
                                                                    100% to be
                                                                    favourably managed
                                                                    and creation of an
                                                                    additional 5ha by
                                                                    2010
Priority Species   Darlington contains the    Not applicable    Targets for UK BAP                                              Durham Biodiversity Action Plan
                   following Priority                           species in Darlington                                           http://www.durhambiodiversity.org.uk/pla
                   Species listed in the UK                                                                                     nstructure3.htm (accessed March 2010)
                   Biodiversity
                   Action Plan (BAP):                           Water vole: To expand       Water Vole – severe decline –       Darlington Borough Council Countryside
                                                                the current range of        national protection status          Team
                   Mammals                                      water vole in the Durham
                   Water Vole                                   BAP area by 50%             Brown Hare – Little information
                   Brown Hare                                                               on population trends but
                   European Otter                               Brown Hare: No target       believed to be widespread
                   Pipistrelle Bat                              set as widespread
                                                                                            Otter – Widespread on the
                   Birds                                        European Otter: By          Derwent, Wear and Tees. The
                   Skylark                                      2010, restore breeding      Skerne remains to be fully
                   Linnet                                       otters to all catchments    colonised. Some encouraging
                   Reed Bunting                                 and coastal areas where     signs in terms of expansion of




                                                                                  46
         Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Corn Bunting                                they have been recorded     range but species is still rare
Spotted Flycatcher                          since 1960.                 and has European Protection
Tree Sparrow                                                            Status
Grey Partridge                              Pipistrelle Bat: No
Bullfinch                                   targets set due to          Pipistrelle Bat – ubiquitous
Song Thrush                                 difficulty in monitoring    throughout the whole of the
                                                                        DBAP area. Has European
Amphibian                                   Skylark: To maintain the    protection status
Great Crested Newt                          range of breeding
                                            skylark                     Skylark – Numbers are down by
Crustacean                                                              about 38% since 1994 in the
White Clawed Crayfish                       Linnet: To maintain the     region as a whole
                                            range of Linnet
                                                                        Linnet – very common and well
                                            Reed Bunting: Target        distributed specie
                                            not set yet
                                                                        Reed Bunting – Declined
                                            Corn Bunting: To            nationally by over 60% since the
                                            increase the range in the   70’s but remains widespread in
                                            Durham BAP area             lowland areas. The DBAP
                                                                        breeding population is between
                                            Spotted Flycatcher: No      500 and 800 pairs
                                            target set
                                                                        Corn Bunting – Have decreased
                                            Tree Sparrow: To            by at least 95% in the North
                                            increase the range in the   East since the 70’s
                                            Durham BAP area.
                                                                        Spotted Flycatcher – In sharp
                                            Grey Partridge: No          decline
                                            target found
                                                                        Tree Sparrow – Have decreased
                                            Bullfinch: No target        by at least 50% in the North
                                            found                       East since the 70’s. Locally
                                                                        common but sparsely distributed
                                            Song Thrush: To             in Durham
                                            maintain the range
                                                                        Grey Partridge – No trend found
                                            Great Crested Newt: To
                                            maintain and expand the     Bullfinch – No trend found




                                                               47
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                   range
                                                                                            Song Thrush – Populations are
                                                                   White Clawed Crayfish:   fairly stable at low numbers.
                                                                   To maintain and expand   Suffered a slight decline since
                                                                   the range                2004

                                                                                            Great Crested Newt – Suffered
                                                                                            a decline in recent years.
                                                                                            Studies indicate a national rate
                                                                                            of colony loss of approximately
                                                                                            2% over 5 years

                                                                                            White Clawed Crayfish –
                                                                                            Thought to have declined
                                                                                            dramatically over recent
                                                                                            decades in the DBAP area

                                                                         Waste and Minerals
    Indicator          Quantified Data                 Comparators          Targets                     Trends                                     Source
Waste           Household Waste Recycling             Not applicable   Not applicable     The amount of waste                        Darlington Borough Council Waste
management      Sites:                                                                    management sites in the Borough            Minimisation and Recycling Officer
sites           Whessoe Rd                                                                may change over time.

                Bring Sites: There are 17 sites       Not applicable   Not applicable
                distributed across the Borough

                Waste Transfer Stations:
                There are no waste transfer
                stations in the Borough. Waste        Not applicable   Not applicable
                to be disposed of at landfill or to
                be recycled is transported
                directly to Aycliffe which is 1
                mile outside of Darlington
                Borough and 5 miles from
                Darlington Borough Council’s
                waste depot

                Landfill sites:
                Located at Aycliffe




                                                                                   48
                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




                                             Not applicable     Not applicable
Household   Waste produced (tonnes)          Not applicable     Waste Strategy         Shows that total waste produced in      Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
Waste       66,692.52 (2006/07)                                 2007 targets           Darlington Borough decreased by
            66,063.88 (2007/08)                                 include:               3693.11 tonnes in the period 2006/09
            62,999.41 (2008/09)                                 • recycling and
                                                                    composting of
                                                                    household
            NI193: % of municipal waste      Not applicable         waste – at least   Shows that the proportion of waste      Hub data
            landfilled                                              40% by 2010,       landfilled decreased over the period    https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/D
            67.52 (2006/07)                                         45% by 2015        2006/09                                 IHWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
            74.97 (2007/08)                                         and 50% by                                                 March 2010)
            66.1.3B5 (2008/09)                                      2020; and

            Waste collected (kg/head) BV     Average amount     •   recovery of                                                Audit Commission Website -
            84                               of household           municipal          Shows a total decrease of 9kg/head      http://www.areaprofiles.audit-
            515 (2000/01)                    waste collected        waste – 53%        over the period 2000/07. Darlington     commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgib
            522 (2001/02)                    per head               by 2010, 67%       collected 65kg/head more than the       o55tke0pp55)/DataProfile.aspx?enti
            508 (2003/04)                    nationally in          by 2015 and        national average in 2006/07             ty=0 (accessed May 2009)
            548 (2004/05)                    2006/07 was            75% by 2020
            506 (2006/07)                    441kg



            NI191: Residual household        Not available      Local targets:         Shows a decrease of kg waste per        Hub data
            waste per household (kg)                                                   household of 98.69                      https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/D
            824.69 (2006/07)                                    NI193:                                                         IHWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
            726 (2007/08)                                       74% (2008/09)                                                  March 2010)
                                                                60% (2009/10)
            Waste recycled (tonnes)          Not applicable     58% (2010/11)          Shows a total increase of 1601.16       Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
            11537.22 (2006/07)                                                         tonnes recycled over the period
            13261.82 (2007/08)                                  NI191:                 2006/09
            13138.38 (2008/09)                                  No local target set




                                                                            49
            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                  Average amount     NI 192:                                                         Audit Commission Website -
Waste recycled (%)                of household       26% (2008/09)         Shows a 5.74% increase in the             http://www.areaprofiles.audit-
11.8 (2001/02)                    waste recycled     40% (2009/10)         recycling rate over the period            commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgib
13.4 (2003/04)                    nationally in      42% (2010/11)         2001/09. Darlington was 3.21%             o55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?enti
14.7 (2005/06)                    2006/07 was                              below the national average in 06/07       ty=10004880 (accessed May 2009)
16.02(2006/07)                    19.23%.                                                                            Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
17.76 (2007/08)
17.54 (2008/09)

                                  Average amount                           Shows an 8.29% increase in the            Audit Commission Website -
Waste composted (%)               of household       As above              composting rate over the period           http://www.areaprofiles.audit-
0% (2001/02)                      waste                                    2001/09. Darlington was 3.58%             commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgib
3.3%(2003/04)                     composted                                below the national average in 06/07       o55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?enti
3.4% (2004/05)                    nationally in                                                                      ty=10004881 (accessed May 2009)
6.69% (2006/07)                   2006/07 was                                                                        Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
6.90% (2007/08)                   10.27%
8.29% (2008/09)
                                  75 Hartlepool
Take up of discounted             170                                      Shows that there was less take up of
compost bins                      Middlesbrough      Not applicable        the discounted home composting            Darlington Borough Council Waste
68 sold (2008/09)                 345 Redcar &                             scheme in Darlington than the rest of     Minimisation and Recycling Officer
Equates to a diversion of 10.2    Cleveland                                the Tees Valley
tonnes from landfill              289 Stockton

                                  Not available      As above              Shows a 4.18% increase in the
NI192: % of household waste                                                overall reuse and recycling rate in the   Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
sent for reuse, recycling and                                              period 2006/09
composting
22.71% (2006/07)
24.67% (2007/08)
26.89% (2008/09)
                                                                           Shows that Darlington’s HWRC
Bring site contribution %         Not applicable     Not applicable        followed by the kerbside recycling        Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
4.9% (2006/07)                                                             collection service contribute the most
5% (2007/08)                                                               to Darlington’s overall recycling rate.
4.8% (2008/09)                                                             However there was a 2.5% decline in
                                                                           HWRC contribution and a 5% decline
Charity collections               Not applicable     Not applicable        in Kerbside contribution over the         Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
contribution %                                                             period 2006/09. The bring site and




                                                                 50
                      Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
           2.4% (2006/07)                                                              charity collections contribute a
           2.4% (2007/08)                                                              relatively steady % to the overall
           2.5% (2008/09)                                                              recycling rate each year

           HWRC contribution %              Not applicable     Not applicable                                                  Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
           51.8% (2006/07)
           46.9% (2007/08)
           49.29% (2008/09)

           Kerbside contribution %
           41% (2006/07)                    Not applicable     Not applicable                                                  Waste Data Flow Spreadsheet
           38% (2007/08)
           36% (2008/09)

           % of household waste used        National           Government target       Not anticipated to change               Audit Commission Website -
           to recover heat, power and       average energy     of 10%                                                          http://www.areaprofiles.audit-
           other energy sources             from waste %       of electricity to be                                            commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgib
           0% (2001-2007)                   for 06/07 was      provided                                                        o55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?enti
                                            0.24%              by renewable                                                    ty=10004882 (accessed May 2009)
                                                               sources by
                                                               2010 with the
                                                               aspiration to
                                                               double this by 2020
Minerals   Number of developments in        Not applicable     RSS target for the      No quarrying activity currently takes   Planning and Environmental Policy
           mineral safeguarding areas                          region to contribute    place in Darlington Borough             Section
           (2008): Nil                                         towards the
                                                               availability of 26.25                                           The North East of England
           Number of approved minerals                         million tonnes of                                               Regional Spatial Strategy to 2021
           developments (2008): Nil                            sand and gravel
                                                               and 156 million
                                                               tonnes of crushed
                                                               rock between 2001-
                                                               2021 in the NE
                                                               region

                                                               To enable the
                                                               regional target of
                                                               supplying 76 million
                                                               tonnes of




                                                                            51
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                        alternative
                                                                        (secondary and
                                                                        recycled) materials



                                                                       Economy and Employment
  Indicator           Quantified Data               Comparators             Targets                    Trends                                             Source
VAT             Total number of VAT             North East: 9.5%        Not applicable Shows a net increase of 210 (9.5%)                   NOMIS website –
registered      registered businesses:          improvement over                       businesses in the borough over the                   https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/report
businesses      2,200 (2004)                    the period 2004 to                     period 2004/07                                       s/lmp/la/2038432081/subreports/vat
                2,290 (2005)                    2007 in the number                                                                          _time_series/report.aspx (2007)
                2,325 (2006)                    of VAT registered                             This % increase is in line with regional      (accessed March 2010)
                2,410 (2007)                    businesses                                    figures and exceeds National figures
                                                                                                                                            Hub data
                9.5% improvement over the       Great Britain: 7.2%                                                                         https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/D
                period 2004 to 2007 in the      improvement over                                                                            IHWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                number of VAT registered        the period 2004 to                                                                          March 2010)
                businesses                      2007 in the number
                                                of VAT registered
                                                businesses

                NI171 new businesses            North East:             No local targets      Vat registrations in Darlington are above
                registering for VAT and         34 (2006)               set                   regional averages but significantly
                PAYE per 10, 000 resident       41.9 (2007)                                   behind the national average
                population:                     36.7 (2008)

                40.70 (2006)                    England:
                46.50 (2007)                    54.8 (2006)
                46.80 (2008)                    59.5 (2007)
                                                57.2 (2008)

Employment      Manufacturing: 9.9% (was        Manufacturing:          Not applicable        Shows public administration, education        NOMIS website –
by industrial   14.1% in 2004)                  12.5% (NE), 10.6%                             and health employs the most individuals       https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/report
sector                                          (GB)                                          in Darlington.                                s/lmp/la/2038432081/report.aspx?t
                Construction: 11.1%                                                                                                         own=Darlington (2007) (accessed
                                                Construction: 5.7%                            Employment in the manufacturing sector        March 2010)
                Distribution, hotels and        (NE), 4.9% (GB)                               has declined since 2004
                restaurants: 23.1%                                                            Construction in Darlington is significantly
                                                Distribution, hotels                          higher than the regional (by 5.4%) and




                                                                                    52
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
             Transport and                  and restaurants:                          national (by 6.2%) averages. This sector
             communication: 9.1%            21.8% (NE), 23.3%                         has experienced a steady rise in
                                            (GB)                                      employment since 2004
             Finance, IT, other business
             activities: 14.8% (was 15.6%   Transport and                             Finance, IT and other business activities
             in 2004)                       communication:                            in Darlington is significantly lower than
                                            5.2% (NE), 5.9%                           the national (by 6.8%) averages. This
             Public administration,         (GB)                                      sector has also experienced a slight
             education and health: 27.4%                                              decline since 2004.
                                            Finance, IT, other
             Other services: 4.1%           business activities:
                                            16.5% (NE), 21.6%
             Tourism related: 7.8%          (GB)

                                            Public administration,
                                            education and
                                            health: 32.2% (NE),
                                            26.9% (GB)

                                            Other services: 4.8%
                                            (NE), 5.2% (GB)

                                            Tourism related:
                                            8.2% (NE), 8.2%
                                            (GB)
Tourism      The three year average         Hartlepool - £25.6       Not applicable                                               A Tourism Strategy for the Tees
             revenue for tourism in         million                                                                               Valley (2003)
             Darlington for 1997-1999                                                                                             http://www.teesvalleypartnership.co
             was £54.2 million              Redcar and                                                                            .uk/pdf/strategic_documents/TVP-
                                            Cleveland - £48.2                                                                     tourism-strategy.PDF
                                            million

                                            Stockton - £89
                                            million

                                            Middlesbrough -
                                            £98.5 million
Employment   Existing supply: 343.ha        Not applicable           Not applicable   Shows an over supply of employment          Darlington Employment Land
land         Anticipated demand 2009-                                                 land to meet need                           Review (2009)




                                                                                 53
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
availability   2026: 101.5 ha                                                                                                        http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Generi
                                                                                                                                     c/SearchResults.htm?q=employme
                                                                                                                                     nt+land+review
Retail         Distribution of shopping       Not applicable          Target should       Shows that the town centre has the         Darlington Borough Council Retail
               floorspace:                                            be to protect the   greatest distribution of shopping          Study (2008)
                                                                      viability of the    floorspace followed by out of town         http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_p
               Town centre - 42%                                      town centre         centres                                    ublic/documents/Development%20
               Town centre fringe - 6%                                                                                               and%20Environment/Development
               District and local centres –                                                                                          %20and%20Regeneration/Planning
               14%                                                                                                                   %20Services/Policy/Studies/Retail_
               Out of town – 25%                                                                                                     Study_08/03%20Written%20Report
               Local shops outside centres                                                                                           .pdf
               – 13%

               Vacant Floorspace
                                                                                          Shows that the town centre and town
               Town centre – 6,700 sq m                                                   centre fringe has more vacant
               Town centre fringe – 1,700                                                 floorspace than out of town shopping
               sq m                                                                       centres
               Out of town – 600 sq m

Working age    Population of working age:     62% of the              Not applicable      Shows a decrease of 0.1 % in the           NOMIS website –
population                                    population                                  working age population. 1.6% below the     https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/report
(years)        60.5% (2004/05)                nationally are of                           national average                           s/lmp/la/2038432081/report.aspx?t
               60.5% (2005/06)                working                                                                                own=Darlington (2007) (accessed
               60.7% (2006/07)                age                                                                                    March 2010)
               60.6% (2007/08)
               60.4% (2008/09)
                                                                                          Shows an increase of 0.4% in the male      Hub data
               Male population of working     66.1% of the male       Not applicable      working age population. 1.3% below the     https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/D
               age:                           population                                  national average                           IHWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                                              nationally are of                                                                      March 2010)
               64.4% (2004/05)                working
               64.3% (2005/06)                age                                                                                    Darlington Borough Council
               64.6% (2006/07)                                                                                                       Corporate Plan 2008-2012
               64.7% (2007/08)
               64.8% (2008/09)

               Female population of           58.1% of the female     Not applicable      Shows a decrease of 0.6% in the female




                                                                                  54
              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
working age:                    population nationally                     working age population. 1.8% below the
56.9% (2004/05)                 are of working age                        national average
56.9% (2005/06)
57.0% (2006/07)
56.7% (2007/08)
56.3% (2008/09)

Population of working age       78.9% of the            Not applicable    Shows a net 0.3% decrease in the
that are economically active:   population                                economically active population over the
                                nationally are of                         period. 0.6% below the national average
78.6% (2004/05)                 working
78.1% (2005/06)                 age
79.9% (2006/07)
78.7% (2007/08)
78.3% (2008/09)

Population of working age in    73.3% of the            Not applicable    Shows a decrease of 3.8% of the
employment:                     population                                working age in employment population.
                                nationally are in                         0.7% below the national average
76.4% (2004/05)                 employment
75.8% (2005/06)
75.0% (2006/07)
74.5% (2007/08)
72.6% (2008/09)

NI151: Overall employment       Not applicable          76.10% (08/09)    Shows a 3% decline in employment
rate:                                                   76.20% (09/10)    rate. Target for 08/09 was missed by
                                                        76.30% (10/11)    2.2%
76.9% (2006/07)
73.3% (2007/08)
73.9% (2008/09)

Unemployment rate:              The national            Target should     Shows a 3% increase in unemployment
                                unemployment rate       be to have as     rate. 1.2% above the national average
5.1% (2004/05)                  is 6.9%                 few people
4.8% (2005/06)                                          unemployed
5.9% (2006/07)                                          as possible
6.0% (2007/08)
8.1% (2008/09)




                                                                    55
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Out of work   Jobseeker allowance           National:               Target should      Shows that the % of claimants has           NOMIS website –
benefits      claimants only:               4.3% (2010)             be to have as      increased by 2.5%. Darlington claimants     https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/report
claimants     3.1% (2006)                                           few people as      are on par with the regional figures but    s/lmp/la/2038432081/report.aspx?t
              3.2% (2007)                   NE region:              possible           exceed the national average by 1.3%         own=Darlington (accessed March
              3.0% (2008)                   5.7% (2010)             claiming                                                       2010)
              4.7% (2009)                                           Jobseeker’s
              5.6% (2010)                                           Allowance


                                                                                       Shows that the majority of claimants are
              JSA claimants by age          National:                                  between the ages of 25 to 49. This is
              (2010):                       29.3% (aged 18-24)                         reflected at the national and regional
              30.8% (aged 18-24)            54.9% (aged 25-49)                         level too.
              53.9% (aged 25-49)            15.4% (aged 50+)
              14.6% (aged 50+)
                                            NE region:
                                            31.0% (aged 18-24)
                                            53.5% (aged 25-49)
                                            15.3% (aged 50+)
                                                                                       Shows that the majority of claimants,
              JSA claimants by duration     National:                                  claim for up to 6 months. This is
              (2010):                       65.2% (up to 6                             reflected at the national and regional
              65.4% (up to 6 months)        months)                                    level too.
              21.2% (between 6 and 12       20.7% (between 6
              months)                       and 12 months)
              13.3% (over 12 months)        14.2% (over 12
                                            months)

                                            NE region:
                                            65.5% (up to 6
                                            months)
                                            20.1% (between 6
                                            and 12 months)
                                            14.4% (over 12
                                            months)


              NI152: Working age people     Not available           No local targets   Shows that the % of people claiming         Hub data
              on out of work benefits                               set                JSA and other worklessness related          https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/D




                                                                                56
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                (includes JSA and other                                                  benefits has increased over the period      IHWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                benefits):                                                               by 0.35%                                    March 2010)

                14.85% (2006/07)                                                                                                     Darlington Borough Council
                14.54% (2007/08)                                                                                                     External Funding Department
                15.20% (2008/09)

Earnings        NI166: Average earnings of    North East gross        Local Targets:     Average earnings have increased by          Hub data
                employees in the area:        weekly pay:             £415 (08/09)       £54.60 per week between 2006 and            https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/D
                £378.30 (2006/07)             £435.90 (2009/10)       £427 (09/10)       2010. However, recently there has been      IHWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                £431.10 (2007/08)                                     £446 (10/11)       a decrease in weekly earnings of £5.80      March 2010)
                £438.70 (2008/09)             National gross          £466 (11/12)       Darlington’s earnings are below the
                £436.1.3C0 (2009/10)          weekly pay:                                regional and national average               Darlington Borough Council
                                              £495.20 (2009/10)                                                                      Corporate Plan 2008-2012




                                                                        Education and skills
   Indicator         Quantified Data             Comparators                Targets                        Trends                                 Source
Total number    Nurseries - 10                Not applicable          Not applicable        The total number of schools may        Primary School Admissions Guide
of schools                                                                                  change over time in the Borough.       2010/11
(with           Infant and Junior – 2                                                       2009 application levels show that      http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
breakdown of    Oversubscribed – 2                                                          in total the Borough’s non-private     lic/documents/Education/Admissions/
subscription)                                                                               infant and junior, primary and         0910%20Primary%20Admissions.pdf
                Primary – 25                                                                secondary schools are over-            (accessed March 2010)
                Oversubscribed – 20                                                         subscribed. Demand outweighs
                Undersubscribed – 5                                                         supply.                                Secondary School Admissions Guide
                                                                                                                                   2009/10
                Total oversubscription –                                                                                           http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                1273 applicants                                                                                                    lic/documents/Education/Admissions/
                                                                                                                                   Secondary%20Admissions09.pdf
                Secondary – 7                                                                                                      (accessed March 2010)
                Oversubscribed – 6
                Undersubscribed – 1

                Total oversubscription –
                1055 applicants

                Private Schools – 3




                                                                                  57
                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

                 Colleges - 2

16 year olds     43.6% (2004/05)                 North East:             National:               Shows year on year improvement.      Hub data
achieving 5      44.7% (2005/06)                 38% (2004/05)           53% to achieve 5 A*-    Achievements in Darlington are       https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
A* to C          46% (2006/07)                   40.4% (2005/06)         C GCSE grades by        above the national and regional %    HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
grades                                           41.9% (2006/07)         2011                    and exceed local targets             March 2010
including        NI75: Achievement of 5 or       44.9% (2007/08)
Maths and        more A* - C grades at           48.1% (2008/09)         Local Targets:                                               Darlington Borough Council
English          GCSE including English and                              50.2% (08/09)                                                Corporate Plan 2008-2012
                 Maths                                                   58.7% (09/10)
                                                 England:                59.2% (10/11)
                 48.1% (2007/08)                 44.7% (2004/05)
                 51.6% (2008/09)                 45.6% (2005/06)
                                                 46.3% (2006/07)
                                                 47.6% (2007/08)
                                                 49.8% (2008/09)
16 to 18 year    NI 117: NEET                    North East:             Local Targets:          Shows an 86% increase in the %       Hub data
olds who are     3.70% (2006/07)                 9.8% (2008/09)          6.40% (2008/09)         of 16 to 18 year olds who are not    https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
not in           7.50% (2007/08)                                         6.20% (2009/10)         in education or training over the    HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
education,       6.90% (2008/09)                 England:                5.70% (2010/11)         2006 to 2009 period. However,        March 2010
training or                                      6.7% (2008/09)          5.70% (2011/12)         there has been a slight reduction
employment                                                                                       in NEET’s between 2007/08 and
                                                                                                 2008/09. The 2008/09 local target    Darlington Borough Council
                                                                                                 was missed by 0.5%                   Corporate Plan 2008-2012

                                                                                                 Darlington’s level of NEET in
                                                                                                 2007/08 was below the regional
                                                                                                 average but above the national
                                                                                                 average
Qualifications   No qualifications –             North East:             Target should be to     The % of working age population      NOMIS website -
(working age     20.2% (2005)                    13.4% (2008)            reduce the % of         without qualifications is            https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/reports/l
population)      14.2% (2006)                                            working age             decreasing. This % is below the      mp/la/2038432081/subreports/quals_
                 11.9% (2007)                    England:                population who have     North East average by 1.9% and       time_series/report.aspx (accessed
                 11.9% (2008)                    12.4% (2008)            no qualifications       the national average by 1.2%         March 2010)




                                                                                     58
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010


Skills        NI174: Skills gaps in the     North East:             Target should be to     The skills gap in Darlington is      Hub data
              current workforce reported    21% (2007/08)           reduce the skills gap   decreasing. However, the gap is      https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
              by employers                                                                  greater than the regional and        HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                                            National:                                       national averages.                   March 2010
              25.40% (2006/07)              16% (2007/08)
              22.10% (2007/08)
                                                                                                                                 Learning and Skills Council: North
                                                                                                                                 East Regional Strategic Analysis
                                                                                                                                 2007/08 -
                                                                                                                                 http://readingroom.lsc.gov.uk/lsc/Nort
                                                                                                                                 hEast/ner-
                                                                                                                                 regionalstrategicanalysis200708-br-
                                                                                                                                 11jan2007.pdf (accessed May 2009)

                                                                            Transport
  Indicator         Quantified Data            Comparators                Targets                         Trends                               Source
Access to     NI175: Access to services     Not available           Local Targets:          Shows that the majority of the       Darlington Borough Council Policy
services      and facilities by public                              08/09 – 94%             population are able to access        Department
              transport, walking and                                09/10 – 94%             services without the use of a car.
              cycling                                               10/11 – 94%             Local targets have been met          Darlington Borough Council
              94% (2007/08)                                                                                                      Corporate Plan 2008-2012

Vehicle       Darlington                    NE                      Not applicable          Shows that less households in        ONS Car or Van -
ownership     No vehicle: 31.24%            No vehicle: 35.9%                               Darlington are without a vehicle     http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g
              1 vehicle: 45.2%              1 vehicle: 43%                                  than the North East and UK           ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.
              2 vehicles: 19.6%             2 vehicles: 17%                                 averages. Also shows that            do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=
              3 vehicles: 3%                3 vehicles 2.7                                  Darlington households have a         13&e=15&g=387623&i=1001x1003x
              4 or more vehicles: 0.8%      4 or more vehicles:                             greater percentage of vehicle        1004&m=0&r=1&s=1242911087328
                                            0.7%                                            ownership than the regional          &enc=1&dsFamilyId=51 (updated
                                                                                            average. This level of ownership     March 2007) (accessed October
                                            UK                                              is slightly below the UK average     2009)
                                            No vehicle: 26.8%                               in relation to 2, 3 and 4 or more
                                            1 vehicle: 43.6%                                vehicles.
                                            2 vehicles: 23.5%
                                            3 vehicles: 4.5%
                                            4 or more vehicles:
                                            1.3%




                                                                                59
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Number of      42,200 (2004)                    Not available           Not applicable          Shows an increase of 1,800 cars       Darlington – Sustainable Travel
cars owned     44,000 (2008)                                                                    owned in the Borough over a 4         Demonstration Town – Travel
                                                                                                year period. This is a total          behaviour research
                                                                                                increase of 4%                        http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                                                                                                      lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo
                                                                                                                                      tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA
                                                                                                                                      L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (March
                                                                                                                                      2009)
Car Mileage    Total kilometres per year        Not available           Not applicable          Shows a reduction of 34.3 million     Darlington – Sustainable Travel
               (everyday days) in millions                                                      km per year                           Demonstration Town – Travel
               355.4 (2004)                                                                                                           behaviour research
               321.1 (2008)                                                                                                           http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                                                                                                      lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo
                                                                                                                                      tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA
                                                                                                                                      L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (March
                                                                                                                                      2009)
% change in    Walk – plus 4%                   Not applicable          Target should be to     The Local Motion project has          Darlington – Sustainable Travel
transport      Bicycle – plus 2%                                        increase the %          increased walking and cycling and     Demonstration Town – Travel
mode choice    Motorcycle – no change                                   change towards          reduced car use in the town. The      behaviour research
(2004-2008)    Car as driver – minus 4%                                 more sustainable        project has not influenced the use    http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
               Car as passenger – minus                                 transport means         of public transport                   lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo
               2%                                                                                                                     tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA
               Bus – no change                                                                                                        L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (March
               Other public transport – no                                                                                            2009)
               change


Reasons for    2008                             Not applicable          Not applicable          Shopping and leisure are the          Darlington – Sustainable Travel
travel         Work: 20%                                                                        largest trip generators, accounting   Demonstration Town – Travel
               Work related business: 2%                                                        for over half (54%) of all trips in   behaviour research
               Education: 10%                                                                   the Borough                           http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
               Shopping: 23%                                                                                                          lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo
               Personal business: 4%                                                                                                  tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA
               Escort: 10%                                                                                                            L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (March
               Leisure: 31%                                                                                                           2009)
LTP area       851 (2003)                       Not applicable          Target should be for    Shows that traffic flows have         Darlington: A Town on the Move.
wide traffic   849 (2004)                                               traffic flows not to    increased by just 2.5% between        Second Local Transport Plan
flows          860 (2005)                                               exceed TEMPRO           2003 and 2007. This is well below     Delivery Report 2008
               874 (2006)                                               growth projections of   TEMPRO projections




                                                                                    60
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                  872 (2007)                                            8.6%
Cycling trips     Trips per person and year:    Not applicable          Target should be to      Shows an increase of 19 cycling       Darlington – Sustainable Travel
                  14 (2004)                                             increase cycling trips   trips per person per year and a       Demonstration Town – Travel
                  33 (2008)                                             and the % of people      3% increase in the % of people        behaviour research
                                                                        using a bicycle per      using a bicycle to travel             http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                  % of people using a bicycle                           day                                                            lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo
                  per day                                                                                                              tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA
                  2% (2004)                                                                                                            L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (March
                  5% (2008)                                                                                                            2009)
% of trips that   29% (2009)                    Not applicable          27% LTP2 target          Shows that the % of walk trips are    DBC – Transport Policy Team
are walk trips                                                                                   ahead of target
Children          NI 198 (Aged 5-15)            Not available           Children travelling to   Shows that a greater % of             DBC Transport Policy
travelling to                                                           school mode of           children walk to school than any
school –          Car including vans and                                transport usually        other mode of transport and this is
mode of           taxis                                                 used (car)               increasing slightly. Other
transport         22.6% (06/07)                                                                  increases include a slight
usually used      26.1.3B% (07/08)                                      21.8% (2009)             increase in cycling, car sharing
                  21.3% (08/09)                                         20.8% (2010)             and other modes. Shows a
                                                                        19.8% (2011)             decrease in use of cars (including
                  Car share                                                                      vans and taxis) which slightly
                  2.4% (06/07)                                                                   exceeds targets and a decrease
                  6.1.3C% (07/08)                                                                in use of public transport modes
                  3.1% (08/09)

                  Public transport
                  16.6% (06/07)
                  16.0% (07/08)
                  15.7% (08/09)

                  Walking
                  55.4% (06/07)
                  55.1% (07/08)
                  56.5% (08/09)

                  Cycling
                  6.1.3C% (06/07)
                  6.1.3C% (07/08)
                  3.0% (08/09)




                                                                                     61
                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                 Other
                 0.2% (06/07)
                 0.3% (07/08)
                 0.5% (08/09)

Number or %      36 out of 44 schools have a     Not applicable          Target for all schools   Shows that DBC is on target to       DBC Transport Policy
of schools       travel plan (82%) This figure                           to have a travel plan    meet its 100% target for 31/03/10.
with school      includes private schools                                by 31/03/10              2 out of the 4 private schools are
travel plans                                                                                      currently progressing a plan
% of rights of   72.5% (2008)                    Not applicable          Target should be for     Shows an increase of 2.5% in the     DBC Countryside Team
way that are     75% (2009)                                              100% of rights of        % of rights of way that pass the
easy to use                                                              way to be easy to        survey and are deemed easy to
by the public                                                            use                      use
Usage of the     Footpaths – 280km               Not applicable          Not applicable           The % of the population using the    Darlington’s Right of Way
PROW             Bridleways – 66km                                                                Darlington countryside as a place    Improvement Plan –
network          Byways – 0.13km                                                                  for quality walking, cycling or      http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                                                                  riding is very low – less than 5%    lic/documents/Development%20and
                 •   30km are located within                                                      of the population                    %20Environment/Countryside/ROWI
                     the town of Darlington                                                                                            P%20summary%201.pdf (accessed
                     itself.                                                                      Only 9% of paths are judged to be    November 2009)
                                                                                                  of a very high quality and have a
                 •   45% of the population                                                        high level of usage.
                     say that they use the
                     network either never or                                                      Further surveys will identify
                     very occasionally                                                            whether this trend is improving or
                                                                                                  worsening
                 •   20% say that they use
                     the network once a
                     month


                 • 35% are regular users
Increase in      Increase of 2.3km               Not available           No local target set      Slight increase in bridleway and     DBC Countryside Team
PROW and         bridleways (2004-2009)                                                           footpath length. However, good
cycle routes                                                                                      increase in cycle paths due to       Cycle Town Review 2005/2009
                 Increase of 1km footpaths                                                        Cycle Demonstration Town
                 (2004-2009)                                                                      Project

                 Cycle paths




                                                                                     62
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                 20 – 41km (2005-2009)
Local bus and    NI 177                        Not available           No local target set.     Further data is required to           Hub Data
light rail       8312854 (2009)                                        However, target          establish whether journeys are        https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
passenger                                                              should be to increase    increasing or decreasing in the       HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
journey’s                                                              local bus and light      Borough                               November 2009)
originating in                                                         rail journey’s to help
the authority                                                          relive congestion and
area                                                                   to reduce
                                                                       greenhouse gas
                                                                       emissions from
                                                                       private car use
Rail             Increase of 25.9% (2003/04-   Not available           Not applicable           Rail patronage is improving which     Second Local Transport Plan
patronage        2007/08                                                                        co-incides with improvements to       Delivery Report 2008
                                                                                                railway stations in the Borough
Bus              10.069 (03/04)                Not available           10.0691 (03/04)          Bus patronage has declined by         Darlington: A Town on the Move.
passenger        9.591 (04/05)                                         9.591 (04/05)            1.455 million trips between 2003      Second Local Transport Plan
journeys         8.780 (05/06)                                         9.150 (05/06)            and 2008. This decline is             Delivery Report 2008
(millions)       8.830 (06/07)                                         8.920 (06/07)            anticipated with an increase in car
                 8.614 (07/08)                                         8.740 (07/08)            ownership and second car
                                                                                                ownership. However the rate of
                                                                                                decline is greater than the local
                                                                                                targets set
Transport        Satisfaction with road        Not applicable          Not applicable           Satisfaction with road                Darlington Borough Council
related          maintenance and repairs:                                                       maintenance and repairs has           Community Survey
satisfaction     33.8% (2008)                                                                   increased. However, the majority      http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Democr
levels           38.6% (2009)                                                                   of respondents (61.4%) claimed        acy/Statistics+and+Surveys/Commun
                                                                                                to be dissatisfied                    itySurvey.htm (accessed November
                 Satisfaction with local                                                                                              2009)
                 transport information:                                                         40.9% of respondents are
                 N/A (2008)                                                                     satisfied with local transport
                 40.9% (2009)                                                                   information. However, more than
                                                                                                half (59.1%) are dissatisfied
                 Satisfaction with local bus
                 services                                                                       44.9% of respondents are
                 N/A (2008)                                                                     satisfied with local bus services.
                 44.9% (2009)                                                                   However, more than half (55.1%)
                                                                                                are dissatisfied
Bus services     NI 178                        Not available           75% (08/09)              Shows that 34% of bus services        Hub Data
running on       Proportion running on time                            77.5% (09/10)            were not running on time during       https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI




                                                                                   63
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
time             66% (2009)                                             80% (10/11)             08/09. Local targets were missed       HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                 Excess waiting time for                                82.5% (11/12)           by 9%. Previous data is required       November 2009)
                 frequent services 1.63                                                         to establish whether this indicator    Darlington Borough Council
                 minutes (2009)                                                                 is improving or not                    Corporate Plan 2008-2012




                                                               Darlington’s Community: Background
  Indicator           Quantified Data              Comparators              Targets                    Trends                                       Source
Size of the      196.8km2                       Not applicable        Not applicable      Not applicable                               ONS Region in Figures
borough
Population       4.95 (2001)                    North East:             Not applicable          Shows that population density has      ONS population density -
Density          5.06 (Mid 2007)                6.1.3C3 (2001)                                  increased in Darlington.               http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g
(people per                                     6.1.3C9 (Mid 2007)                              Darlington’s density per hectare is    ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.
hectare)                                                                                        2 people more than the regional        do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=
                                                England:                                        average and 1 person more than         13&e=13&g=387623&i=1001x1003x
                                                3.77 (2001)                                     the national average.                  1004&m=0&r=1&s=1243424996839
                                                3.92 (Mid 2007)                                                                        &enc=1&dsFamilyId=789 (accessed
                                                                                                                                       March 2010)

                                                                                                                                       ONS Mid 2007 population figures -
                                                                                                                                       http://www.statistics.gov.uk/statbase/
                                                                                                                                       Product.asp?vlnk=15106 (accessed
                                                                                                                                       March 2010)
Total resident   97,938 (2001)                  North East:             Not applicable          Shows a steady increase of 2.2%        ONS population 2001 -
population       99,300 (Mid 2006)              2,515,422 (2001)                                (2,162 persons over the period)        http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g
                 100,000 (Mid 2007)             2,555,700 (Mid 2006)                            Over the same period the North         ov.uk/dissemination/LeadKeyFigures.
                                                2,564,500 (Mid 2007)                            East showed an increase of 1.9%        do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=
                                                                                                                                       13&e=16&g=387623&i=1001x1003x
                                                                                                                                       1004&m=0&r=1&s=1243430550564
                                                                                                                                       &enc=1 (accessed March 2010)

                                                                                                                                       ONS Mid 2007 population figures -
                                                                                                                                       http://www.statistics.gov.uk/statbase/
                                                                                                                                       Product.asp?vlnk=15106 (accessed
                                                                                                                                       May 2009)

Urban / Rural    Darlington town – 87%          Not applicable          Not applicable          Shows that the majority of             Sustainable Community Strategy -
population       Darlington surrounds – 13%                                                     Darlington’s population lives in the   One Darlington: Perfectly Placed




                                                                                    64
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                               urban centre of Darlington           (2008-2021)
                                                                                               Borough
Males and        Males:                        England Males:          Not applicable          Darlington’s pattern for             ONS Mid 2007 population figures –
females as a     12.4% (0-9 years)             12% (0-9 years)                                 males as a percentage of the total   http://www.statistics.gov.uk/statbase/
% of the total   13.2% (10-19 years)           13% (10-19 years)                               population roughly follows the       Product.asp?vlnk=15106 (accessed
population       11.4% (20-29 years)           14% (20-29 years)                               trends seen at a national level, a   May 2009)
                                                                                               population increasing with age
                 28% (30-49 years)             29% (30-49 years)
                 24.8% (50-69 years)           22% (50-69 years)
                 10.2% (70+)                   10% (70+)
                                                                                               Darlington’s pattern for
                 Females:                      England Females:                                females as a percentage of
                 11.1% (0-9 years)             11.1% (0-9 years)                               the total population roughly
                 12% (10-19 years)             12% (10-19 years)                               follows the trends seen at a
                 11.1% (20-29 years)           13% (20-29 years)                               national level, a population
                                                                                               increasing with age
                 28% (30-49 years)             28.3% (30-49 years)
                 23% (50-69 years)             22.3% (50-69 years)
                 14.2% (70+)                   14.3% (70+)



Ageing           % change in Darlington’s      Not applicable          Not applicable          Shows a decrease in those aged       NHS Darlington: Joint Strategic
population       population between 2004                                                       0 to 64 of 5.2% and an increase in   Needs Assessment 2008
                 and 2025                                                                      those aged 65 to 85+ of 4.2%.
                                                                                               Indicates that the population is
                 0-14 years – minus 1.9%                                                       ageing with the greatest increase
                 15-24 years – minus 1.4%                                                      in those aged 75-84.
                 25- 64 years – minus 1.9%
                 65-74 years – plus 1.4%
                 75-84 years – plus 1.6%
                 85+ - plus 1.2%
Predicted        101,000 (2009)                Not applicable          Not applicable          Shows that the resident              Tees Valley Joint Strategy Unit -
resident         101,600 (2010)                                                                population will increase by 8,300    http://www.teesvalley-
population       102,300 (2011)                                                                over the next 12 years               jsu.gov.uk/old/tvstats/index.htm
                 105,800 (2016)                                                                                                     (accessed May 2009)
                 109,300 (2021)
Migration        Moves into Darlington:        Not applicable          Not applicable          Shows that 300 more residents        Tees Valley Joint Strategy Unit -
(2001)           11,100                                                                        moved into Darlington than out in    http://www.teesvalley-




                                                                                   65
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                               2001                                  jsu.gov.uk/old/tvstats/index.htm
                 Moves out of Darlington:                                                                                            (accessed May 2009)
                 10,800

                 Main gaining wards:
                 Middleton St George

                 Main Losing Wards:
                 Eastbourne
                 Haughton North
                 Northgate
Racial Profile   97.86% White                  England:                Not applicable          Ethnic groups within the              ONS Census Ethnic Group (2001) -
                 0.38% Chinese/Other ethnic    94.06% White                                    district are lower than the England   http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g
                 group                         0.7% Chinese/Other                              average. The population is            ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.
                 0.48% Mixed race              Ethnic Groups                                   predominantly                         do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=
                 0.93% Asian/Asian British     1.01% Mixed Race                                white.                                13&e=15&g=387623&i=1001x1003x
                 0.22% Black/Black British     6.1.3B7%                                                                              1004&m=0&r=1&s=1243516647390
                                               Asian/Asian British                                                                   &enc=1&dsFamilyId=47 (accessed
                                               1.36% Black/Black                                                                     May 2009)
                                               British

Deprivation      Darlington has 63 LSOA        Not applicable          Target should be to     Shows that there is a large gap       Indices of Multiple Deprivation (2007)
                                                                       decrease the number     between those that live in the        -
                 Worst 3% nationally: 2                                of LSOA’s in the        most deprived and least deprived      http://www.communities.gov.uk/com
                                                                       worst 3% and 10%        areas                                 munities/neighbourhoodrenewal/depr
                 Rank: 974 or below                                                                                                  ivation/deprivation07/ (accessed May
                                                                                                                                     2009)
                 Worst 10% nationally: 7

                 Rank: 3248 or below

                 Best 10% nationally:2

                 Rank: 29,233 or above

                 Best 20% nationally:11

                 Rank 25,985 or above




                                                                                   66
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

                                                                         Stronger Communities
   Indicator          Quantified Data              Comparators                Targets                     Trends                                   Source
Social          NI1: % of people who            England:                Not available       Shows a slight improvement in            Hub data
integration     believe people from different   76.4 (2008/09)                              perceptions of social integration.       https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
                backgrounds get on well                                                     The majority of respondents feel         HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                together in their local area:   North East:                                 that people from different               March 2010
                                                73.8 (2008/09)                              backgrounds do get on well
                79% (2006/07)                                                               together in Darlington
                80% (2008/09)
Influence       NI4: % of people who feel       England:                Local Targets:          Shows a 1% increase in the           Darlington Borough Council Policy
                they can influence decisions    28.9 (2008/09)          31% (2008/09)           perceptions of social influence.     Department
                in their locality:                                      33% (2009/10)           However this does not meet the
                29% (2006/07)                   North East:             35% (2010/11)           2008/09 target and overall the       Darlington Borough Council
                29.7% (2008/09)                 28 (2008/09)            37% (2011/12)           majority of respondents 70% feel     Corporate Plan 2008-2012
                                                                                                that they can not influence
                                                                                                decisions
Involvement –   40.47% (2004)                   England:                The target should be    Above the national election          Audit Commission Website –
election                                        39.35%                  to ensure 100%          turnout by 1.12%                     http://www.areaprofiles.auditcommiss
turnout                                                                 election turnout                                             ion.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgibo55tke0pp
                                                                        across the district                                          55)/ChartPage.aspx?id=10004856&c
                                                                                                                                     hartIndex=6&screenWidth=1255&scr
                                                                                                                                     eenHeight=833 (accessed March
                                                                                                                                     2010)
Satisfaction    NI5: Overall general            England:                Local Targets:          Shows that the majority of           Hub data
                satisfaction with local area:   79.7 (2008/09)          80% (2008/09)           respondents are satisfied with       https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
                76% (2006/07)                                           81% (2009/10)           Darlington as a place to live and    HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                79% (2008/09)                   North East:             82% (2010/11)           that this is improving. However,     March 2010
                                                77.3 (2008/09)          83% (2011/12)           the 80% target for 08/09 was not
                                                                                                met.                                 Darlington Borough Council
                                                                                                                                     Corporate Plan 2008-2012

Older persons   NI138: Satisfaction of          Not available           Not set                 Shows that the majority of older     Darlington Borough Council Policy
satisfaction    people over 65 with both                                                        persons are satisfied with           Department
                home and neighbourhood:                                                         Darlington as a place to live and
                76% (2006/07)                                                                   that this is improving
                83.3% (2007/08)
                83.6% (2008/09)




                                                                                    67
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                         Safer Communities
 Indicator            Quantified Data               Comparators              Targets                     Trends                                      Source
Crime rate      75.3% (2005/06)                  England:              Not applicable      Shows that the crime rate in              Floors Interactive Website –
                77.5% (2006/07)                  62.7% (2005/06)                           Darlington has decreased by               http://www.fti.communities.gov.uk/fti/
                59.2% (2007/08)                  61.1% (2006/07)                           16.1% over the period 05/06 to            Comparisons.aspx (accessed March
                                                 54.0% (2007/08)                           07/08. However, Darlington’s              2010)
                                                                                           crime rate is consistently higher
                                                 North East:                               then the regional and national
                                                 63.8% (2005/06)                           averages over this period. In
                                                 60.8% (2006/07)                           07/08 Darlington’s crime rate was
                                                 56.1.3C%                                  5.2% above the national average
                                                 (2007/08)                                 and 6.3% above the regional
                                                                                           average
Actual crime    11,701 (05/06)                   Not available         Not available       Shows a reduction of 22.6% in             Durham Constabulary
                9,057 (08/09)                                                              incidents of crime in the period
                                                                                           (05/09)
Incidents of    Urban Wards – 8,402 (08/09)      Not applicable        Not applicable      Shows a higher level of crime in          Darlington Borough Council, Safer
crime at ward   Rural Wards – 677 (08/09)                                                  urban wards as opposed to rural           Communities Advisor
level                                                                                      wards
                Breakdown of urban area
                Deprived wards (including                                                      Within the urban wards crime
                town centre) – 5196 (08/09)                                                    levels are greatest within the town
                                                                                               centre overall.
                Town Centre – 1598 (30%)
                                                                                               Generally, crime levels are higher
                Non-deprived wards – 3883                                                      in the most deprived wards as
                (08/09)                                                                        opposed to lesser deprived wards
                                                                                               within the urban area
Fear of crime   % of residents surveyed          Not available         55% (2007/08)           Sows a total improvement of           Darlington Borough Council Policy
                feeling safe whilst outside at                         49.7% (2008/09)         10.4% in the % of residents           Department
                night:                                                                         surveyed who feel safe whilst
                36.9% (2002/03)                                                                outside at night. However recently
                51.8% (2003/04)                                                                there has been a slight decline of
                48.3% (2004/05)                                                                1.7% in those that feel safe
                46.6% (2006/07)                                        94.5% (2007/08)         between 2007/09)
                49% (2007/08)                                          94.5% (2008/09)
                47.3% (2008/09)

                % of residents surveyed                                                        Shows a total increase of 5.9% in




                                                                                   68
                                 Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                  feeling safe whilst outside                                                       the % of residents who feel safe
                  during the day                                                                    whilst outside during the day.
                  88.9% (2002/03)
                  94.5% (2003/04)
                  93.3% (2004/05)
                  93.8% (2005/06)
                  94.5% (2007/08)
                  94.8% (2008/09)
Anti – social     NI17: Perceptions of anti-          England:            Local Targets:            Shows that high perceptions of         Darlington Borough Council Policy
behaviour         social behaviour:                   20% (2008/09)       22% (2008/09)             anti social behaviour are              Department
                  23% (2006/07)                                           21.5% (2009/10)           decreasing and are below
                  17% (2008/09)                       North East:         19.5% (2010/11)           regional and national averages.        Government Office for the North East
                                                      21.2% (2008/09)                               Darlington exceeded the 08/09          -
                  A high perception of ASB is a                                                     target for this indicator by 5%        http://www.gos.gov.uk/gone/news/ne
                  score of 11 above. The                                                                                                   wsarchive/ne_crime_down/
                  indicator is the % of                                                                                                    (accessed May 2009)
                  respondents whose score
                  was 11 or above
Road              NI47: People killed or              England:            National casualty         Shows that overall from 1998 to        Hub Data
accident          seriously injured in road traffic   4.3 (2006/08)       reduction target of       2008 there has been a 6.2%             https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
casualties        accidents:                                              reducing by 2010 the      reduction in the number of people      HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                  - 8.2% (1998/00)                    North East:         number of people          killed or seriously injured in road    March 2010)
(rolling          11.9% (1999/01)                     3.1 (2006/08)       killed or seriously       traffic accidents. Performance
average 3         5% (2000/02)                                            injured in road traffic   exceeds national and regional
calendar          13.5% (2001/03)                                         accidents by 40%          reductions
years)            - 1.7% (2002/04)                                        compared with the
                  - 2.6% (2003/05)                                        average for 1994-
                  - 24.2% (2004/06)                                       1998
                  7.4% (2005/07)
                  5.1% (2006/08)

                  Good performance is typified
                  by a positive % change. Poor
                  performance is typified by a
                  negative figure
Children killed   NI48                                England:            National casualty         Shows that overall from 1998 to        Hub Data
or seriously      7.7 (1998/00)                       6.8 (2006/08)       reduction target of       2008 there has been a 31.1%            https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
injured in road   33.3 (1999/01)                                          reducing by 2010 the      reduction in the number of             HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
traffic           25 (2000/02)                        North East:         number of people          children killed or seriously injured   March 2010)




                                                                                       69
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                16.7 (2001/03)                 5.9 (2006/08)          killed or seriously       in road traffic accidents.
                -10 (2002/04)                                         injured in road traffic   Performance significantly exceeds
                -54.5 (2003/05)                                       accidents by 40%          national and regional reductions
                -11.8 (2004/06)                                       compared with the
                -5.3 (2005/07)                                        average for 1994-
                30 (2006/08)                                          1998




                                                                                Health
   Indicator          Quantified Data            Comparators                Targets                           Trends                               Source
Male and        Males:                        North East Males:       Should be to              Shows an increase of 1.5 years in   ONS Life Expectancy at Birth -
female life     74.80 (2001/03)               74.70 (2001/03)         increase life             male life expectancy over the       http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g
expectancy at   74.70 (2002/04)               74.90 (2002/04)         expectancy to             period 2001/08. Darlington’s male   ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.
birth           75.20 (2003/05)               75.40 (2003/05)         national averages or      life expectancy is 0.10 years       do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=
                75.20 (2004/06)               75.80 (2004/06)         above.                    below the regional average and      13&e=6&g=387623&i=1001x1003x1
                76.30 (2006/08)               76.40 (2006/08)                                   1.6 years below the national        004&m=0&r=1&s=1243523900609&
                                                                                                average                             enc=1&dsFamilyId=937 (accessed
                                              England Males:                                                                        March 2010)
                                              76.23 (2001/03)
                                              76.53 (2002/04)                                   Shows an increase of 0.8 years in
                                              76.90 (2003/05)                                   female life expectancy over the
                                              77.32 (2004/06)                                   period 2001/08. Darlington’s
                                              77.90 (2006/08)                                   female life expectancy is 0.20
                Females:                                                                        years below the regional average
                79.60 (2001/03)               North East                                        and 1.62 years below the national
                79.90 (2002/04)               Females:                                          average
                80.00 (2003/05)               79.50 (2001/03)
                80.00 (2004/06)               79.60 (2002/04)
                80.40 (2006/08)               79.80 (2003/05)
                                              80.10 (2004/06)
                                              80.60 (2006/08)

                                              England Females:
                                              80.72 (2001/03)
                                              80.91 (2002/04)




                                                                                   70
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                 81.14 (2003/05)
                                                 81.55 (2004/06)
                                                 82.02 (2006/08)

                Inequalities:                                            Should be to reduce    No trend is currently available as   Sustainable Community Strategy -
                Reported 13 year difference      Not applicable          the gap in life        to whether this gap is expanding     One Darlington: Perfectly Placed
                in life expectancy between                               expectancy between     or narrowing                         (2008-2021)
                the most and least deprived                              the most and least
                wards.                                                   deprived wards
Early Deaths:   NI121: Mortality rate from all   North East:             Health PSA:            Shows an increase of 5.67early       Hub Data
Circulatory     circulatory diseases at age      97.64 (05)              Reduce mortality       deaths from circulatory disease in   https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
Diseases        under 75:                        96.1.3B1 (06)           rates by 2010 from     Darlington over the period           HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                78.81 (05)                       87.63 (07)              heart disease and      2005/08. Early deaths are above      March 2010)
                86.97 (06)                       81.08 (08)              stroke and related     the regional and national
                88.1 (07)                                                diseases by at least   averages
                84.48 (08)                       England:                40% in people under
                                                 84.03 (05)              75
                                                 79.00 (06)
                                                 74.40 (07)
                                                 71.02 (08)


Obesity         NI55: Obesity among              England:                By 2020 to have        Shows a decrease in obesity          Hub Data
                primary school age children      9.6% (2007/08)          reduced the            amongst Reception Year children      https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
                in Reception Year                Figures for 08/09 not   proportion of          of 0.71% and 1.1% of children in     HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                10.7% (2006/07)                  available               overweight and         Year 6. Higher rates of obesity      March 2010)
                10.71% (2007/08)                                         obese children to      are prevalent amongst children in
                9.99% (2008/09)                                          2000 levels            Year 6 as opposed to younger
                                                                                                children in Reception years.
                NI56: Obesity among              England:                                       Darlington has a higher obesity
                primary school age children      17.5% (2006/07)                                rate that the national average in
                in Year 6:                       Figures for 08/09 not                          both reception and year 6 years
                21% (2006/07)                    available
                20.4% (2007/08)
                19.9% (2008/09)




                                                                                     71
                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Under 18          NI112: Change in the rate of   North East:             National target to      Shows a slight reduction in the        Hub Data
conception        under 18 conceptions per       -13.6 (2006)            reduce the under 18     conception rate of under 18 per        https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
rate              1,000 girls aged 15-17         -6.4 (2007)             conception rate by      1,000 15-17 year olds over the         HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                  years:                         England:                50% by 2010             period 2006/07.                        March 2010)
                  - 13.6% (2006)                 -16.1.3C (2006)         compared to the
                  - 13.7% (2007)                 -10.7 (2007)            1998 baseline           Rate of reduction is greater than      Darlington Borough Council
                                                                                                 the national and regional average      Corporate Plan 2008-2012


                                                                         Local Targets:
                                                                         - 37.50% (08/09)
                                                                         - 46.20% (09/10)
                                                                         - 55.00% (10/11)


                                                                                Recreation
   Indicator           Quantified Data              Comparators                Targets                         Trends                                 Source
% of the          41.9% (2006/07)                England:                Not applicable          Shows 0.26% less of the                Sport England available through the
population                                       42.16%                                          population of Darlington live within   Audit Commission website -
that are within                                                                                  20 minutes travel time of 3            http://www.areaprofiles
20 minutes                                                                                       different sports facility types than   .auditcommission.
travel time of                                                                                   the national average                   gov.uk/(p0
a range of 3                                                                                                                            1be555scismkybatwize
different                                                                                                                               55)/DetailPage.aspx?e
sports facility                                                                                                                         ntity=10001194) (accessed May
types                                                                                                                                   2009)
Adult             NI08: Adult participation in   North East Average:     Local Targets:          Just over a quarter of the adult       Hub Data
participation     sport:                         21.4 (2006/07)          22.10% (08/09)          population participate in sport and    https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
in sport          21.06% (2006/07)               21.9 (2007/08)          23.10% (09/10)          active recreation. However the         HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                  23.40% (2007/08)                                       25.10% (10/11)          figures show a 5.56% increase in       March 2010)
(meeting          26.62% (2008/09)                                       26.10% (11/12)          adult participation in Darlington
targets etc but                                                                                  and in 07/08 Darlington was            Darlington Borough Council
still a low %)                                                                                   above the regional average. The        Corporate Plan 2008-2012
                                                                                                 08/09 target was exceeded by
                                                                                                 4.52%.                                 Sport England database
                                                                                                                                        http://www.sportengland.org/national
                                                                                                                                        _indicator_8_la_cc-3.xls (accessed
                                                                                                                                        June 2009)
Children and      NI57: Children and young       England:                Local Targets:          Reduction of 12% in children and       Hub Data




                                                                                     72
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
young           people’s participation in      81% (08/09)             94% (08/09)             young people participating in PE      https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
people’s        high-quality PE and sport:                             94% (09/10)             and sport. Darlington is 6% below     HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
participation   87% (2007/08)                                          94% (10/11)             the national average and 19%          March 2010)
in sport        75% (2008/09)                                                                  behind local targets

                                                                                                                                     Darlington Borough Council
                                                                                                                                     Corporate Plan 2008-2012
Sports and      Swimming pools                 North East:             Not applicable          Darlington has more swimming          DBC Sports and Physical Activity
Physical        9 in total                     16.86m2/1000 pop                                pool, indoor bowls, athletic track    Facilities Strategy (2009) -
Activity        19.7m2/1000 pop                England:                                        lane and golf course facilities per   http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
Facilities                                     18.99m2/1000 pop                                1000 population than the regional     lic/documents/Community%20Servic
                                                                                               and national averages.                es/cultural_services/sports_develop
                                                                                                                                     ment/Darlington%20SPA%20Facilitie
                Sports & Community Halls       North East:                                     Darlington also has more health       s%20Strategy%20-%20Draft1.pdf
                16 in total                    105.25m2/1000 pop                               and fitness facilities and Sports     (accessed June 2009)
                99.5m2/1000 pop                England:                                        and Community Halls per 1000
                                               78.90m2/1000 pop                                population than the national
                                                                                               average but not the regional
                Health and Fitness                                                             average.
                Facilities                     North East:
                14 in total                    6.30/1000 pop                                   Darlington has less than the
                6.14/1000 pop                  England:                                        national and regional average of
                                               5.74/1000 pop                                   Synthetic Turf Pitches.

                Specialist Indoor                                                              Survey respondents felt that there
                Provision                      Not applicable                                  is not enough provision of:
                6 in total                                                                     • Specialist Indoor facilities
                Survey response – not                                                          • Multi-use Games Areas
                enough                                                                         • Tennis Courts
                                                                                               • Specialist Outdoor facilities
                Indoor Bowls                   North East:
                0.08/1000 pop                  0.06/1000 pop                                   Survey respondents also felt that
                                               England:                                        the quality of bowling greens in
                                               0.04/1000 pop                                   Darlington is an issue

                Synthetic Turf Pitches         North East:
                2 in total                     0.03/1000 pop
                0.02/1000 pop                  England:
                                               0.03/1000 pop




                                                                                   73
                        Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
          Multi-use Games Area
          15 in total                     Not applicable
          Survey response – not
          enough

          Bowling Greens                  Not applicable
          9 in total
          Survey response – quality
          rather than quantity an issue

          Tennis Courts                   Not applicable
          35 in total
          Survey Response – not
          enough

          Specialist Outdoor              Not applicable
          Provision
          10 in total
          Survey response – not
          enough in particular, cycling
          facilities

          Athletic Track Lanes            North East:
          2 in total                      0.09/1000 pop
          0.14/1000 pop                   England:
                                          0.05/1000 pop
          Golf
          6 in total                      North East:
          0.83 holes/1000 pop             0.68/1000 pop
                                          England:
                                          0.68/1000 pop

Playing   Ratio of adult pitches per      England:               Not available           The ratio of pitches to adult        Darlington Borough Council Playing
pitches   1,000 adults:                   1:989                                          population is 1 to 1,150. This       Pitch Strategy (May 2009)
          1:1150                                                                         does not compare favourably with     http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                                                         the national figure and indicates    lic/documents/Community%20Servic
          % of pitches at                 Not available                                  that the supply of pitches in        es/cultural_services/sports_develop
          educational                                                                    Darlington is lower than the         ment/DARLINGTON%20DRAFT%20
          establishments secured                                                         national average                     PLAYING%20PITCH%20STRATEG




                                                                             74
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                for use by the community:                                                                                             Y.pdf (accessed June 2009)
                50%                                                                             The proportion of the overall pitch
                                                                                                stock that is available for
                Quality of pitches:             Not available                                   community use (category A) is
                Excellent – 1%                                                                  low in comparison to the majority
                Good – 30%                                                                      of known local authorities, with
                Average – 40%                                                                   only 50% of pitches deemed to
                Below Average – 30%                                                             have secure public access
                Poor – 1%
                                                                                                The majority of the pitches in the
                                                                                                Borough are classified as average
                                                                                                quality

Public Rights   Footpaths – 280km               Not applicable          Not applicable          The % of the population using the     Darlington’s Right of Way
of Way          Bridleways – 66km                                                               Darlington countryside as a place     Improvement Plan -
                Byways – 0.13km                                                                 for quality walking, cycling or       http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                                                                riding is very low – less than 5%     lic/documents/Development%20and
                •    30km are located within                                                    of the population                     %20Environment/Countryside/ROWI
                     the town of Darlington                                                                                           P%20summary%201.pdf (accessed
                     itself.                                                                    Only 9% of paths are judged to be     June 2009)
                                                                                                of a very high quality and have a
                •    45% of the population                                                      high level of usage.
                     say that they use the
                     network either never or                                                    Further surveys will identify
                     very occasionally                                                          whether this trend is improving or
                                                                                                worsening
                •    20% say that they use
                     the network once a
                     month

                •    35% are regular users



                                                                                 Culture
    Indicator            Quantified Data           Comparators                Targets                         Trends                                Source
Visits to           NI10: Visits to museums     North East:             Not available           Decrease in the % of population       Hub Data
museums or          or galleries:                                                               visiting museums and galleries.       https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
galleries                                       52.10% (2008)                                   Slightly below the regional           HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed




                                                                                    75
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                    49.78% (2008)                50.30% (2009)                                  average                               March 2010)
                    48.10% (2009)
Engagement in       NI11: Engagement in the      North East:            Not available           Shows an increase in                  Hub Data
the arts            arts:                                                                       engagement in the arts.               https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
                    42.09% (2008)                39% (2008)                                     Participation is above the regional   HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
                    44.2% (2009)                 38.9% (2009)                                   average.                              March 2010)


                                                                                Heritage
   Indicator            Quantified Data               Comparators            Targets                          Trends                                Source
Listed          Grade 1: 8                           Not applicable     Not applicable        The number of listed buildings          Darlington Borough Council
heritage        Grade II*: 31                                                                 within the Borough may change           Conservation Officer
                Grade II: 478                                                                 over time. Shows that the majority
                                                                                              of listed buildings in the Borough
                                                                                              are of a Grade II designation
Listed          •    24 listed heritage assets       Not applicable     The target should     Shows that in total from the period     Darlington Borough Council,
Heritage at          (2005)                                             be to ensure that     2005/08 an increase of 2 heritage       Buildings at Risk Register (July 2005)
Risk 2005-      •    24 listed heritage assets                          Darlington’s          assets are on the heritage at risk
2008                 (2006)                                             heritage is not at    register.                               Darlington Borough Council,
                •    26 listed heritage assets                          risk                                                          Buildings at Risk Register (November
                     (2008)                                                                   In terms of movement from the list,     2006)
                                                                                              1 heritage asset was removed from
                                                                                              the 2006 register but an additional     Darlington Borough Council,
                                                                                              3 were added to the 2008 list.          Buildings at Risk Register (February
                                                                                                                                      2008)

Listed          Grade 1:                             Not applicable     The target should     Shows that a total of 26 listed         Darlington Borough Council,
heritage at     • All Saints Church – Extreme                           be to ensure that     heritage assets are at risk. This       Buildings at Risk Register (February
risk 2008          Risk (1)                                             Darlington’s          equates to 5.02% of Darlington’s        2008)
                Grade II*:                                              heritage is not at    listed heritage. In terms of % per
                • Sockburn Hall – Extreme                               risk                  grading type this is as follows:
                   Risk (1)
                • Sockburn Hall Coach House                                                   Grade 1 – 12.5%
                   – Extreme Risk (1)                                                         Grade II* - 16%
                • Dovecote, Houghton –                                                        Grade II – 3.7%
                   Extreme Risk (1)
                • Middridge Grange                                                            Risk Scale:
                   Farmhouse – Extreme Risk
                   (1)                                                                        At Extreme Risk




                                                                                    76
             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
•   North Road Railway Station                                              •   Total of 6 listed heritage assets
    – Extreme Risk (1)                                                      •   23% of those on the risk
                                                                                register
Grade II                                                                    •   1% of Darlington’s total listed
• Bandstand in North Lodge –                                                    heritage
   At Risk (3)
• Deer House, Coatham                                                       At Grave Risk:
   Mundeville – At Risk (3)                                                 0%
• Glebe Farmhouse – At Risk
   (3)                                                                      At Risk
• North Farm – At Risk (3)                                                  • Total of 7 listed heritage assets
• Water Pump – At Risk (3)                                                  • 27% of those on the risk
• Skerne Lodge – Vulnerable                                                     register
   Building (4)                                                             • 1.3% of Darlington’s total listed
• Polam Lane Bridge – At Risk                                                   heritage
   (3)
• Outer Wall and Gate Piers,                                                Vulnerable Buildings
   Heighington – Vulnerable                                                 • Total of 11 listed heritage
   Building (4)                                                                 assets
• Hopetown Carriage Works –                                                 • 42% of those on the risk
   Vulnerable Building (4)                                                      register
• Former Goods Shed –                                                       • 2.1% of Darlington’s total listed
   Vulnerable Buildings (4)                                                     heritage
• 138-148 Northgate – At Risk
   (3)                                                                      Summary:
• Farmbuilidngs,
   Summerhouse – Vulnerable                                                 The number of heritage assets at
   Building (4)                                                             risk may change over time.
• Cartshed, Middridge Grange                                                Currently, a greater proportion of
   – Vulnerable Building (4)                                                outstanding or particularly
• 35 Tubwell Row – Vulnerable                                               significant heritage assets are at
   Building (4)                                                             risk (Grade 1 and II*).
• Wall at Nag’s Head –
   Vulnerable Building (4)                                                  Heritage that is at risk is currently
                                                                            mostly in a vulnerable condition
• Neasham House –
                                                                            than at extreme risk. 5 heritage
   Vulnerable Building (4)
                                                                            assets (21%) of those at risk are or
• 82 Cockerton Green –
                                                                            will be undergoing restoration
   Vulnerable Building (4)




                                                                  77
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
               •   Wall at Woodland Rd –
                   Vulnerable Building (4)

Granted        36 (2005/06)                         Not applicable     Not applicable        Shows a 19% increase in the            Darlington Borough Council
applications   52 (2006/07)                                                                  number of granted applications         Conservation Officer
for Listed     43 (2007/08)                                                                  over the period 2005/09. It is
building       43 (2008/09)                                                                  assumed that an application will
consent                                                                                      only be granted if it improves the
                                                                                             condition of a listed building so an
                                                                                             increase in granted applications is
                                                                                             positive
Sites and      598 of local/regional significance   Not applicable     Not available         The number of SMR Sites may            Durham County Council – Historic
Monuments                                                                                    change over time                       Environment Record
(SMR) Sites                                                                                                                         http://www.keystothepast.info/k2p/us
                                                                                                                                    p.nsf/pws/Keys+to+the+past+-
                                                                                                                                    +Home+Page (accessed May 2009)
Scheduled      Number - 20                          Hartlepool – 8     Not applicable        The number of Scheduled Ancient        Darlington Borough Council
Ancient        Density - 1 per 9.85km2              Middlesbrough –                          Monuments within the borough may       Conservation Officer
Monuments                                           3                                        change over time. Darlington has       English Heritage: Monuments at Risk
                                                    Stockton-on-                             the second highest number of           North East - http://www.english-
                                                    Tees – 8                                 SAM’s in the Tees Valley. The          heritage.org.uk/upload/pdf/MAR_NE.
                                                    Redcar and                               density of SAM’s in Darlington is      pdf?1243589945 (accessed May
                                                    Cleveland – 83                           slightly below the North East          2009)
                                                                                             Average
                                                    North East
                                                    Density:
                                                    1 per 6.18 km2
Scheduled      •   All Saints Church                Not available      The target should     10% of Darlington’s SAM’s are          Darlington Borough Council,
Ancient        •   Dovecote, Houghton le Side                          be to ensure that     classified as at Extreme Risk.         Buildings at Risk Register (February
Monuments at                                                           no SAM’s are on       However refurbishment is to be         2008)
Risk                                                                   the risk register     undertaken at All Saints Church.
                                                                                             The number of SAM’s at risk may
                                                                                             change over time
Scheduled      Average star rating:                 Not available      Not applicable        Shows that improvements are            Darlington Borough Council
Monuments      Access – 2/5                                                                  needed in particular to the            Scheduled Monuments Audit 2009
Audit          Visibility – 3/5                                                              accessibility and provision of
               Interpretation – 1/5                                                          interpretation at scheduled
               Condition – 3/5                                                               monuments
Railway        14 of Darlington’s Railway           Not available      The target shout be   Not available                          Darlington Borough Council




                                                                                   78
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Heritage       Heritage assets are designated.                         to ensure that none                                             Conservation Officer
               3 are designated as Grade II*                           of Darlington’s
               and 8 are designated as Grade                           railway heritage is
               II. 2 Grade II* assets are at risk                      at risk
               and 1 Grade II asset. This
               equates to 21% of listed railway
               heritage
Locally        A record of locally important        Not applicable     Not applicable          Locally important buildings may be      Darlington Borough Council
important      buildings has not been                                                          at risk from development and other      Conservation Officer
buildings      established                                                                     pressures as they have not yet
                                                                                               been classified and may not be
                                                                                               taken into account in planning
                                                                                               decisions
Conservation   Darlington has 17 Conservation       Not applicable     The target should       The number of conservation areas        Darlington Borough Council
Areas          Areas:                                                  be to ensure that       may change over time. The               Conservation Officer
               • Bishopton                                             the unique              numbers with character appraisals
               • Coatham Mundeville                                    characteristics of      should increase which may afford        Conservation Character Appraisal’s
               • Cockerton                                             Darlington’s            them better protection. Current         2006-2008
               • Denton                                                conservation areas      issues with the Conservation areas
               • Haughton                                              are not jeopardised.    include:
               • Heighington
               • High Coniscliffe                                      Undertaking             •   Loss of buildings from the key
                                                                       character                   periods of the area’s
               • Hurworth
                                                                       appraisals for all of       development
               • Northgate
                                                                       Darlington’s            •   Unsympathetic design of newer
               • Middleton One Row                                     conservation areas          buildings
               • Piercebridge                                          will assist with the    •   Damage to the character of
               • Sadberge                                              protection of these         surviving buildings (façade etc)
               • Stanhope and Grange Road                              areas as the unique     •   Loss of traditional features such
               • Summerhouse                                           components that             as sash windows, cast iron
               • Town Centre                                           give the area its           rainwater goods etc
               • Victoria Embankmnet                                   character will be       •   Cluttered streetscapes
               • Parkgate                                              identified and          •   High levels of traffic in some
                                                                       readily available to        areas
               Those that are underlined have                          developers etc          •   Vacant/disused and overgrown
               Character Appraisals (9 in total)                                                   land
               In total 460.29 ha (2.3%) of the                                                Discussions with the Conservation
               Borough is designated as a                                                      Officer has highlighted that the




                                                                                    79
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
              conservation area                                                                general impression of Darlington’s
                                                                                               conservation areas is that they are
                                                                                               declining

                                                                           Land/Townscape
  Indicator             Quantified Data              Comparators             Targets                   Trends                                       Source
Landscape     Darlington’s landscape character      Not applicable     Not applicable     The Tees Lowlands has                      Natural England -
Character     is predominantly classified as                                              issues with:                               http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/our
              Tees Lowlands. Other landscape                                                                                         work/landscape/englands/character/a
              character classification cover a                                                  • Hedgerow removal and the loss      reas/northeast.aspx (accessed June
              small part of the Borough and                                                     of meadows and pasture through       2009)
              include:                                                                          agricultural
              • Durham Magnesium                                                                Intensification
                   Limestone (small area to the
                   North East of the Borough)                                                   • Recreational
              • Northumbria Coal Measures                                                       development near to
                   (small area to the North West                                                urban areas e.g. golf
                   of the Borough                                                               courses
              • Pennine Dales Fringe (small
                   area to the West of the
                   Borough)

Tranquility   The mean tranquillity score for       Darlington         Target should be to      The urbanised parts of the           Campaign to Protect Rural England
              Darlington is -13.1                   Borough is         increase the             Borough are the least tranquil.      website – Tranquillity mapping
              Mapping data shows that people        ranked 39th out    tranquillity score of    The rural West and North East of     http://www.cpre.org.uk/campaigns/la
              are least likely to experience        of the 87 county   Darlington Borough       the Borough are the most tranquil    ndscape/tranquillity/national-and-
              tranquillity in Darlington town and   council/unitary                                                                  regional-tranquillity-maps/county-
              are most likely to experience         authority areas.                            Darlington is the most tranquil of   tranquillity-map-durham (accessed
              tranquillity in the areas             Scoring for the                             the Tees Valley authorities          May 2009)
              surrounding the villages of           nearest
              Denton, Walworth and                  neighbours are
              Summerhouse and the area              as follows:
              surrounding the villages of
              Bishopton and Brafferton              Durham +12.0
                                                    Darlington -13.1
                                                    Redcar and
                                                    Cleveland -13.3
                                                    Stockton on
                                                    Tees -24.6




                                                                                    80
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                   Middlesbrough -
                                                   55.9

Provision of   •   Total area of open space:       Not applicable     Natural England         Shows that Darlington has a high     Darlington Borough Council Open
Open Space         923ha                                              Accessible Natural      proportion of open space that is     Spaces Strategy 2006-2011 -
               •   Proportion within main urban                       Greenspace              7.8 ha/1000 population above the     http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                   area or on the fringe: 859ha                       Standard of at least    national standard. The majority of   lic/documents/Development%20and
               •   No over 0.1 ha: 310                                2ha of natural green    open space within Darlington is      %20Environment/Development%20a
               •   Open Space/1000                                    space per 1,000         also of High Value. However,         nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se
                   population: 9.8ha                                  population              several issues exist:                rvices/Policy/Studies/OpenSpace/OS
               •   Population within 300m walk                                                                                     SExecSummary.pdf (accessed June
                   of open space: 99%                                 Local Targets:          •   Poor levels of provision         2009)
               •   High Value Sites: 72%                              • 6.2ha accessible          coincide with areas of
               •   Low Value Sites: 11%                                   /1000 population        deprivation
                                                                      • 99% of all homes      •   Marked differences in the
                                                                          in the urban area       quality of open space
                                                                          to be within            depending on where residents
                                                                          300m of an              live
                                                                          accessible open     •   Geographical gaps in the
                                                                          space of at least       provision of specific types of
                                                                          0.1ha                   open space
                                                                      • 25% of open           •   Evolving open space needs of
                                                                          space to be of          an ageing population
                                                                          high quality        •   Protection and enhancement
                                                                      • 75% of open               of open spaces within villages
                                                                          space to be of
                                                                          medium quality
Parks and      Darlington has 12 Parks and         Not applicable     As above                Shows that Darlington’s public       Darlington Borough Council Open
Gardens        Gardens. 11 of which are of high                                               parks and gardens are generally      Spaces Strategy 2006-2011 -
               quality and 1 that is of medium,                                               of a high quality                    http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
               quality. South Park is the oldest                                                                                   lic/documents/Development%20and
               public park in the NE and has                                                                                       %20Environment/Development%20a
               been awarded green flag status                                                                                      nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se
                                                                                                                                   rvices/Policy/Studies/OpenSpace/OS
                                                                                                                                   SExecSummary.pdf (accessed June
                                                                                                                                   2009)

                                                                                                                                   Green Flag Awards -
                                                                                                                                   http://www.greenflagaward.org.uk/wi




                                                                                  81
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                                     nners/GSP001287/ (accessed June
                                                                                                                                     2009)



                                                                                 Housing
   Indicator              Quantified Data              Comparators               Targets                     Trends                                Source
Total number     46,000                            Not applicable            Not applicable     Not applicable                       Darlington Borough Council Facts
of households                                                                                                                        and Figures Leaflet (2008)
in the
borough
Household        33.7% couple without children     North East:               Not applicable     A higher percentage of couples       Darlington 2005 Local Housing
Structure                                          27.8% couple without                         and single people without children   Assessment (2006)
                 16.3% couple with children        children                                     occur within the borough             http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                   21.4% couple with                            compared to regional and             lic/documents/Community%20Servic
                 32.4% single without children     children                                     England average.                     es/Housing/DarlingtonLHAFinalAPR0
                                                   31.2% single without                                                              6.pdf (accessed June 2009)
                 5.9% single with children         children                                     A lower percentage of couples
                                                   7.1% single with                             with children, lone parents and      2004 ONS Regional Trends table
                 11.7% other multi-person          children                                     other multi-person households
                 household                         12.5% other multi-                           occur within the borough
                                                   person household                             compared to regional and
                                                                                                England average.
                                                   England:
                                                   28.8% couple without
                                                   children
                                                   26.1.3B% couple with
                                                   children
                                                   28.8% single without
                                                   children
                                                   6.5% single with
                                                   children
                                                   13.1% other multi-
                                                   person household
Tenure Profile   76.7% owner occupied              North East:               Not applicable     Shows that Darlington has a          Darlington 2005 Local Housing
                 16.1% social rented               66% owner occupied                           higher proportion of owner           Assessment (2006)
                 7.2% private rented               27% social rented                            occupied tenure than the regional    http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                   7% private rented                            and national average. Private        lic/documents/Community%20Servic
                                                                                                rented tenure is on par with the     es/Housing/DarlingtonLHAFinalAPR0
                                                   England:                                     regional average but below the       6.pdf (accessed June 2009)




                                                                                    82
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                               71% owner occupied                           national average.
                                               19% social rented
                                               10% private rented                           Social rented tenure in Darlington
                                                                                            is below the regional and national
                                                                                            average
Average       2.27                             England:                   Not applicable    Shows that Darlington has an         ONS Census statistics (2001)
Household                                      2.36                                         average household size of 0.9        http://www.statistics.gov.uk/census20
size                                                                                        below the national average           01/profiles/00EH-A.asp (accessed
                                                                                                                                 June 2009)
Average       Detached                         National price deflation   Not applicable    Shows that for all housing types     Land Registry Property Prices (2006-
House Price   £211,174 (Apr 06)                – 16.2%                                      prices rose steadily between 2006    2009)
              £219,688 (Apr 07)                                                             and 2008. However prices have        http://www1.landregistry.gov.uk/hous
              £224,342 (Apr 08)                                                             crashed in 2009 with an overall      eprices/housepriceindex/report/defau
              £184,429 (Apr 09)                                                             average decrease of £15,707          lt.asp?step=4&locationType=0&area
                                                                                            (13%) Each housing type has also     =Darlington&reporttype=3&datetype=
              Semi-detached                                                                 decreased by 13% respectively.       1&from1=01%2F2006&from2=04%2
              £119,994 (Apr 06)                                                                                                  F2009&image2.x=35&image2.y=12
              £124,832 (Apr 07)                                                             Whilst prices have decreased         (accessed March 2010)
              £127,477 (Apr 08)                                                             deflation in Darlington is 3.2%
              £104,797 (Apr 09)                                                             better than the national average

              Terraced
              £72,602 (Apr 06)
              £75,529 (Apr 07)
              £77,129 (Apr 08)
              £63,407 (Apr 09)

              Flat
              £136, 631 (Apr 06)
              £142,140 (Apr 07)
              £145,151 (Apr 08)
              £119,327 (Apr 09)

              Overall
              £124,016 (Apr 06)
              £129,016 (Apr 07)
              £131,749 (Apr 08)
              £108,309 (Apr 09)




                                                                                 83
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
House Price      6.5 (2007)                        Not applicable            Not applicable     Shows a decrease of 1.8 in the        Land Registry Property Prices (2006-
to Income        5.8 (2008)                                                                     house price to income ratio for the   2009)
Ratio            4.7 (2009)                                                                     period 2007-2009.                     http://www1.landregistry.gov.uk/hous
                                                                                                                                      eprices/housepriceindex/report/defau
                                                                                                                                      lt.asp?step=4&locationType=0&area
                                                                                                                                      =Darlington&reporttype=3&datetype=
                                                                                                                                      1&from1=01%2F2006&from2=04%2
                                                                                                                                      F2009&image2.x=35&image2.y=12
                                                                                                                                      (accessed March 2010)

                                                                                                                                      Darlington Borough Council Policy
                                                                                                                                      Department (Average earnings of
                                                                                                                                      employees)



Housing          3550 units averaging 323 units    Not applicable            Not applicable     Not applicable                        The North East of England Regional
provision to     per annum (RSS)                                                                                                      Spatial Strategy to 2021
2021 (2010-                                                                                                                           http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/p
2021)            The Strategic Housing Land                                                                                           lanning/rss/rss.pdf (accessed June
                 Availability Assessment                                                                                              2009)
                 identifies a shortfall of 804
                 dwellings against the RSS                                                                                            Darlington Borough Council Strategic
                 requirement for the period                                                                                           Housing Land Availability
                 2004-2021                                                                                                            Assessment (SHLAA) (2009)
                                                                                                                                      http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
                                                                                                                                      lic/documents/Development%20and
                                                                                                                                      %20Environment/Development%20a
                                                                                                                                      nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se
                                                                                                                                      rvices/Policy/SHLAA/Final310309/Ex
                                                                                                                                      ecutive%20Summary.pdf (accessed
                                                                                                                                      June 2009)
Net additional   NI154: Net additional             Not applicable            Target should      Shows that Darlington has a           Darlington Borough Council Policy
homes            Homes provided:                                             be to meet the     shortfall of 370 houses (14%)         Department
provided         431 (2004/05)                                               RSS                against the RSS target in the
                 555 (2005/06)                                               requirement of     period 2004/09. The most drastic      Regional Spatial Strategy to 2021
                 490 (2006/07)                                               525                shortfall occurred within 2008/09     http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/p
                 547 (2007/08)                                               houses/annum                                             lanning/rss/rss.pdf (accessed June
                 232 (2008/09)                                               between 2004-                                            2009)




                                                                                    84
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                           11
% of new       84% (2007/08)                      Not applicable           Government         Shows that Darlington is 24%         DBC, Annual Monitoring Report
dwellings                                                                  target of 60%      above the government target of       (2007/08) -
provided on                                                                of all new         60% of all new housing               http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
previously                                                                 housing            developments to                      lic/documents/Development%20and
developed                                                                  developments       be built on previously               %20Environment/Development%20a
land                                                                       should be built    developed land. However, in          nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se
                                                                           on previously      order to meet housing supply         rvices/Policy/LDF/AMR/AMR2007-
                                                                           developed land,    targets some housing will need to    8.pdf (accessed June 2009)
                                                                           as outlined in     be built on greenfield land
                                                                           PPS3
Housing need   2510 existing households in        Not available            Target should      Not available                        Darlington 2005 Local Housing
               some form of housing                                        be to ensure as                                         Assessment (2006)
               need across the borough (5.6%                               few households                                          http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
               of all households) (October                                 as                                                      lic/documents/Community%20Servic
               2005)                                                       possible are in                                         es/Housing/DarlingtonLHAFinalAPR0
                                                                           housing need                                            6.pdf (accessed June 2009)

Housing        Identifies that Darlington has     Not applicable           Not applicable     Housing supply does not match        Tees Valley Strategic Housing
demand         the highest proportion of                                                      demand. Need for more family         Market Assessment (2009)
               smaller 1 and 2 bedroom                                                        sized housing                        http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Housing
               properties in the Tees Valley                                                                                       /marketneeds/housingstrategy/SHMA
               (41.5%) and that there is a high                                                                                    .htm
               demand fro owner occupied,
               three bed roomed terraced or
               semi detached houses. This is
               followed by demand for
               detached houses and
               bungalows
Affordable     Between December 2005 and          Not available            Not applicable     Shows that there is greatest         DBC, Affordable Housing SPD
housing        2010 there is an expected                                                      affordable housing demand in the     (2007)
requirement    shortfall of 1325 affordable                                                   rural areas of Darlington Borough    http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub
               dwellings, the equivalent of                                                                                        lic/documents/Development%20and
               265/annumn for both general                                                                                         %20Environment/Development%20a
               needs and older persons                                                                                             nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se
               housing in all parts of the                                                                                         rvices/Policy/LDF/AffHous/AffHouSP
               Borough                                                                                                             D.pdf (accessed June 2009)

               Rural areas – In Acute need




                                                                                  85
                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

                North, North East and Central
                Darlington town – High Need

                North West, South East
                Darlington town – Moderate
                need
Total number    NI 155: Number of affordable        Not available           Not applicable     Shows that the number of              Hub Data
of affordable   homes provided                                                                 affordable completions has            https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI
housing         70 (2006/07)                                                                   drastically reduced by 60 over the    HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed
completions     10 (2007/08)                                                                   period 2006/09                        March 2010)
                10 (2008/09)
Accommodati     Recommended that a total of         Hartlepool – 6          Target should      Shows that Darlington could be        Tees Valley Gypsy and Traveller
ng Gypsy and    98 additional residential pitches   Middlesbrough – 11      be to meet         required to provide the majority of   Accommodation Needs Assessment
Travelling      will be required in Darlington in   Redcar and Cleveland    identified need    pitches fro gypsy and traveller       (2009)
Groups          the period 2007-2026 to meet        –4                                         groups in the Tees Valley
                identified need                     Stockton on Tees - 34




                                                                                   86
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
APPENDIX C:
DEVELOPMENT OF SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK

Text that has been struck through like this indicates where deletions have been made to the SA framework from the Core
Strategy SA framework and from that previously published in the AGDPD SA Scoping Report.
    SA Objective       Reasons for         Factors which could             Data      Revised data    Reasons for
                         Removal          contribute to significant    information information used    change
                                       effects (if mitigation was not requirements     to assess
                                                 proposed)                to help  options at Issues
                                                                          inform      and Options
                                                                        appraisal        stage
                                          Negative           Positive
                                           effects           effects
Attract, encourage and              n/a         Allocation of         The allocation    Adjacent uses      Area of high
make provision for                              housing that is not   of housing                           affordable housing
young people and                                within close          and               Range of           need
families within the                             proximity of day to   employment        facilities and
Borough, whilst                                 day facilities,       sites will        community          Distance from town      Used as a more
catering for an ageing                          services, jobs and    score             establishments     and neighbourhood       stable calculator of
population                                      community             positively        nearby             centres                 availability of
                                                activities            against this                                                 facilities and
1.Will it encourage young                                             objective         Areas of                                   community
people and families to                          Allocations with                        affordable                                 establishments,
move to the Borough?                            poor public           The provision     housing need                               since individual
                                                transport links.      of community                                                 establishments may
2. Will it encourage young                                            facilities will   Public transport                           close but designated
people and families to                          If the allocation     score             links                                      centres are expected
stay within the Borough?                        would result in the   positively                                                   to retain their
                                                loss of a             against this                                                 planning designation
3. Will the needs of an                         community facility    objective,                                                   which should mean
ageing                                          for example,          although                                                     that they remain a
population be met?                              shops, football       uncertainty                                                  focus of facilities.
                                                pitch etc             will remain
                                                                      against this                         Proximity of outdoor    Replaces ‘range of
                                                                      objective                            sports facilities (to   facilities and
                                                                      unless actual                        housing and mixed       community
                                                                      uses are                             use sites)              establishments




                                                                               87
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                            specified                                                  nearby.’ Outdoor
                                                                                                       sports facilities are
                                            The allocation                                             less often provided
                                            of housing                                                 in town and
                                            within close                                               neighbourhood
                                            proximity of                                               centres.
                                            day to day
                                            facilities,                        Proximity to public     Information from up
                                            services, jobs                     transport links         to date bus and train
                                            and                                (including under and    timetables.
                                            community                          over 15 minutes
                                            activities                         regularity)

                                            Allocation of                      Whether site could
                                            open space,                        cause loss of a
                                            sport and                          current community
                                            recreation                         facility or public
                                            close to                           open space.
                                            housing.
                                                                               Whether a housing       Reflects important
                                            Accessibility                      site is identified in   element of the
                                            in terms of                        the SHLAA as            sustainability
                                            public                             suitable for special    objective.
                                            transport links                    care, affordable        Not all of the housing
                                                                               and/or family           sites were in the
                                                                               housing.                2009 SHLAA update.
                                                                                                       When the 2010
                                                                                                       SHLAA update is
                                                                                                       published then its
                                                                                                       results will be
                                                                                                       incorporated into the
                                                                                                       appraisal, including
                                                                                                       for many of the
                                                                                                       remaining sites.

                                                                               Gross number of         The positive impact
                                                                               jobs expected to be     of employment sites
                                                                               provided on             on attracting and
                                                                               employment or           retaining residents is




                                                        88
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                             mixed-use sites         already noted and
                                                                                                             (where available)       should be
                                                                                                                                     incorporated in the
                                                                                                                                     sustainability
                                                                                                                                     appraisal. The
                                                                                                                                     figures used derive
                                                                                                                                     from an earlier
                                                                                                                                     exercise which did
                                                                                                                                     not include all sites
                                                                                                                                     in the AG DPD I&O.

                                                                                                             Adjacent to             As already noted in
                                                                                                             residential land (for   the Scoping Report,
                                                                                                             green infrastructure    these uses add to
                                                                                                             and playing pitch       the attractiveness of
                                                                                                             sites)                  housing in the
                                                                                                                                     Borough.


Reduce inequalities for        The extent to        If the allocation     The allocation   Locations of      Location in the         Different types of site
the most deprived and          which                would result in the   of               areas in need     Borough’s top eight     allocation were
disadvantaged                  developed sites      loss of good          employment       of regeneration   wards for indicators    thought to be
                               will contribute to   quality open space    sites in areas                     of ill health (for GI   relevant to different
1. Will it help to reduce      improving                                  identified as                      and sports/playing      aspects of inequality
inequalities in                education and                              being in need                      pitch sites)            and therefore more
educational                    skills is                                  of                                                         specific sets of data
achievement?                   dependent on                               regeneration                       Location in the         were used to
                               the type of                                                                   Borough’s bottom        analyse each type.
2. Will it help to reduce      business                                   The allocation                     eight wards for
inequalities in                occupying each                             of open                            indicators of income
employment?                    site and cannot                            space, sport                       (for employment
                               be appraised                               and                                and mixed use
3. Will it help to reduce      through the                                recreation in                      sites)
inequalities in health?        AGDPD SA                                   areas
                                                                          identified as                      Location in wards
4.Will it improve the                                                     being in need                      with high affordable
public realm within                                                       of                                 housing need (for
deprived wards?                                                           regeneration                       housing and mixed
                                                                                                             use sites)




                                                                                  89
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                            If the
                                            allocation                         Gross number of         Increased job
                                            would                              jobs expected to be     availability in the
                                            contribute to                      provided on             Borough is expected
                                            regeneration                       employment or           to reduce inequality
                                            activities and                     mixed-use sites         by reducing
                                            schemes                            (where available)       unemployment.

                                                                               Whether site could
                                                                               cause loss of a
                                                                               current community
                                                                               facility or public
                                                                               open space.

                                                                               Distance from town      Sites of any sort
                                                                               and neighbourhood       which are distant
                                                                               centres                 from the town and
                                                                                                       neighbourhood
                                                                               Proximity to public     centres and have
                                                                               transport links         weak accessibility by
                                                                               (including under and    public transport are
                                                                               over 15 minutes         not expected to
                                                                               regularity)             reduce inequality.
                                                                                                       Extreme examples of
                                                                                                       this type of site may
                                                                                                       even increase
                                                                                                       inequality by
                                                                                                       improving already
                                                                                                       privileged areas
                                                                                                       while providing little
                                                                                                       or no benefit to
                                                                                                       others.

                                                                               Whether a housing       Reflects important
                                                                               site is identified in   element of the
                                                                               the SHLAA as            sustainability
                                                                               suitable for special    objective.
                                                                               care or affordable
                                                                               housing.




                                                     90
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010


Enhance community             Community            If the allocation     The provision   Range of           Distance from town      Used as a more
identity and create an        participation will   would result in the   of community    facilities and     and neighbourhood       stable indicator of
empowered and                 be determined        loss of a             facilities      community          centres                 availability of
engaged                       through the          community facility                    establishments                             facilities and
borough wide                  consultation         for example,          Appropriate     nearby                                     community
community of town,            strategy and         shops, football       allocation of                                              establishments,
villages and                  development of       pitch etc             new gypsy       Adjacent uses                              since individual
countryside that values       the LDF, not                               and traveller                                              establishments may
diversity and cares for       through the SA       Contentious           sites           Public transport                           close but designated
others                        of the AGDPD         allocations of new                    links                                      centres are expected
                                                   gypsy and traveller                                                              to retain their
1. Will it encourage                               sites                                 Location of                                planning designation
engagement in                                                                            existing gypsy                             which should mean
community activities?                                                                    and traveller                              that they remain a
                                                                                         sites                                      focus of facilities.
2. Will it increase the
ability of people to                                                                                        Whether site could
influence local decision                                                                                    cause loss of a
making?                                                                                                     current community
                                                                                                            facility or public
3. Will it promote mutual                                                                                   open space.
understanding of
different ethnic and                                                                                        Whether a site will
cultural groups?                                                                                            provide new social
                                                                                                            or community
                                                                                                            services

                                                                                                            Whether site is         Activities recorded
                                                                                                            currently used for      on the DBC website
                                                                                                            organised cultural or   as taking place with
                                                                                                            community activities    some regularity.
                                                                                                            (for green space
                                                                                                            and playing pitches)

                                                                                                            Area of high            The provision of
                                                                                                            affordable housing      affordable and
                                                                                                            need (Housing and       special care housing




                                                                                  91
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                               Mixed Use sites)        in areas of affordable
                                                                                                       housing need is
                                                                               Site suitable for       important to
                                                                               Special                 community identity in
                                                                               Care/affordable         that it should help
                                                                               housing as              people with varied
                                                                               identified in SHLAA     levels of income and
                                                                                                       infirmity to live in
                                                                                                       such areas.

                                                                               High value (green       The value accorded
                                                                               infrastructure sites)   to a green
                                                                                                       infrastructure site in
                                                                                                       the Borough’s Open
                                                                                                       Space Survey 2009
                                                                                                       should at least
                                                                                                       partially reflect its
                                                                                                       importance to the
                                                                                                       local community.
                                                                                                       Where an AG site is
                                                                                                       composed of several
                                                                                                       Open Space Survey
                                                                                                       sites, the average for
                                                                                                       all those sites is
                                                                                                       taken.

                                                                               Existing site (for      The designation of
                                                                               employment sites)       existing employment
                                                                                                       sites as sites for
                                                                                                       employment
                                                                                                       development is
                                                                                                       expected to protect
                                                                                                       and enhance the
                                                                                                       contribution that
                                                                                                       existing businesses
                                                                                                       on those sites make
                                                                                                       to the local
                                                                                                       community, by
                                                                                                       helping those




                                                     92
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                                     businesses to
                                                                                                                                     develop.
Raise aspirations and          The extent to        Housing                Allocations of   Location and      Proximity to primary   The move away from
improve educational            which                allocations that are   housing sites    list of schools   and secondary          a catchment area
attainment and access          developed sites      below the              that will        at or close to    schools (for           system for the
to                             will contribute to   threshold for a        provide the      full capacity     housing)               Borough’s schools
qualifications and             improving            new school             determination                                             makes proximity of
skills in all of the           education and        allocation in areas    for a new        Locations of      Proximity to public    housing to public
community through              skills is            where schools are      school           other             transport              transport more
lifelong learning              dependent on         at or close to full                     educational                              important for this
                               the type of          capacity               Good             establishments                           objective, and the
1. Will it improve             business                                    proximity of                                              capacity of the local
qualifications and skills      occupying each                              new gypsy                                                 school less
of young people and            site and cannot                             and traveller                                             important.
adults?                        be appraised                                sites to
                               through the                                 schools                                                   Other educational
2. Will it address the         AGDPD SA                                                                                              establishments are
shortfall in school                                                                                                                  concentrated in and
places?                         a) It is worth                                                                                       around the Town
                                   highlighting                                                                                      Centre, easily
                                   that all                                                                                          accessible by public
                                   employment                                                                                        transport, and
                                   sites can be                                                                                      therefore direct
                                   expected to                                                                                       proximity of housing
                                   make some                                                                                         to them is of less
                                   contribution                                                                                      relevance.
                                   to training.
                                b) Several                                                                    Education related      Several of the Mixed
                                   contributory                                                               development            Use and
                                   factors to                                                                                        sports/playing pitch
                                   Criterion 1                                                                                       sites in the AG relate
                                   can be                                                                                            directly to education.
                                   measured
                                   through the                                                                Opportunity for        Community
                                   SA.                                                                        community              management of
                                                                                                              management             green infrastructure
                                                                                                              (Green                 sites can be a way to
                                                                                                              Infrastructure)        acquire new skills.
                                                                                                                                     All green




                                                                                    93
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                                 infrastructure sites
                                                                                                                                 are considered to
                                                                                                                                 have potential for
                                                                                                                                 this.

                                                                                                         Provide training        All employment and
                                                                                                         (Employment, Mixed      mixed use sites are
                                                                                                         Use)                    expected to include
                                                                                                                                 businesses or
                                                                                                                                 organisations that
                                                                                                                                 provide training to
                                                                                                                                 their employees.

                                                                                                         Proximity to school,    Green infrastructure
                                                                                                         especially of local     sites in close
                                                                                                         nature reserve sites    proximity to schools
                                                                                                         (Green                  are considered to
                                                                                                         Infrastructure)         provide a potential
                                                                                                                                 teaching resource
                                                                                                                                 whose value should
                                                                                                                                 be maximised.
Provide a choice and         This SA is                               The               Location of      Distance from town      Proximity to
mix of affordably            concerned with                           development       areas in need    and neighbourhood       town/neighbourhood
accessible, good             the suitability of                       of sites for      of affordable    centres (housing        centres and public
quality and well             sites for                                housing which     housing          sites)                  transport is important
designed sustainable         development in                           are large                                                  for meeting the first
housing                      terms of the                             enough to         Location of      Proximity to public     criterion of this
                             impact they                              provide           poor quality     transport links         objective –
1. Will it deliver the       could have on                            affordable        housing          (including under and    sustainable,
appropriate mix of           the SA                                   housing could                      over 15 minutes         accessible locations.
housing to meet the          objectives. The                          have a                             regularity) (housing
needs of the ageing          use, type,                               positive effect                    sites)
population, young people     design, layout or                        on providing
and families and skilled     resources                                housing to                         Site suitable for
in-migrants?                 involved in the                          meet local                         Special
                             development of                           needs                              Care/affordable
2. Will it deliver           the sites is not                                                            housing as
adaptable housing to         appraised                                                                   identified in SHLAA
meet the lifelong needs      through this




                                                                               94
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
of the population?              AGDPD SA                                                                    Ward is a priority       Priority housing
                                                                                                            housing investment       investment areas are
3. Will it increase the         The extent to                                                               area as identified in    those identified as
range and affordability of      which                                                                       the Core Strategy        particular priorities
housing for all social          developed sites                                                             Publication Draft        for regeneration and
groups?                         will provide                                                                (CSPD) (housing          improvement.
                                housing to meet                                                             sites)
4. Will it reduce the           local needs
number of people                depends on the                                                              Site is in a strategic   Housing with this
homeless or in                  type of housing                                                             location identified in   requirement is likely
temporary                       proposed for the                                                            the CSPD as              to be more
accommodation?                  sites and cannot                                                            requiring 20% of its     sustainable.
                                be appraised                                                                energy supply from       Employment sites in
5. Will it reduce the           through the                                                                 on-site renewable or     strategic locations
number of unfit homes           AGDPD SA                                                                    low carbon sources       will support the on-
and those falling below                                                                                                              site energy sources
the decent homes                                                                                                                     and thereby support
standard?                                                                                                                            the delivery of
                                                                                                                                     sustainable housing
6. Will it reduce the                                                                                                                there.
experiences of fuel
poverty?

Will it deliver housing in
sustainable locations
with access to
employment and
services by walking,
cycling or public
transport?

Will it deliver affordable
homes to meet the
Borough’s identified
needs?

Improve community               The extent to      Allocations which     Allocations      Highways          Location in one of       Improvements to
safety, reduce crime            which              will contribute to    which will       experiencing      the top eight wards      green infrastructure
and anti social                 developed sites    levels of             help to          congestion        for violent crime        will potentially




                                                                                  95
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
behaviour and                   will reduce        congestion              alleviate                          (green                   reduce the risk of
improve public                  levels of crime                            levels of        Location of       infrastructure,          violent crime at those
confidence                      will be                                    congestion or    pedestrian        playing pitch and        sites. Improved
                                determined at                              improve          crossings and     sports facility sites)   playing pitch and
1. Will it contribute to a      the policy and                             pedestrian       walkways                                   sports provision
sense of personal               development                                safety                                                      should help reduce
security and safety?            design stage                               schemes                                                     incidence of violent
                                and cannot be                                                                                          crime. Other green
2. Will it reduce crime         appraised                                                                                              infrastructure may
and anti-social                 through the                                                                                            also help reduce
behaviour?                      AGDPD SA                                                                                               violent crime by
                                                                                                                                       promoting social
3. Will it improve the                                                                                                                 cohesion (URGP
overall safety of the                                                                                                                  2010, p51-54)
Borough and help reduce
accidents?                                                                                                    Problems with traffic
                                                                                                              safety identified in
                                                                                                              the ELR or SHLAA

                                                                                                              Health and Safety
                                                                                                              Executive safety
                                                                                                              zones




Improve the health and                             Poor proximity of       The allocation   Location of       Distance from town       Proximity to town
well being of all by                               housing allocation      of open          open space        and neighbourhood        and neighbourhood
reducing health                                    to health services,     space, sport                       centres (housing         centres and public
inequalities and                                   open space and          and              Location of       sites)                   transport should
promoting healthier                                sport and               recreation in    sports and                                 encourage travel on
lifestyles                                         recreation facilities   areas            recreation        Proximity to public      foot or (in the former
                                                                           identified as    facilities        transport links          case) bicycle, rather
1. Will it help reduce                             If allocation will      being in need                      (including under and     than by car, leading
health inequalities?                               result in the loss of   of               Location of       over 15 minutes          to increased health.
                                                   open space, sport       regeneration.    health services   regularity) (housing
2. Will it encourage                               and recreation                           and facilities    sites)
healthy lifestyles?                                facilities.             Good
                                                                           proximity of     Adjacent uses     Whether site could




                                                                                    96
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
3. Will it improve access                         Allocations which    housing                            cause loss of a
to health facilities?                             will encourage       allocations to                     current community
                                                  private car use      health                             facility or public
                                                                       services,                          open space.
                                                                       open space,
                                                                       sport and                          Proximity to public
                                                                       recreation                         access sports
                                                                       facilities                         facility (housing)

                                                                       Provision of                       Proximity to GP
                                                                       additional                         (housing)
                                                                       open space
                                                                       and sports                         High value site
                                                                       and                                (green
                                                                       recreation                         infrastructure)
                                                                       facilities to
                                                                       address                            Location in top eight    This indicator is
                                                                       shortfalls                         wards for indicators     important for
                                                                                                          of ill health (green     measuring criterion 1
                                                                       Allocations                        infrastructure/sports/   of the objective
                                                                       that will                          playing pitch).          (reducing health
                                                                       encourage                                                   inequalities).
                                                                       walking and
                                                                       cycling

Contribute to One             AGDPD will not                                                              Does the site            The protection and
Planet Living                 include                                                                     contain allotments       improvement of
                              allotment                                                                   (Green                   allotments and high
1. Will it encourage local    allocations                                                                 Infrastructure sites)    grade farmland is
food production?                                                                                                                   important for criterion
                              No longer the                                                               Site would involve       1 of this objective-
2. Will it reduce energy      case                                                                        loss of Grade 1 or 2     encouraging local
use in homes?                                                                                             agricultural land or     food production
                              AGDPD will not                                                              allotments
3. Will it reduce the need    consider design
to travel and encourage       of new housing                                                              Site is in a strategic   The provision of on-
sustainable transport         Reducing the                                                                location identified in   site renewable or low
modes?                        need to travel is                                                           the CSPD as              carbon energy at
                              covered as a                                                                requiring 20% of its     strategic sites should




                                                                                97
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Will it make the most           separate SA                                                                 energy supply from       make Darlington’s
efficient use of land,          objective                                                                   on-site renewable or     energy use more
water, energy and other                                                                                     low carbon sources       efficient, especially
finite resources?                                                                                                                    use of finite
                                                                                                                                     resources.

                                                                                                            Site contains, or has    Sites that will, or
                                                                                                            the potential to         could, encourage
                                                                                                            contain, a               travel by foot, bicycle
                                                                                                            pedestrian or cycle      or public transport
                                                                                                            transport link; also,    rather than by car,
                                                                                                            the attractiveness       are considered to
                                                                                                            and level of use of      help Darlington make
                                                                                                            that link. (Green        more efficient use of
                                                                                                            Infrastructure sites)    resources.

                                                                                                            Distance from town
                                                                                                            and neighbourhood
                                                                                                            centres (housing
                                                                                                            sites)

                                                                                                            Proximity to public
                                                                                                            transport links
                                                                                                            (including under and
                                                                                                            over 15 minutes
                                                                                                            regularity) (housing
                                                                                                            sites)

Ensure the Borough is           The AGDPD          The development         The              Flood zones     Does the site            The protection and
prepared for climate            does not           of sites in locations   development                      contain allotments       improvement of
change, increase                consider built     which would             of sites in      Accessibility   (Green                   allotments and high
resilience                      design             increase the need       locations                        Infrastructure sites)    grade farmland
through adaptation and                             to travel will          which would      Adjacent uses                            should help reduce
reduce greenhouse gas           Flooding           increase                decrease the                     Site would involve       carbon emissions
emissions                       element            greenhouse gas          need to travel   Areas with      loss of Grade 1 or 2     from food transport
                                removed after      emissions               will decrease    renewable       agricultural land or     by encouraging local
1. Will it reduce the risk      consultation                               greenhouse       energy          allotments               food production.
and impact of flooding?                            The development         gas emissions    potential
                                                   of sites which are                                       Site is in a strategic   The provision of on-




                                                                                   98
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
2. Has the need to cope                         at risk from          The                                location identified in   site renewable or low
with climate extremes                           flooding could        development                        the CSPD as              carbon energy
been considered? E.g.                           increase flood risk   of sites in                        requiring 20% of its     supply at strategic
design of buildings and                                               locations                          energy supply from       sites should limit the
urban                                                                 which could                        on-site renewable or     increase to
Areas                                                                 be served by                       low carbon sources       greenhouse gas
                                                                      renewable                                                   emissions caused by
3. Will it reduce                                                     energy                                                      Darlington’s
emissions of                                                                                                                      expansion.
greenhouse gases?
                                                                                                         Site contains, or has    Sites that will, or
4. Will it encourage                                                                                     the potential to         could, encourage
renewable energy                                                                                         contain, a               travel by foot, bicycle
generation?                                                                                              pedestrian or cycle      or public transport
                                                                                                         transport link; also,    rather than by car,
                                                                                                         the attractiveness       are considered to
                                                                                                         and level of use of      help Darlington
                                                                                                         that link. (Green        reduce emissions of
                                                                                                         Infrastructure sites)    greenhouse gases.

                                                                                                         Distance from town
                                                                                                         and neighbourhood
                                                                                                         centres (housing
                                                                                                         sites)

                                                                                                         Proximity to public
                                                                                                         transport links
                                                                                                         (including under and
                                                                                                         over 15 minutes
                                                                                                         regularity) (housing
                                                                                                         sites)

                                                                                                         Sites that provide       The retention or
                                                                                                         trees in urban           planting of significant
                                                                                                         areas, or a large        numbers of trees
                                                                                                         number of trees          should help
                                                                                                         (Green                   moderate the effects
                                                                                                         Infrastructure sites)    of climate change in
                                                                                                                                  the urban area




                                                                               99
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                                 (TVGIS, p37)
Protect and improve                             Development of        The              Previously        Location in town        Denser development
the quality of land and                         sites on Greenfield   development      developed         centre,                 of land in and
soil and ensure that                            land                  of brownfield    land/Greenfield   neighbourhood           adjacent to the
land and                                                              and/or           proportions       centres or Town         centres is considered
soil is used in a                               Development of        contaminated                       Centre Fringe.          to be a more
sustainable and                                 sites on high         land             Site history                              sustainable use of
innovative manner                               grade agricultural                                                               land than
                                                land                                   Locations of                              development
1. Does it reduce                                                                      contaminated                              elsewhere, other
contaminated sites and                                                                 and damaged                               factors being equal.
increase remediation?                                                                  land
                                                                                                         Sites on previously
2. Will it minimise the                                                                                  developed land
loss of land (and soils) to                                                                              (other than Green
development?                                                                                             Infrastructure or
                                                                                                         playing pitches)
3. Will it prioritise
development on                                                                                           Sites involving the     Allotments, as well
previously developed                                                                                     loss of high quality    as high grade
land                                                                                                     agricultural land or    agricultural land, are
                                                                                                         allotments.             considered to be a
                                                                                                                                 sustainable use of
                                                                                                                                 land and soil.

                                                                                                         Comments on land
                                                                                                         contamination in
                                                                                                         ELR or SHLAA



Avoid and reduce flood        Inserted after                                                             Green space that        The Darlington
risk                          scoping                                                                    plays a role in flood   Borough Strategic
                              consultation                                                               prevention or           Flood Risk
1. Does it follow the                                                                                    protection, or may      Assessment Level 2,
sequential approach to                                                                                   do in future            including information
avoiding higher flood risk                                                                                                       on surface water
areas?                                                                                                   Green space             flood risk, was
                                                                                                         including land in       issued at the end of




                                                                               100
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
2. Will it include                                                                                           Flood Zone 2 or 3       writing of this section
integrated drainage?                                                                                                                 of the Sustainability
                                                                                                             Site other than GI or   Appraisal process
3. Will it reduce the risk                                                                                   playing pitch           and will be
and impact of flooding                                                                                       including land in       incorporated into the
on development sites                                                                                         Flood Risk Zone 1       next stage of the
and elsewhere?                                                                                                                       Sustainability
                                                                                                                                     Appraisal.
Protect and enhance             The SA of the                                                                Green space that        The physical
ground and surface              AGDPD cannot                                                                 forms a buffer          separation of
water quality and make          appraise the                                                                 between                 development from
efficient use of water          extent to which                                                              development and         watercourses by
                                development                                                                  watercourses            green space should
1. Does it improve the          will affect water                                                                                    reduce the risk of
quality of water within the     quality or water                                                             Adjacent to             water pollution by
borough?                        efficiency as                                                                watercourse (all        allowing interception
                                these factors                                                                sites except GI and     of pollutants
2. Does it reduce the           are dependent                                                                playing pitches)
demand for water?               on the type,
                                extent and                                                                   Green space             Wetlands are
1. Will it reduce the risk      delivery of                                                                  including wetlands      considered to have
of contamination to             development on                                                                                       potential to enhance
ground waters?                  the sites                                                                                            the quality of surface
                                                                                                                                     water by trapping
2. Will it allow for the        Criteria inserted                                                                                    pollutants.
accommodation of SUDs           after Scoping
to reduce surface water?        consultation

3. Will it contribute to
improving water quality?
Maintain, protect and                               Sites developed        The               Accessibility   Site contains, or has   Sites that will, or
improve air quality                                 for heavy industrial   development                       the potential to        could, encourage
                                                    uses could have a      of sites which    Adjacent uses   contain, a              travel by foot, bicycle
Will it contribute to                               negative effect on     will reduce                       pedestrian or cycle     or public transport
reductions in air quality                           air quality            the need to                       transport link; also,   rather than by car,
monitoring pollutants at                            compared to light      travel will                       the attractiveness      are considered to
monitoring locations                                industrial uses        have a                            and level of use of     help limit increases
across the                                                                 positive effect                   that link. (Green       in air pollution arising
Borough?                                            Allocations which      on air quality                    Infrastructure sites)   from development.




                                                                                    101
                          Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                will increase the
                                                need to travel will                                      Distance from town
                                                affect air quality                                       and neighbourhood
                                                                                                         centres (housing
                                                                                                         sites)

                                                                                                         Proximity to public
                                                                                                         transport links
                                                                                                         (including under and
                                                                                                         over 15 minutes
                                                                                                         regularity) (housing
                                                                                                         sites)

                                                                                                         Proximity to main
                                                                                                         employment site

                                                                                                                                  The selection of a
                                                                                                                                  site as an
                                                                                                                                  employment site
                                                                                                                                  does not imply
                                                                                                                                  whether or not use
                                                                                                                                  class B2 uses will be
                                                                                                                                  developed there..
Protect, conserve and                           Sites which are in    Allocation of     Location of      Proximity to SSSIs       DBC has not yet
improve biodiverse                              or adjacent to        open space,       SSSI and LNR     and local wildlife       obtained full records
environments through                            SSSI’s, LNR’S or      particularly      reserve          sites                    of BAP habitats and
an increasingly                                 priority habitats     where this        designations                              species, other than
connected and high                              could have            links with                         Impact on wildlife       Great Crested
quality green                                   negative effects on   existing green    Locations of     corridor identified in   Newts. When these
infrastructure and                              the flora and fauna   infrastructure    BAP habitats     ELR or SHLAA             are obtained they will
encourage                                       of those sites                          and where                                 be incorporated into
opportunities for                                                     Accessibility     possible         Proximity to Great       the SA.
habitat creation                                Allocation which      to LNR’s from     species in the   Crested Newt
                                                will result in the    housing sites     Borough          record. (DBC
1. Will it maintain and                         loss of green         could improve                      records)
enhance habitats and                            infrastructure        contact with      Location of
species?                                                              and               green
                                                                      understanding     infrastructure
2. Will it protect and                                                of biodiversity   considered as




                                                                               102
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
enhance habitat                                                                          a valuable
corridors and linking                                                                    habitat corridor
routes                                                                                   or linking route

3. Does it continue the
protection for national
and locally designated
sites
and propose appropriate
enhancement?

4. Does it conserve and
enhance/create the BAP
priority habitats within
the Borough?

5. Will it improve
understanding of the
importance of
biodiversity?
Protect, and enhance           Inserted after                                                               Site would result in
access to, open                scoping                                                                      loss of designated
spaces, the rights of          consultation                                                                 green space
way network and the
green                                                                                                       Site would result in
infrastructure network                                                                                      loss or interruption
                                                                                                            of green corridor
1. Will it avoid harm to
existing green                                                                                              Site can provide
infrastructure or open                                                                                      new link in
spaces?                                                                                                     pedestrian or cycle
                                                                                                            network.
2. Will it enhance/create
good quality and
accessible green
infrastructure or open
spaces?

3. Will it promote




                                                                                 103
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
increased access to and
use of rights of way and
green infrastructure,
where appropriate?
Promote sustainable             The AGDPD                                                                     Site does not           Sterilisation of
waste and mineral               does not include                                                              sterilise mineral       mineral resources
management ,                    waste and                                                                     resources               can be considered in
including the                   mineral                                                                                               this SA as a factor in
reduction, reuse,               allocations and                                                                                       site location. The
recycling and                   does not                                                                                              resources in
recovery of waste and           consider design                                                                                       question are those
mineral resources               of buildings,                                                                                         described in Policy
                                infrastructure                                                                                        MWC4 of the revised
1. Will waste be                etc in terms of                                                                                       publication draft
managed close to                the proportion of                                                                                     Minerals and Waste
source?                         recovered                                                                                             Core Strategy, and
                                materials used.                                                                                       depicted on the map
2. Will it increase the                                                                                                               ‘Safeguarding Plan:
amount of waste and             Criterion 5                                                                                           Shallow Resources”
minerals re-used,               inserted after
recovered and recycled?         scoping                                                                       Site has the            New plantations can
                                consultation                                                                  potential to support    support an increase
3. Will it reduce the                                                                                         energy supply from      in the recovery of
amount of waste going to                                                                                      biomass waste           energy from waste
landfill?                                                                                                                             wood: wood biomass
                                                                                                                                      power plants, fed
4. Will it minimise use of                                                                                                            mainly by virgin
new materials and                                                                                                                     wood such as these
resources                                                                                                                             plantations could
                                                                                                                                      supply, have the
5. Will it result in the                                                                                                              potential to provide a
effective sterilisation of                                                                                                            sustainable use for
any mineral resource?                                                                                                                 waste wood.
                                                                                                                                      (DEFRA 04/2008)
Promote traffic                                     Allocation of sites   Allocation of    Accessibility      Site contains, or has   Sites that will, or
reduction and                                       that will encourage   sites that are                      the potential to        could, encourage
encourage more                                      private car use       in good          Adjacent uses      contain, a              travel by foot, bicycle
sustainable alternative                                                   proximity to                        pedestrian or cycle     or public transport
forms of transport                                  Allocations that do   day to day       Public transport   transport link; also,   rather than by car,




                                                                                   104
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                 not have good         services,        links             the attractiveness      are considered to
1. Will it reduce the                            public transport or   facilities and                     and level of use of     help limit increases
distance people need to                          walking and           employment.      Walking and       that link. (Green       in air pollution arising
travel to work or to                             cycling links                          cycling           Infrastructure sites)   from development.
access services and                                                    Allocations      networks
facilities and will it                                                 with good                          Distance from town
prioritise development on                                              provision of                       and neighbourhood
well located sites?                                                    and access to                      centres (housing
                                                                       public                             sites)
2. Will it enhance                                                     transport,
transport connections to                                               walking and                        Proximity to public
reduce distances                                                       cycling                            transport links
travelled?                                                             networks                           (including under and
                                                                                                          over 15 minutes
3. Will it encourage the                                               Allocations                        regularity) (housing
use of alternatives to car                                             which will                         sites)
travel? E.g. walking,                                                  support
cycling and public                                                     provision of                       Proximity to main
transport?                                                             additional                         employment site
                                                                       public
                                                                       transport                          Comments on
                                                                       services                           transport suitability
                                                                                                          in ELR or SHLAA
Preserve and enhance                             The development       Development      Landscape         Proximity to listed     Archaeology and
Darlington’s distinctive                         of sites which are    of the site      character         buildings, scheduled    landscape comments
and valuable historic                            in or adjacent to     could help to    assessments       ancient monuments       in the ELR and
environment,                                     areas of local        consolidate                        and conservation        SHLAA are derived
landscape character                              landscape             existing         Up to date        areas                   from Durham County
and settlements and                              importance could      development      Conservation                              Council
increase engagement                              have a negative       and improve      Area Appraisals   Site currently used     archaeological
in cultural activities                           effect on             visual                             or would be used        section, the
                                                 landscape quality     appearance       Views to and      for cultural or         Conservation and
1. Will it protect and                           unless appropriate    and enhance      from site         community activities    Urban Design
enhance features and                             mitigation was        landscape                                                  Officers at DBC, and
areas of historic,                               proposed              character.       Archaeological    Site is on previously
archaeological                                                                          surveys           developed land
and cultural value?                              Sites which are in    Development
2. Will it protect and                           or adjacent to        of sites which   Location of       Landscape
enhance                                          Conservation          will provide     SAM’s and         comments in ELR or




                                                                                105
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
designated areas?                                  Areas could have       reason for re-   other heritage   SHLAA
                                                   a negative effect      using            assets
3. Will it protect and                             on the setting of      buildings                         Archaeology
enhance the quality and                            buildings within the                                     comments in ELR or
character of the                                   Conservation Area      Allocations                       SHLAA
landscape?                                                                which have
                                                   Sites which            good                              Conservation Area      Where conservation
4. Will it promote the                             contain or are         accessibility                     Appraisals             area appraisals or
maintenance, sensitive                             adjacent to sites of   to heritage                                              the SAM audit
adaptation and re-use of                           archaeological         assets                            Scheduled Ancient      identify potential for
buildings?                                         importance could                                         Monument Audit         improvement of their
                                                   have a physical                                                                 subject and its
5. Will it increase                                adverse effect on                                                               context, that is taken
understanding of                                   that feature, or on                                                             into account in the
Darlington’s heritage and                          the setting of that                                                             sustainability rating
increase participation in                          feature                                                                         of sites.
cultural activities?
                                                   Sites which
                                                   include or are
                                                   adjacent to other
                                                   heritage assets
                                                   could have a
                                                   negative effect on
                                                   those assets
                                                   physically (e.g.
                                                   through
                                                   disturbance) or
                                                   visually, in terms
                                                   of setting
To achieve ambitious,         The SA is                                   Allocation of    Location of      Distance from town     The accessibility of
sustainable levels of         concerned with                              employment       existing         and neighbourhood      workplaces by a
economic growth               the suitability of                          land may help    employment       centres (housing       range of methods,
                              sites for                                   to retain        sites            and sports facility    including on foot, by
1. Does it provide for        development in                              existing                          sites)                 bicycle and public
opportunities to attract      terms of the                                businesses by    Location of                             transport as well as
new business to the           impact they                                 providing        existing         Proximity to public    by car, is considered
borough?                      could have on                               space for        employment       transport links        a current advantage
                              the SA                                      expansion or     sites to the     (including under and   to businesses and
2. Will it improve            objectives.                                 relocation       Strategic Road   over 15 minutes        also to help improve




                                                                                   106
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
business                        Potential                                                 Network          regularity) (housing     the resilience of
development?                    positive effects                        Sites which                        sites)                   businesses to
                                for different                           are located in                                              possible future
Will it facilitate the          sectors of the                          deprived                           Proximity to main        changes.
expansion of existing           economy cannot                          areas may                          employment site
businesses?                     be appraised                            have a
                                unless specific                         positive effect                    Proximity to main        Proximity of
3. Will it improve the          employment                              on their                           road network (all        employment sites to
resilience of businesses?       uses are                                regeneration                       sites except housing     the main road
                                proposed.                                                                  and sports facilities)   network is
4. Will it promote growth                                                                                                           considered a factor
in key economic areas?          The AGDPD                                                                  Sites protect or         in attracting new
                                does not                                                                   improve the              businesses and
5. Will it protect the          allocate retail                                                            appearance of town       helping existing ones
viability and vitality of the                                                                              centre, town and         grow. Proximity of
town centre?                                                                                               borough gateways,        attractive green
                                                                                                           main travel routes,      space to main travel
6. Will it encourage                                                                                       employment areas         routes, employment
sustainable tourism?                                                                                       (GI and playing          areas and gateways
                                                                                                           pitch sites)             to the borough, town
                                                                                                                                    and town centre
                                                                                                                                    should help make a
                                                                                                                                    positive impression
                                                                                                                                    on visitors and
                                                                                                                                    potential investors.

                                                                                                           Site does not
                                                                                                           involve loss of
                                                                                                           current employment
                                                                                                           site, or does so but
                                                                                                           this is approved in
                                                                                                           ELR (housing sites)

                                                                                                           Site rated by            Provision of
                                                                                                           SHLAA as suitable        adequate numbers
                                                                                                           for affordable           of affordable
                                                                                                           housing                  dwellings should
                                                                                                                                    help make the area
                                                                                                                                    more attractive to




                                                                                 107
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                                  key workers and to
                                                                                                                                  investors.

                                                                                                          Location in eight
                                                                                                          lowest income
                                                                                                          wards (employment
                                                                                                          and mixed use
                                                                                                          sites)

                                                                                                          Gross number of
                                                                                                          jobs to be
                                                                                                          potentially provided
                                                                                                          (employment and
                                                                                                          mixed use sites)


                                                                                                          Sites perform (or
                                                                                                          substitute) an
                                                                                                          economic function
                                                                                                          e.g. tourist
                                                                                                          attractions,
                                                                                                          allotments,
                                                                                                          plantations, high
                                                                                                          level sports clubs.
                                                                                                          (GI and playing
                                                                                                          pitch sites)

Increase employment           As the SA is not    Provision of large   The              Housing sites     Distance from town      The indicators used
levels and access to          considering the     scale employment     development      information       and neighbourhood       measuring how sites
sustainable and high          impact of           sites away from      of sites for                       centres (housing        will contribute to
quality employment            detailed            the main service     employment       Accessibility     and sports facility     increased
opportunities                 development         centres could        within walking                     sites)                  employment levels
                              proposals for       increase out         distance                                                   are the same as
Will it reduce                each sites but is   commuting and        (800m) of                          Proximity to public     those for sustainable
unemployment?                 appraising the      weaken the links     residential                        transport links         economic growth.
                              impacts of the      between where        areas could                        (including under and
Will it increase earnings?    development of      people live and      allow people                       over 15 minutes
                              each site, it       where they work      to live closer                     regularity) (housing
Will it reduce car trips      cannot be                                to their place                     sites)




                                                                                108
           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
to work?      determined at                            of
              this level                               employment                         Proximity to main
              whether a site                                                              employment site
              will encourage                           Larger sites
              new                                      are more                           Proximity to main
              employment                               likely to allow                    road network (all
              that is                                  for mixed use                      sites except housing
              consistent with                          developments                       and sports facilities)
              local needs or
              whether it will                                                             Proximity to railway
              increase                                                                    network (GI and
              earnings.                                                                   playing pitches)

                                                                                          Site does not
                                                                                          involve loss of
                                                                                          current employment
                                                                                          site (housing sites)

                                                                                          Location in eight
                                                                                          lowest income
                                                                                          wards (employment
                                                                                          and mixed use
                                                                                          sites)

                                                                                          Gross number of
                                                                                          jobs to be
                                                                                          potentially provided
                                                                                          (employment and
                                                                                          mixed use sites)

                                                                                          Sites protect or
                                                                                          improve the
                                                                                          appearance of town
                                                                                          centre, town and
                                                                                          borough gateways,
                                                                                          main travel routes,
                                                                                          employment areas
                                                                                          (GI and playing
                                                                                          pitch sites)




                                                                109
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

                                                                               Sites perform (or
                                                                               substitute) an
                                                                               economic function
                                                                               e.g. tourist
                                                                               attractions,
                                                                               allotments,
                                                                               plantations, high
                                                                               level sports clubs.
                                                                               (GI and playing
                                                                               pitch sites)




                                                     110
                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
APPENDIX D: SUSTAINABILITY MATRIX FOR SITES

Employment Sites Objective 1: Attract, encourage and make provision for young people and families within the Borough, whilst
catering for an ageing population
                              No of jobs to be
                              potentially         400m of town or      800m of town or     300m from bus/train 15      600m from bus/train      300m from
                              provided (gross)-   neighbourhood        neighbourhood       minutes or greater          15 minutes or            bus/train under 15
                              where available     centre               centre              regularity                  greater regularity       minutes regularity
  Morton Palms                      2800                                                                                                                 (all)
   Faverdale                                                                                                              (Small corner of
                   /                 763                                                                                                              (nearly all)
 Industrial Area                                                                                                             site)
   Yarm Road
                                    1501                                                        (Small part of site)        (Half of site)         (nearly all site)
 Industrial Area
   Yarm Road                                                                                                                                        (Small part of
                                    6276                                                                                  (Tiny part of site)
 South Extension                                                                                                                                       site)
   Yarm Road                                                                                                                                       (Small corner of
 North Extension   /                                                                                                                                  site)

    Drinkfield     /                 791

Cleveland Street                                                                                    (half site)                  (all)

    Albert Hill                                                                                        (all)

 McMullen Road
                                    1289             (as crow flies)                                 (1/3 site)                  (all)
    West
   Faverdale                                                              (small part of
                                    1440                                                                                                           (S fringe of site)
    Reserve                                                                  site)
 Faverdale East
                                    7930                                                                                                          (W fringe of site)
 Business Park

  Airport North    /                 806

    Airport
   Extension       /
   Heighington
   Lane North      /




                                                                             111
                   Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Employment Sites Objective 2: Reduce inequalities for the most deprived and disadvantaged


                           No of jobs to be                                          300m from        600m from      300m from
                           potentially        400m of town        800m of town       bus/train 15     bus/train 15   bus/train         Location in
                           provided           or                  or                 minutes or       minutes or     under 15          eight lowest
                           (gross)- where     neighbourhood       neighbourhood      greater          greater        minutes           income
                           available          centre              centre             regularity       regularity     regularity        wards

  Morton Palms     /             2800                                                                                      (all)

                                                                                                           (Small
   Faverdale
                   /             763                                                                    corner of       (nearly all)
 Industrial Area
                                                                                                          site)
   Yarm Road                                                                           (Small part        (Half of      (nearly all
                                 1501
 Industrial Area                                                                        of site)          site)           site)
   Yarm Road                                                                                            (Tiny part     (Small part
                                 6276
 South Extension                                                                                        of site)        of site)
   Yarm Road                                                                                                             (Small
 North Extension                                                                                                     corner of site)
    Drinkfield                   791

Cleveland Street                                                                        (half site)         (all)

    Albert Hill                                                                            (all)

 McMullen Road
                                 1289           (as crow flies)                         (1/3 site)          (all)
    West
   Faverdale                                                        (small part of                                     (S fringe of
                                 1440
    Reserve                                                            site)                                             site)
 Faverdale East                                                                                                        (W fringe of
                                 7930
 Business Park                                                                                                           site)

  Airport North                  806

    Airport
   Extension
   Heighington
   Lane North




                                                                           112
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010


Employment Sites Objective 3: Enhance community identity and create an empowered and engaged Borough-wide community of
town, villages and countryside that values diversity and cares for others

                                                 400m of town     800m of town
                                                 or               or
                                                 neighbourhood    neighbourhood         Site is greenfield or   Existing
                                                 centre           centre                urban open space        site

                                        0
Morton Palms

Faverdale Industrial Area

Yarm Road Industrial Area

Yarm Road South Extension                                                               Greenfield

Yarm Road North Extension                                                               Greenfield
Drinkfield                                                                              Greenfield

Cleveland Street
Albert Hill
McMullen Road West
                                        /
Faverdale Reserve                                                                       Greenfield
                                                                     (small part of
                                                                  site)
Faverdale East Business Park                                                            Greenfield
                                        0
Airport North
                                        0
Airport Extension                                                                       Greenfield

Heighington Lane North
                                                                                             Greenfield




                                                                                      113
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010


Employment Sites Objective 4: Raise aspirations and improve educational attainment and access to qualifications and skills in all of
the community through lifelong learning

The only indicator used for this objective was whether sites were expected to provide training. Since it is considered that all occupants of employment sites will provide some
training for their employees, all sites were rated with a positive mark for this objective.


Employment Sites Objective 5: Provide a choice and mix of affordably accessible, good quality and well designed sustainable
housing

                                                Site is in a strategic location identified in the Core Strategy as requiring 20% of its energy supply from on-site
                                                renewable or low carbon sources
 Morton Palms                           0
 Faverdale Industrial Area              0
 Yarm Road Industrial Area              0
 Yarm Road South Extension              0
 Yarm Road North Extension              0
 Drinkfield                             0
 Cleveland Street                       0
 Albert Hill                            0
 McMullen Road West                     0
 Faverdale Reserve
 Faverdale East Business Park
 Airport North                          0
 Airport Extension                      0
 Heighington Lane North                 0




                                                                                      114
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




Employment Sites Objective 6: Improve community safety, reduce crime and anti-social behaviour and improve public confidence



                                              Problems with traffic safety
                                              identified in ELR

Morton Palms                           0

Faverdale Industrial Area              0

Yarm Road Industrial Area              0

Yarm Road South Extension              0

Yarm Road North Extension              0
Drinkfield
                                       0
Cleveland Street                              Access to main road network via
                                              'very congested' junctions
Albert Hill                                   Access to main road network via
                                              'very congested' junctions
McMullen Road West                     0
Faverdale Reserve
                                       0
Faverdale East Business Park
                                       0
Airport North
                                       0
Airport Extension
                                       0
Heighington Lane North                 0




                                                                                 115
                         Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

Employment Sites Objective 7: Improve the health and well-being of all by reducing health inequalities and promoting healthier
lifestyles
                                                                                           300m from
                                      Site does not                                        bus/train 15
                                      include public      400m of town    800m of town     minutes or                                          300m from
                                      open space or       or neighbour-   or neighbour-    greater         600m from bus/train 15 minutes or   bus/train under15
                                      sports facilities   hood centre     hood centre      regularity      greater regularity                  minutes regularity

Morton Palms                  0                                                                                                                  (all)
Faverdale Industrial
Area                                                                                                         (Small corner of site)              (nearly all)
Yarm Road Industrial                                                                         (Small
Area                                                                                       part of site)     (Half of site)                      (nearly all site)
Yarm Road South
Extension                                                                                                    (Tiny part of site)                 (Small part of site)
Yarm Road North               0                                                                                                                   (Small corner of
Extension                                                                                                                                      site)
Drinkfield
Cleveland Street                                                                             (half site)     (all)

Albert Hill                                                                                  (all)

McMullen Road West                                                                           (1/3 site)      (all)
                                                              (as crow
                                                          flies)
Faverdale Reserve                                                                                                                                (S fringe of site)
                              0                                              (small part
                                                                          of site)
Faverdale East                                                                                                                                   (W fringe of site)
Business Park                 0
Airport North

Airport Extension

Heighington Lane North




                                                                                116
                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Employment Sites Objective 8: Contribute to One Planet Living
                                          600m from
                         300m from        bus/train       300m from           Site is in a strategic location
                         bus/train 15     15              bus/train           identified in the Core Strategy   400m of town       800m of town        Site could involve
                         minutes or       minutes         under15             as requiring 20% of its energy    or                 or                  loss of G1-2
                         greater          or greater      minutes             supply from on-site renewable     neighbourhood      neighbourhood       agricultural land
                         regularity       regularity      regularity          or low carbon sources             centre             centre              or allotments

Morton Palms                                                (all)
                                             (Small
Faverdale          0                      corner of
Industrial Area                           site)             (nearly all)
Yarm Road                   (Small part      (Half of        (nearly all
Industrial Area          of site)         site)           site)
Yarm Road          0                        (Tiny            (Small part of
South Extension                           part of site)   site)
Yarm Road                                                    (Small corner
North Extension                                           of site)
Drinkfield
Cleveland Street           (half site)
Albert Hill                (all)
McMullen Road              (1/3 site)       (all)
West
                                                                                                                 (as crow flies)
Faverdale                                                    (S fringe of
                   /                                                                                                                  (small part of
Reserve                                                   site)
                                                                                                                                   site)
Faverdale East                                               (W fringe of
Business Park      /                                      site)
Airport North
Airport
Extension
Heighington
Lane North




                                                                                   117
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010


Employment Sites Objective 9: Ensure the Borough is prepared for climate change, increase resilience through adaptation and
reduce greenhouse gas emissions
                                                                600m from       300m from       Site is in a strategic location
                                           300m from            bus/train 15    bus/train       identified in the Core Strategy
                                           bus/train 15         minutes or      under15         as requiring 20% of its energy    400m of town or     800m of town or
                                           minutes or           greater         minutes         supply from on-site renewable     neighbourhood       neighbourhood
                                           greater regularity   regularity      regularity      or low-carbon sources             centre              centre

Morton Palms                                                                      (all)
                                                                   (Small
                                      0                         corner of          (nearly
Faverdale Industrial Area                                       site)           all)
                                              (Small part of       (Half of        (nearly
Yarm Road Industrial Area                  site)                site)           all site)

                                      0                            (Tiny part      (Small
Yarm Road South Extension                                       of site)        part of site)
                                                                                   (Small
                                                                                corner of
Yarm Road North Extension                                                       site)
Drinkfield
Cleveland Street                             (half site)          (all)
Albert Hill                                  (all)
McMullen Road West                           (1/3 site)           (all)                                                             (as crow flies)
Faverdale Reserve                                                                  (S fringe
                                      /                                                                                                                  (small part of
                                                                                of site)
                                                                                                                                                      site)
Faverdale East Business Park                                                       (W fringe
                                      /                                         of site)
Airport North
Airport Extension
Heighington Lane North




                                                                                    118
                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Employment Sites Objective 10: Protect and improve the quality of land and soil and ensure land and soil is used in a sustainable
and innovative manner


                                  Town and
                                  local centre
                                  sites, Town                       Site could involve loss of G1-2 agricultural land,
                                  Centre Fringe   Brownfield        allotments                                           Land contamination comments in ELR

Morton Palms                                                                                                             Risk unknown
Faverdale Industrial                                                                                                     Likely contamination due to past industrial
Area                                                                                                                     uses
Yarm Road Industrial                                                                                                     Likely contamination due to past industrial
Area                                                                                                                     uses
Yarm Road South
Extension                                                                                                                Risk unknown; potential for made ground
Yarm Road North
Extension                                                                                                                Risk unknown
Drinkfield                                          (with respect
                                                  to available
                                                  land)                                                                  Likely heavy contamination due to past uses
Cleveland Street
                                                                                                                         Likely contamination due to past industrial
                                                                                                                         uses
Albert Hill
                                                                                                                         Likely contamination due to past industrial
                                                                                                                         uses
McMullen Road West
                                                                                                                         Likely contamination due to past industrial
                                                                                                                         uses
Faverdale Reserve
                                                                                                                         Potential contamination due to past uses
Faverdale East
                                                                                                                         Likely contamination due to past industrial
Business Park
                                                                                                                         uses
Airport North                                                                                                            Potential contamination due to past uses
Airport Extension                                                                                                        Risk unknown; likely made ground
Heighington Lane
North
                                                                                                                         Risk unknown; potential for made ground




                                                                              119
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Employment Sites Objective 11: Avoid and reduce flood risk

                                               FR Zone 1

        Morton Palms

   Faverdale Industrial Area

  Yarm Road Industrial Area

  Yarm Road South Extension

  Yarm Road North Extension

          Drinkfield

       Cleveland Street

          Albert Hill

     McMullen Road West

                                                   (strip of
      Faverdale Reserve                         FRZ2 through
                                                    site)

 Faverdale East Business Park

         Airport North

       Airport Extension

    Heighington Lane North




                                                                                120
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010


Employment Sites Objective 12: Protect and enhance ground and surface water quality and make efficient use of water
                                           Adjacent to
                                           Watercourse (if
                                           large enough for
                                           buffer then say)

        Morton Palms                 0

   Faverdale Industrial Area         0

  Yarm Road Industrial Area          0

  Yarm Road South Extension          0

  Yarm Road North Extension          0

          Drinkfield                 0
       Cleveland Street                         (very close)
          Albert Hill                           (very close)
     McMullen Road West
      Faverdale Reserve
 Faverdale East Business Park        0
         Airport North               0
       Airport Extension             0
    Heighington Lane North




                                                                                121
                        Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

Employment Sites Objective 13: Maintain, protect and improve air quality
                                                                   300m from          600m from        300m from       Site within   Site could
                                                   800m of town    bus/train 15       bus/train 15     bus/train       400m of a     provide new
                             400m of town or       or              minutes or         minutes or       under15         main          link in
                             neighbourhood         neighbourhood   greater            greater          minutes         employment    pedestrian or
                             centre                centre          regularity         regularity       regularity      site          cycle network   Airport

   Morton Palms                                                                                             (all)

                                                                                             (Small
 Faverdale Industrial                                                                                     (nearly
                        0                                                                 corner of
       Area                                                                                                all)
                                                                                            site)
     Yarm Road                                                       (Small part            (Half of      (nearly
   Industrial Area                                                    of site)              site)        all site)
 Yarm Road South                                                                          (Tiny part       (Small
    Extension           0                                                                 of site)     part of site)
                                                                                                           (Small
  Yarm Road North
                                                                                                        corner of
     Extension
                                                                                                          site)
                                                                                                                         (as crow
      Drinkfield
                                                                                                                          flies)
  Cleveland Street                                                    (half site)             (all)
      Albert Hill                                                        (all)
   McMullen Road
                                 (as crow flies)                      (1/3 site)              (all)
      West
                                                     (small part                                         (S fringe
 Faverdale Reserve      0                             of site)                                           of site)
   Faverdale East                                                                                        (W fringe
   Business Park                                                                                         of site)
    Airport North
  Airport Extension
  Heighington Lane
       North




                                                                                    122
                     Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

Employment Sites Objective 14: Protect and enhance biodiversity and geodiversity and encourage opportunities for habitat creation

                          50m from               250m from           500m from
                          designated wildlife    designated          designated            Does not impact
                          site                   wildlife site       wildlife site         wildlife corridor   500m from GCN site
  Morton Palms       0
    Faverdale
                                 (corner)                (1/3)            (nearly all)                                  (part)
  Industrial Area
    Yarm Road
  Industrial Area    0
                            -Western border
 Yarm Road South
                             is border of                (1/3)              (most)                                     (1/2 site)
    Extension
                              wildlife site
 Yarm Road North
    Extension        0
                                 -Southern
    Drinkfield             border is border of           (2/3)
                               wildlife site
 Cleveland Street            - tiny proportion        (nearly all)                                                     (1/2 site)
    Albert Hill              - tiny proportion        (nearly all)
  McMullen Road
                             - tiny proportion           (1/3)            (nearly all)                                 (1/2 site)
     West
    Faverdale
                                                                         (Small part)                                   (part)
     Reserve
  Faverdale East              (in centre and
                                                         (1/2)                                                          (part)
  Business Park              corner of site)
   Airport North     0                               (Small part)        (Small part)
 Airport Extension   0                               (Small part)        (Small part)
 Heighington Lane
                     0                                                   (Small part)
      North




                                                                                     123
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

Employment Sites Objective 15: Protect, and enhance access to, open spaces, the rights of way network and the green infrastructure
network


                                                 Site would not result in loss or       Site includes registered           Site can provide new link in
                                                 interruption of green corridor               green space                  pedestrian or cycle network



           Morton Palms                 0
     Faverdale Industrial Area          0
    Yarm Road Industrial Area
   Yarm Road South Extension
   Yarm Road North Extension
             Drinkfield                 0
         Cleveland Street               0
             Albert Hill                0
       McMullen Road West               0
        Faverdale Reserve
  Faverdale East Business Park
           Airport North                0
         Airport Extension              0
     Heighington Lane North             0
Employment Sites Objective 16: Promote sustainable waste and mineral management, including the reduction, reuse, recycling and
recovery of waste and mineral resources
The only indicator used for this objective was whether sites were expected to sterilise mineral resources. Since none of the listed sites are located over mineral resources, all
sites were rated with a positive mark for this objective.




                                                                                       124
                        Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010

Employment Sites Objective 17: Promote traffic reduction and encourage more sustainable alternative forms of transport

                                                                     300m from        600m from       300m from
                                                     800m of town    bus/train 15     bus/train       bus/train                             Site can provide
                               400m of town or       or              minutes or       15 minutes      under15           Site within 400m    new link in
                               neighbourhood         neighbourhood   greater          or greater      minutes           of a main           pedestrian or
                               centre                centre          regularity       regularity      regularity        employment site     cycle network
   Morton Palms                                                                                              (all)
                                                                                          (Small
 Faverdale Industrial
                        0                                                              corner of         (nearly all)
       Area
                                                                                         site)
     Yarm Road                                                         (Small part       (Half of         (nearly all
   Industrial Area                                                      of site)         site)              site)
 Yarm Road South                                                                           (Tiny         (Small part
    Extension           0                                                             part of site)       of site)
  Yarm Road North                                                                                         (Small
     Extension                                                                                        corner of site)
      Drinkfield                                                                                                          (as crow flies)
  Cleveland Street                                                      (half site)        (all)
      Albert Hill                                                          (all)
   McMullen Road
                                   (as crow flies)                      (1/3 site)         (all)
      West
                                                       (small part                                       (S fringe of
 Faverdale Reserve      0                               of site)                                           site)
   Faverdale East                                                                                        (W fringe of
   Business Park                                                                                           site)
    Airport North

  Airport Extension

  Heighington Lane
       North




                                                                               125
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
    Employment Sites Objective 18: Preserve and enhance Darlington’s distinctive and valuable historic environment, landscape
    character and settlements and increase engagement in cultural activities
                                                                                                         Site is
                                                                                                         currently used
                                                                                                         or would be
                                 Site includes heritage                                      Within      used for                                               Archae-
                                 asset (listed building,   Within 50m      Within 250m       500m of     cultural or                                            ology
                                 CA and/or scheduled       of heritage     of heritage       heritage    community                                              comments
                                 ancient monument)         asset           asset             asset       facilities       Landscape comments from ELR           from ELR   PDL
                                                                                               (Small
     Morton Palms
                                                                                               part)
Faverdale Industrial Area
Yarm Road Industrial Area                                    (tiny part)    (Small part)        (half)
                                                                                                                          The site would be prominent from
    Yarm Road South
                                                             (tiny part)    (Small part)        (2/3)                     the A66 and would therefore need
       Extension
                                                                                                                           to be of a high quality of design.
                                                                                                                          The site would be prominent from
    Yarm Road North                                                                                                         the A66 and Eastern Transport
       Extension            /                                                                                                Corridor so a high standard of
                                                                                                                               design would be required.

        Drinkfield          0                                                                                                                                              (availab
                                                                                                                                                                           le land)
    Cleveland Street        0                                               (Small part)        (2/3)
       Albert Hill          0                                               (Small part)        (2/3)
                                                                                               (nearly
  McMullen Road West        0                                               (Small part)
                                                                                                all)
                                                                                                                          The site would be prominent from
                                                                                                                          the A1 (M) and the A68 so would
   Faverdale Reserve
                                                                                                                            need to be a high standard of
                                                                                                                                       design.
Faverdale East Business                                                                        (Small
                                                                             (tiny part)
         Park                                                                                  part)
     Airport North          0
    Airport Extension
 Heighington Lane North     0




                                                                                       126
                        Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Employment Sites Objective 19 & 20: To achieve ambitious, sustainable levels of economic growth
                                                  300m from            600m from            300m from          Site within    No of jobs to be
                               Within 500m of     bus/train 15         bus/train 15         bus/train          400m of a      potentially provided   Location in eight
                               main road          minutes or greater   minutes or greater   under15 minutes    main employ-   (gross)- where         lowest income
                               network            regularity           regularity           regularity         ment site      available              wards

   Morton Palms                                                                                    (all)                              2800

 Faverdale Industrial                                                    (Small corner of
                                                                                               (nearly all)                            763
       Area                                                                 site)
     Yarm Road                                       (Small part of                             (nearly all
                                     0.75                                  (Half of site)                                             1501
   Industrial Area                                      site)                                     site)
 Yarm Road South                                                           (Tiny part of      (Small part of
                                  Nearly all                                                                                          6276
    Extension                                                                 site)              site)
  Yarm Road North                                                                             (Small corner
     Extension          /                                                                       of site)
                                                                                                                  (as crow
      Drinkfield        /             (1/4)                                                                                            791
                                                                                                                   flies)

  Cleveland Street                    (1/3)            (half site)             (all)

      Albert Hill                     (1/2)               (all)

   McMullen Road
                                                        (1/3 site)             (all)                                                  1289
      West
                                                                                               (S fringe of
 Faverdale Reserve      /          (small part)                                                                                       1440
                                                                                                 site)
   Faverdale East                                                                              (W fringe of
                        /                                                                                                             7930
   Business Park                                                                                 site)

    Airport North       /             0.5                                                                                              806

  Airport Extension     /
  Heighington Lane
       North            /




                                                                                127
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
      Housing Sites Objective 1: Attract, encourage and make provision for young people and families within the Borough, whilst catering
      for an ageing population

                                         300m       600m
                                       from         from                                                                                                      Site would
                           1000m of    bus/train    bus/train    300m from                                                                                    not cause
                            public     15           15           bus/train     400m of town     800m of town                                   Area of high   loss of
                            access     minutes or   minutes      under15       or               or               Site suitable for special     affordable     community
                            sports     greater      or greater   minutes       neighbourhood    neighbourhood    care/affordable/family        housing        facility or
Attract and Provide         facility   regularity   regularity   regularity    centre           centre           housing (SHLAA)               need           green space
Green Street Motors                                                                                              Sheltered/affordable/family
                                           (half
     Ward Bros                                                                                                   Sheltered/affordable/family
                                         site)
  Hopetown Park                                                                                                       Affordable/family
                                                                    (most of                       (S end of
  Whessoe Road         0                                                                                              Affordable/family
                                                                     site)                      housing site)
                                           (half
 Eastbourne School                                                                                               Sheltered/affordable/family
                                         site)
 Darlington Timber
                       /                                                                                            Sheltered/affordable
      Supplies
                                                                                                                                                   (Acute
Woodburn Nurseries     /                                                                                                                          need)
  Blackett Road        /
Darlington Memorial
                                                                                                                 Sheltered/affordable/family
      Hospital
    Albert Road                                                                                                  Sheltered/affordable/family
     Feethams                                                                                                                ?
 Former Springfield
  School (residual)                                                              - just about                                ?
 Former Eastbourne
 Nursery, Bank Top                                                                                                           ?
Land at Southampton
       Street                                                                                                                ?
                                                                                                  - (very edge
Land to the south of                                                                              of TC just
   Bowes Court,                                                                                 about within                 ?
  Haughton Road                                                                                 this distance
                                                                                                from edge of
                                                                                                     site)




                                                                                  128
                             Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
  Cattle Mart and car
  park, Clifton Road /                                                                                                                ?
       Park Lane
 North of Eastmount                             (edges
                                                                                                                          Sheltered/affordable/family
          Road                                 of site)
 Land at Stag House                               (half                                                    (northern
                                                                           (2/3)                                          Sheltered/affordable/family
      Farm, 24ha                                site)                                                    half of site)
   Land E of Newton
  Lane, W of Edward                                                       (most of                         (northern
                         0                     (corner)       (1/3)                                                       Sheltered/affordable/family
  Pease Way (12 or                                                         site)                         half of site)
          40ha)
   Land N of Rotary
   Way (10ha), W of                                                       (most of          (small
                                               (corner)       (1/4)                                                       Sheltered/affordable/family
 Edward Pease Way                                                          site)      portion of site)
         (30ha)
 Land to the north of
                                                  (half
  the eastern end of     0                                                                                                Sheltered/affordable/family
    Coombe Drive.                               site)
   Land north of the
                                                               (half
  Eastern Transport                                                                                                       Sheltered/affordable/family
        Corridor.                                            site)
Land extending along
 the northern side of                                          (half
                                                                                                                          Sheltered/affordable/family
the Eastern Transport                                        site)
        Corridor.



       Housing Sites Objective 2: Reduce inequalities for the most deprived and disadvantaged

                                               300m
                                               from
                                               bus/train
                                               15           600m from    300m from    400m of                       Site suitable      In area of
                             1000m of          minutes      bus/train    bus/train    town or       800m of         for special        high
                             public            or           15 minutes   under15      neighbou      town or         care/              affordable       Site would not cause
                             access            greater      or greater   minutes      rhood         neighbourho     affordable         housing          loss of community
                             sports facility   regularity   regularity   regularity   centre        od centre       (SHLAA)            need             facility or green space
       Green Street                                                                                                     Sheltered/
         Motors                                                                                                         affordable
                                                    (half                                                               Sheltered/
        Ward Bros
                                                  site)                                                                 affordable




                                                                                         129
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
  Hopetown Park        0                                                                                   Affordable
                                                                    (most of                (S end of
  Whessoe Road         0                                                                                   Affordable
                                                                     site)               housing site)
                                             (half
Eastbourne School                                                                                            Sheltered/ affordable
                                           site)

 Darlington Timber                                                                                         Sheltered/
      Supplies                                                                                             affordable

    Woodburn                                                                                                                   (Acute
    Nurseries                                                                                                                 need)

  Blackett Road
                       /

  Darlington                                                                                               Sheltered/
Memorial Hospital                                                                                          affordable

                                                                                                           Sheltered/
    Albert Road
                                                                                                           affordable
    Feethams
Former Springfield                                                              - just
 School (residual)                                                             about!
Former Eastbourne
Nursery, Bank Top
     Land at
   Southampton
      Street
                                                                                              - (very
                                                                                          edge of TC
Land to the south of                                                                       just about
   Bowes Court,                                                                            within this
  Haughton Road                                                                             distance
                                                                                         from edge of
                                                                                              site)
Cattle Mart and car
park, Clifton Road /
     Park Lane
North of Eastmount                                                                                       Sheltered/afford
       Road                              (edges of                                                             able




                                                                                130
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                            site)

Land at Stag House                            (half                                                  (northern     Sheltered/afford
                                                                              (2/3)
   Farm, 24ha                               site)                                                  half of site)         able
                              - part of
                            larger site
Land E of Newton           would be too
Lane, W of Edward            far from                                    (most of                    (northern     Sheltered/afford
                       0      sports                    (1/3)
Pease Way (12 or                           (corner)                       site)                    half of site)         able
      40ha)                  facilities
                               (until
                             Mowden
                           RFC is built)
 Land N of Rotary
                                                                                         (small
 Way (10ha), W of                                                        (most of
                                                        (1/4)                         portion of        Sheltered/affordable
Edward Pease Way                           (corner)                       site)
      (30ha)                                                                            site)

Land to the north of
                                              (half
 the eastern end of                                                                                           Sheltered/affordable
   Coombe Drive.                            site)

Land north of the
Eastern Transport      0                                        (half site)                                   Sheltered/affordable
    Corridor.

  Land extending               - part of
along the northern         site would be
                       0    too far from                        (half site)                                   Sheltered/affordable
side of the Eastern
Transport Corridor.            sports
                              facilities




                                                                                        131
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Housing Sites Objective 3: Enhance community identity and create an empowered and
engaged Borough-wide community of town, villages and countryside that values diversity
and cares for others


                                               800m of                                                       Site would not
                                               town or                                                       cause loss of
                         400m of town or       neighbour       Site suitable for special   In area of high   community
                         neighbourhood         hood            care/affordable             affordable        facility or green
                         centre                centre          (SHLAA)                     housing need      space
 Green Street
                                                                 Sheltered/affordable
   Motors
  Ward Bros                                                      Sheltered/affordable
   Hopetown
                                                                      Affordable
     Park
                                                   (S end
   Whessoe
                   0                           of housing             Affordable
    Road
                                                  site)
  Eastbourne
                   0                                                       Sheltered/affordable
     School
   Darlington
     Timber        /                                             Sheltered/affordable
    Supplies
   Woodburn
   Nurseries       /                                                                          (Acute need)
 Blackett Road
   Darlington
   Memorial        /                                             Sheltered/affordable
    Hospital
  Albert Road                                                    Sheltered/affordable
   Feethams
     Former
   Springfield
      School                  - just about!
    (residual)
     Former
   Eastbourne
 Nursery, Bank
       Top
     Land at
 Southampton
      Street
   Land to the
     south of
                                                 - (very edge of TC just about within
 Bowes Court,
                                                   this distance from edge of site)
    Haughton
       Road
   Cattle Mart
 and car park,
 Clifton Road /    0
   Park Lane
     North of
   Eastmount                                                     Sheltered/affordable
       Road
 Land at Stag
 House Farm,                                    (northern        Sheltered/affordable                         Greenfield site
       24ha                                    half of site)
    Land E of
 Newton Lane,
 W of Edward                                    (northern        Sheltered/affordable                         Greenfield site
   Pease Way                                   half of site)
  (12 or 40ha)




                                                      132
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Land N of
   Rotary Way
  (10ha), W of     0             (small portion of site)             Sheltered/affordable                 Greenfield site
 Edward Pease
   Way (30ha)
   Land to the
   north of the
 eastern end of                                                      Sheltered/affordable                 Greenfield site
     Coombe
      Drive.
 Land north of
   the Eastern
                                                                     Sheltered/affordable                 Greenfield site
    Transport
     Corridor.
      Land
    extending
    along the
  northern side                                                      Sheltered/affordable                 Greenfield site
 of the Eastern
    Transport
     Corridor.



Housing Sites Objective 4: Raise aspirations and improve educational attainment and
access to qualifications and skills in all of the community through lifelong learning

                                                                              600m
                                                                 300m from    from
                                                                 bus/train    bus/train     300m from
                                                                 15           15            bus/train
                                              4.8km of           minutes or   minutes       under15
                          3.2km of            secondary          greater      or greater    minutes
                          primary school      school             regularity   regularity    regularity
 Green Street
   Motors
                                                                      (half
  Ward Bros
                                                                    site)
   Hopetown
      Park
   Whessoe                                                                                     (most of
      Road          0                                                                           site)
  Eastbourne                                                          (half
     School                                                         site)
   Darlington
     Timber
    Supplies
   Woodburn
   Nurseries        0
 Blackett Road
   Darlington
   Memorial
    Hospital
  Albert Road
   Feethams
    Former
  Springfield
     School
   (residual)
    Former
  Eastbourne
 Nursery, Bank
      Top




                                                           133
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



      Land at
 Southampton
       Street
   Land to the
     south of
 Bowes Court,
    Haughton
       Road
   Cattle Mart
  and car park,
 Clifton Road /
    Park Lane
     North of
                                                            (edges
    Eastmount
       Road                                                of site)
  Land at Stag
                                                               (half
  House Farm,                                                                               (2/3)
       24ha                                                  site)
    Land E of
 Newton Lane,
                                                                                          (most of
  W of Edward       0                                       (corner)      (1/3)
   Pease Way                                                                               site)
  (12 or 40ha)
    Land N of
   Rotary Way
                                                                                          (most of
  (10ha), W of      0                                       (corner)      (1/4)
 Edward Pease                                                                              site)
   Way (30ha)
   Land to the
   north of the
                                                               (half
 eastern end of
     Coombe                                                  site)
       Drive.
 Land north of
   the Eastern
                    0                                                             (half site)
    Transport
     Corridor.
       Land
    extending
     along the
  northern side     0                                                             (half site)
 of the Eastern
    Transport
     Corridor.




                                                     134
                    Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Housing Sites Objective 5: Provide a choice and mix of affordably accessible, good quality and well designed sustainable housing

                                                                                                                                Site is in a
                                                                                                                                 strategic
                                                                                                                                   location
                                                                                                                                 identified
                                                                                                                                     in the
                                                                                                                                      Core
                                                                                                                                  Strategy
                                                                                                                                       as
                                                                                                                                 requiring
                                                                                                                                20% of its
                                                                                                                                    energy
                                                        300m         600m                                                           supply
                                                        from         from                                                         from on-
                                            Area of     bus/train    bus/train    300m from                                           site
                    Site suitable for         high      15           15           bus/train     400m of town    800m of town    renewable        Priority
                    special                affordable   minutes      minutes or   under15       or              or                  or low       housing
                    care/affordable         housing     or greater   greater      minutes       neighbourhood   neighbourhood       carbon     investment
                    (SHLAA)                   need      regularity   regularity   regularity    centre          centre            sources         area
 Green Street
                    Sheltered/affordable
   Motors
                                                             (half
  Ward Bros         Sheltered/affordable
                                                           site)
  Hopetown
                         Affordable
    Park
  Whessoe                                                                            (most of                      (S end of
                         Affordable                                                                                                               (part)
    Road                                                                              site)                     housing site)
 Eastbourne                                                  (half
                    Sheltered/affordable
   School                                                  site)
 Darlington
   Timber       /   Sheltered/affordable
  Supplies
  Woodburn                                    (Acute
  Nurseries                                  need)
   Blackett
    Road        /
  Darlington
  Memorial          Sheltered/affordable
   Hospital




                                                                              135
                    Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Albert Road         Sheltered/affordable
 Feethams
  Former
Springfield
   School                                                                                    - just about
 (residual)
  Former
Eastbourne
  Nursery,
 Bank Top
  Land at
Southampton
   Street
 Land to the                                                                                                   - (very edge
   south of                                                                                                    of TC just
    Bowes                                                                                                     about within
    Court,                                                                                                   this distance
  Haughton                                                                                                   from edge of
     Road                                                                                                         site)
 Cattle Mart
and car park,
Clifton Road
 / Park Lane
   North of
                                                       (edges
  Eastmount         Sheltered/affordable
     Road                                             of site)
Land at Stag
                                                         (half                                                  (northern
House Farm,               Sheltered/affordable                                     (2/3)
     24ha                                              site)                                                  half of site)
  Land E of
   Newton
 Lane, W of                                                                       (most of                      (northern
                0         Sheltered/affordable                      (1/3)
   Edward                                            (corner)                      site)                      half of site)
 Pease Way
(12 or 40ha)
  Land N of
 Rotary Way
(10ha), W of                                                                      (most of
                          Sheltered/affordable                      (1/4)                        (small portion of site)
   Edward                                            (corner)                      site)
 Pease Way
    (30ha)




                                                                            136
                    Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Land to the
north of the
                                                         (half
eastern end     0   Sheltered/affordable
of Coombe                                              site)
   Drive.
Land north of
 the Eastern
                0   Sheltered/affordable                                 (half site)
  Transport
   Corridor.
    Land
  extending
  along the
northern side
                0   Sheltered/affordable                                 (half site)
    of the
   Eastern
  Transport
   Corridor.




                                                                         137
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Housing Sites Objective 6: Improve community safety, reduce crime and anti-social
behaviour and improve public confidence

                           No problems
                           with traffic      HSE
                           safety in         safety
                           SHLAA             zones
 Green Street
                                OK
   Motors
                             Significant       Gas
                               access         holder-
  Ward Bros
                           improvements        outer
                              required         zone
 Hopetown
                                OK
    Park
  Whessoe                    Junction improvements
    Road                         likely required
 Eastbourne
   School          0
 Darlington
   Timber                       OK
  Supplies
                               Significant highway
  Woodburn
                              improvements likely
  Nurseries
                                     required
   Blackett
                                OK
    Road
  Darlington
  Memorial                      OK
   Hospital
 Albert Road                    OK
  Feethams                      OK
     Former
   Springfield
      School       ?
    (residual)
     Former
  Eastbourne
     Nursery,      ?
   Bank Top
     Land at
 Southampton       ?
      Street
  Land to the
     south of
      Bowes
      Court,       ?
   Haughton
       Road
  Cattle Mart
 and car park,
 Clifton Road      ?
  / Park Lane
                                              Gas
   North of                   Access
                                             holder-
  Eastmount                improvements
                                             middle
    Road                     required
                                              zone
 Land at Stag                 Access improvements
 House Farm,       0        required. Some impact on
     24ha                             SRN.
   Land E of
    Newton                 Major implications, difficult
  Lane, W of                       to resolve
    Edward



                                                           138
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  Pease Way
 (12 or 40ha)


   Land N of
  Rotary Way
 (10ha), W of
                   0          Some impact on SRN
    Edward
  Pease Way
     (30ha)
  Land to the
  north of the                                  HSE
                               Major
  eastern end      0                           middle
                            implications
  of Coombe                                    zone
     Drive.
 Land north of
                                                HSE
  the Eastern                  Major
                   0                           middle
   Transport                implications
                                               zone
    Corridor.

     Land
  extending
   along the
                                                HSE
 northern side                 Major
                   0                           middle
     of the                 implications
                                               zone
    Eastern
  Transport
   Corridor.




Housing Sites Objective 7: Improve the health and well-being of all by reducing health
inequalities and promoting healthier lifestyles

                         1000m of     300m from
                         public       bus/train 15
                         access       minutes or         600m from bus/train 15                                 Within
                         sports       greater            minutes or greater       300m from bus/train          400m of
                         facility     regularity         regularity               under15 minutes regularity     GP
 Green Street
   Motors
  Ward Bros                                (half site)
   Hopetown
     Park
   Whessoe
                                                                                          (most of site)
     Road
  Eastbourne
                                           (half site)
    School
   Darlington
     Timber
    Supplies
   Woodburn
   Nurseries       0
 Blackett Road
   Darlington
   Memorial
    Hospital
  Albert Road
   Feethams
    Former
  Springfield
     School
   (residual)



                                                         139
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



     Former
  Eastbourne
 Nursery, Bank
       Top
     Land at
 Southampton
      Street
  Land to the
    south of
 Bowes Court,
   Haughton
      Road
  Cattle Mart
 and car park,
 Clifton Road /
  Park Lane
    North of
                                         (edges of
  Eastmount        0
      Road                                site)
 Land at Stag
 House Farm,       0                     (half site)                                      (2/3)
      24ha
                            - part of
                          larger site
   Land E of               would be
 Newton Lane,            too far from
 W of Edward                sports        (corner)                (1/3)               (most of site)
  Pease Way                facilities
 (12 or 40ha)                (until
                           Mowden
                            RFC is
                             built)
    Land N of
   Rotary Way
  (10ha), W of                            (corner)                (1/4)               (most of site)
 Edward Pease
   Way (30ha)
   Land to the
   north of the
 eastern end of                          (half site)
     Coombe
      Drive.
 Land north of
   the Eastern
                   0                                    (half site)
    Transport
     Corridor.
      Land
    extending               - part of
    along the             site would
  northern side           be too far                    (half site)
 of the Eastern          from sports
    Transport              facilities
     Corridor.




                                                       140
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Housing Sites Objective 8: Contribute to One Planet Living

                                                                               Site is in a
                                                                               strategic
                                                                               location
                                                                               identified in the
                                                                               Core Strategy
                                                    600m                       as requiring
                        Site could     300m from    from                       20% of its
                        involve loss   bus/train    bus/train    300m from     energy supply
                        of G1-2        15           15           bus/train     from on-site        400m of town     800m of town
                        agricultural   minutes or   minutes      under15       renewable or        or               or
                        land,          greater      or greater   minutes       low carbon          neighbourhood    neighbourhood
                        allotments     regularity   regularity   regularity    sources             centre           centre

 Green Street
   Motors

                                            (half
  Ward Bros      0                        site)
  Hopetown
    Park
  Whessoe                                                           (most of                                           (S end of
   Road                                                              site)                                          housing site)
 Eastbourne                                 (half
   School        0                        site)
  Darlington
   Timber
  Supplies
  Woodburn
  Nurseries
   Blackett
    Road
  Darlington
  Memorial       0
   Hospital

 Albert Road

  Feethams

   Former
  Springfield
    School       0                                                                                   - just about
  (residual)

   Former
 Eastbourne
  Nursery,
  Bank Top

   Land at
 Southampton
    Street
  Land to the                                                                                                         - (very edge
    south of                                                                                                           of TC just
     Bowes                                                                                                            about within
     Court,      0                                                                                                   this distance
   Haughton                                                                                                          from edge of
     Road                                                                                                                 site)




                                                     141
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




  Cattle Mart
 and car park,
 Clifton Road
  / Park Lane


   North of
                                         (edges
  Eastmount
    Road                                of site)


 Land at Stag
                                            (half                                                                   (northern
 House Farm,     0                                                  (2/3)
    24ha                                  site)                                                                   half of site)



   Land E of
    Newton
  Lane, W of                                                      (most of                                          (northern
                                                       (1/3)
    Edward                              (corner)                   site)                                          half of site)
  Pease Way
 (12 or 40ha)



   Land N of
 Rotary Way
 (10ha), W of                                                     (most of                           (small
                 0                                     (1/4)
    Edward                              (corner)                   site)                       portion of site)
  Pease Way
    (30ha)



 Land to the
 north of the
                                            (half
 eastern end     0
 of Coombe                                site)
    Drive.


 Land north of
  the Eastern                                           (half
   Transport                                          site)
    Corridor.


     Land
  extending
   along the
 northern side                                          (half
     of the                                           site)
    Eastern
  Transport
   Corridor.




Housing Sites Objective 9: Ensure the Borough is prepared for climate change, increase
resilience through adaptation and reduce greenhouse gas emissions




                                                     142
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                                                              Site is in a strategic
                                                                 300m         location identified in the
                             300m from        600m from          from         Core Strategy as
                             bus/train 15     bus/train 15       bus/train    requiring 20% of its                              800m of town
                             minutes or       minutes or         under15      energy supply from on-       400m of town or      or
                             greater          greater            minutes      site renewable or low        neighbourhood        neighbourhood
                             regularity       regularity         regularity   carbon sources               centre               centre
 Green Street Motors
     Ward Bros          0         (half)
   Hopetown Park

   Whessoe Road                                                                                                                       (S end)
                                                                  (most)
 Eastbourne School      0         (half)
  Darlington Timber
       Supplies
 Woodburn Nurseries
   Blackett Road
 Darlington Memorial
       Hospital         0
     Albert Road
       Feethams
  Former Springfield
   School (residual)    0                                                                                      - just about
 Former Eastbourne
 Nursery, Bank Top
        Land at
 Southampton Street
 Land to the south of
     Bowes Court,       0
    Haughton Road
 Cattle Mart and car
 park, Clifton Road /
      Park Lane
 North of Eastmount             (edges
         Road                  of site)
 Land at Stag House                                                                                                                 (northern
                        0       (half site)                          (2/3)
      Farm, 24ha                                                                                                                  half of site)
  Land E of Newton
 Lane, W of Edward                                                  (most                                                           (northern
                                (corner)           (1/3)
  Pease Way (12 or                                                of site)                                                        half of site)
         40ha)
   Land N of Rotary
   Way (10ha), W of                                                 (most
                        0       (corner)           (1/4)                                                           (small portion of site)
 Edward Pease Way                                                 of site)
        (30ha)
 Land to the north of
  the eastern end of    0       (half site)
    Coombe Drive.
   Land north of the
  Eastern Transport                              (half site)
       Corridor.
    Land extending
  along the northern
                                                 (half site)
 side of the Eastern
 Transport Corridor.




                                                           143
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Housing Sites Objective 10: Protect and improve the quality of land and soil and
ensure land and soil is used in a sustainable and innovative manner

                                               Town and                          Site could
                                               local centre                      involve loss of
                                               sites, including                  G1-2 agricultural
                                               TCF                Brownfield     land, allotments     Contaminated land
        Green Street Motors                                                                                  High risk
             Ward Bros                                                                                        High risk
           Hopetown Park                                                                                      High risk
           Whessoe Road                                                                                       High risk
         Eastbourne School               0                              (part)                                 Low risk
     Darlington Timber Supplies          0                                                                     Low risk
        Woodburn Nurseries                                                                                      Likely
           Blackett Road                 3                                                                    High risk
    Darlington Memorial Hospital         0                                                                     Low risk
             Albert Road                                                                                      High risk
              Feethams                                                                                        High risk
 Former Springfield School (residual)
  Former Eastbourne Nursery, Bank
                 Top
     Land at Southampton Street          0
  Land to the south of Bowes Court,
           Haughton Road
   Cattle Mart and car park, Clifton
                                                                                                                Likely
          Road / Park Lane
      North of Eastmount Road                                                                                Medium risk
                                                                                                       No former industrial use
   Land at Stag House Farm, 24ha
                                                                                                        on site; nearby landfill
    Land E of Newton Lane, W of
                                                                                                               Low risk
   Edward Pease Way (12 or 40ha)
 Land N of Rotary Way (10ha), W of
     Edward Pease Way (30ha)
 Land to the north of the eastern end
                                                                                                               Low risk
          of Coombe Drive.
 Land north of the Eastern Transport
                                                                                                               Low risk
               Corridor.
  Land extending along the northern
    side of the Eastern Transport                                                                              Low risk
               Corridor.



Housing Sites Objective 11: Avoid and reduce flood risk


                                                                                                     Flood Risk Zone 1
                             Green Street Motors                                                            (part)

                                   Ward Bros

                                Hopetown Park
                                Whessoe Road
                              Eastbourne School
                          Darlington Timber Supplies
                             Woodburn Nurseries
                                 Blackett Road
                         Darlington Memorial Hospital



                                                          144
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                 Albert Road                                                                     (part)
                                  Feethams                                                                 (minority in FRZ2)
                     Former Springfield School (residual)
                    Former Eastbourne Nursery, Bank Top
                         Land at Southampton Street                                                        (corner in FRZ2)
              Land to the south of Bowes Court, Haughton Road
              Cattle Mart and car park, Clifton Road / Park Lane
                          North of Eastmount Road
                      Land at Stag House Farm, 24ha
        Land E of Newton Lane, W of Edward Pease Way (12 or 40ha)
                                                                                             (strip of FRZ2 through Rotary Way part of
        Land N of Rotary Way (10ha), W of Edward Pease Way (30ha)
                                                                                                                 site)
            Land to the north of the eastern end of Coombe Drive.                           (majority of site in FRZ2; borders on FRZ3)
                Land north of the Eastern Transport Corridor.
  Land extending along the northern side of the Eastern Transport Corridor.


Housing Sites Objective 12: Protect and enhance ground and surface water quality
and make efficient use of water


                                                                          Adjacent to Watercourse                 Contaminated land
 Green Street Motors                                                          (Large enough for buffer)           High risk
 Ward Bros                                                                                                        High risk
 Hopetown Park                                                                                                    High risk
 Whessoe Road                                                                  (Large enough for buffer)          High risk
 Eastbourne School                                                                                                Low risk
 Darlington Timber Supplies                                                                                       Low risk
 Woodburn Nurseries
 Blackett Road                                                                                                    High risk
 Darlington Memorial Hospital                                                                                     Low risk
 Albert Road                                                                 (Large enough for buffer)            High risk
 Feethams                                                                    (Large enough for buffer if
                                                                          v.high density employed on
                                                                          remainder of site.)                     High risk
 Former Springfield School (residual)
 Former Eastbourne Nursery, Bank Top
 Land at Southampton Street
 Land to the south of Bowes Court, Haughton Road
 Cattle Mart and car park, Clifton Road / Park Lane
 North of Eastmount Road                                                                                          Medium risk
 Land at Stag House Farm, 24ha                                                                                    No former industrial use
                                                                    0                                             on site; nearby landfill
 Land E of Newton Lane, W of Edward Pease Way (12 or 40ha)
                                                                                                                  Low risk
 Land N of Rotary Way (10ha), W of Edward Pease Way (30ha)
 Land to the north of the eastern end of Coombe Drive.                                                            Low risk
 Land north of the Eastern Transport Corridor.                                                                    Low risk
 Land extending along the northern side of the Eastern
 Transport Corridor.                                                                                              Low risk




                                                         145
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
       Housing Sites Objective 13: Maintain, protect and improve air quality

                                                600m from      300m from                                         Site within   Site within
                           300m from            bus/train 15   bus/train      400m of town                       400m of a     800m of a                            Points
                           bus/train 15         minutes or     under15        or              800m of town or    main          main            Positive transport   raised by
                           minutes or           greater        minutes        neighbourhood   neighbourhood      employme      employment      comments in          EH in
                           greater regularity   regularity     regularity     centre          centre             nt site       site            SHLAA                SHLAA
Green Street Motors                                                                                                                            OK
Ward Bros                                                                                                                                      Significant
                                                                                                                                               access
                       0                                                                                                                       improvements
                              (half site)                                                                                                      required
Hopetown Park                                                                                                                                  OK
Whessoe Road                                                                                                        (in                        Junction
                       0                                           (most of                     (S end of        practical                     improvements
                                                               site)                          housing site)      terms)                        likely required
Eastbourne School             (half site)
Darlington Timber
Supplies                                                                                                                                       OK
Woodburn Nurseries                                                                                                                             Significant
                                                                                                                                               highway
                                                                                                                                               improvements
                                                                                                                                               likely required
Blackett Road                                                                                                                                  OK
Darlington Memorial
Hospital                                                                                                                                       OK
Albert Road                                                                                                                                    OK
Feethams
                                                                                                                                               OK
Former Springfield
School (residual)      0                                                       - just about
Former Eastbourne
Nursery, Bank Top                                                                                                                (currently)
Land at Southampton
Street
Land to the south of                                                                             - (very edge
Bowes Court,                                                                                  of TC just about
Haughton Road          0                                                                      within this
                                                                                              distance from
                                                                                              edge of site)




                                                                                 146
                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Cattle Mart and car
park, Clifton Road /
Park Lane
North of Eastmount
Road                                                                                                                                               Access
                        0                                                                                                                          improvements
                             (edges of site)                                                                                                       required
Land at Stag House                                                                                                                    (the
Farm, 24ha                                                                                                                         future          Access
                        0                                                                                                          strategic       improvements
                                                                                                   (northern half                  reserve at      required. Some
                             (half site)                        (2/3)                           of site)                           Faverdale)      impact on SRN.
Land E of Newton                                                                                                                                   Major
Lane, W of Edward                                                                                                                                  implications,
Pease Way (12 or                                                 (most of                          (northern half      (the future strategic       difficult to
40ha)                        (corner)          (1/3)         site)                              of site)            reserve at Faverdale)          resolve
Land N of Rotary                                                                                                       (the
Way (10ha), W of                                                                                                    future
Edward Pease Way                                                                                                    strategic
(30ha)                                                           (most of                                           reserve at                     Some impact on
                             (corner)          (1/4)         site)              (small portion of site)             Faverdale)                     SRN
Land to the north of
the eastern end of      /                                                                                                             (Lingfield   Major
Coombe Drive.                (half site)                                                                                           Point)          implications
Land north of the
Eastern Transport       /                                                                                           (Lingfield        (Lingfield   Major
Corridor.                                      (half site)                                                          Point)         Point)          implications
Land extending along
the northern side of
the Eastern Transport   /                                                                                                                          Major
Corridor.                                      (half site)                                                                                         implications




                                                                                 147
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Housing Sites Objective 14: Protect and enhance biodiversity and geodiversity and
encourage opportunities for habitat creation

                                                             250m from
                                            50m from         designate    500m from
                                            designated       d wildlife   designated      Does not impact wildlife   500m from GCN
                                            wildlife site    site         wildlife site   corridor                   site
 Green Street Motors                          - Small
                                       0    part of site
 Ward Bros                                    - Small                                                                   (Small corner
                                            part of site                                    railway embankment       of site)
 Hopetown Park

 Whessoe Road                                  -Tiny
                                            corners            (2/3)
 Eastbourne School
 Darlington Timber Supplies
 Woodburn Nurseries                            (Most)
 Blackett Road                                                  -Tiny
                                                             corners
 Darlington Memorial Hospital
 Albert Road                                                                                - Skerne- but much
                                                               (part)                     scope for improvement.
 Feethams                                                                                   - Skerne- but much
                                       0                                                  scope for improvement.
 Former Springfield School
 (residual)
 Former Eastbourne Nursery, Bank
 Top
 Land at Southampton Street            0
 Land to the south of Bowes Court,
 Haughton Road
 Cattle Mart and car park, Clifton
 Road / Park Lane                      0
 North of Eastmount Road               0                       (most)
 Land at Stag House Farm, 24ha         0
 Land E of Newton Lane, W of
 Edward Pease Way (12 or 40ha)         0
 Land N of Rotary Way (10ha), W                                                                                        (north of
 of Edward Pease Way (30ha)                                                                                          Rotary Way)
 Land to the north of the eastern
 end of Coombe Drive.                                                                      - Skerne
 Land north of the Eastern
 Transport Corridor.                   0
 Land extending along the northern
 side of the Eastern Transport         0
 Corridor.




                                                       148
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




Housing Sites Objective 15: Protect, and enhance access to, open spaces, the rights
of way network and the green infrastructure network

                                            Site would not result     Site does not destroy    Site can provide new link
                                            in loss or interruption   other registered green   in pedestrian or cycle
                                            of green corridor         space                    network
 Green Street Motors                        Adjacent to GC
 Ward Bros
 Hopetown Park                       0
 Whessoe Road                        0
 Eastbourne School
 Darlington Timber Supplies          0
 Woodburn Nurseries                  0
 Blackett Road                       /
 Darlington Memorial Hospital        0
 Albert Road                                Adjacent to GC
 Feethams
 Former Springfield School
 (residual)                          0
 Former Eastbourne Nursery, Bank
 Top                                 0
 Land at Southampton Street          0
 Land to the south of Bowes Court,
 Haughton Road
 Cattle Mart and car park, Clifton
 Road / Park Lane                    0
 North of Eastmount Road             0
 Land at Stag House Farm, 24ha              Adjacent to long
                                            stretch of GC
 Land E of Newton Lane, W of
 Edward Pease Way (12 or 40ha)              Adjacent to GC
 Land N of Rotary Way (10ha), W
 of Edward Pease Way (30ha)                 Adjacent to GC
 Land to the north of the eastern           Adjacent to long
 end of Coombe Drive.                       stretch of GC
 Land north of the Eastern                  Adjacent to long
 Transport Corridor.                        stretch of GC
 Land extending along the northern
 side of the Eastern Transport              Adjacent to long
 Corridor.                                  stretch of GC



Housing Sites Objective 16: Promote sustainable waste and mineral management,
including the reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery of waste and mineral
resources

                                                                         No sterilisation of mineral resources
 Green Street Motors
 Ward Bros
 Hopetown Park




                                                      149
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Whessoe Road
 Eastbourne School
 Darlington Timber Supplies
 Woodburn Nurseries
 Blackett Road
 Darlington Memorial Hospital
 Albert Road
 Feethams
 Former Springfield School (residual)
 Former Eastbourne Nursery, Bank Top
 Land at Southampton Street
 Land to the south of Bowes Court, Haughton Road
 Cattle Mart and car park, Clifton Road / Park Lane
 North of Eastmount Road
 Land at Stag House Farm, 24ha                                                (Limestone; whole site)
 Land E of Newton Lane, W of Edward Pease Way (12 or 40ha)                    (Limestone; whole site)
 Land N of Rotary Way (10ha), W of Edward Pease Way (30ha)                    (Limestone; most of site)
 Land to the north of the eastern end of Coombe Drive.
 Land north of the Eastern Transport Corridor.
 Land extending along the northern side of the Eastern
 Transport Corridor.



Housing Sites Objective 17: Promote traffic reduction and encourage more sustainable
alternative forms of transport


                                            600m
                                300m        from
                                from        bus/tr
                                bus/trai    ain 15                400m
                                n 15        minute                of town
                                minutes     s or     300m from    or        800m of      Site within      Site within
                                or          greate   bus/train    neighb    town or      400m of a        800m of a     Positive
                                greater     r        under15      ourhoo    neighbour    main             main          transport
                                regulari    regula   minutes      d         hood         employment       employment    comments in
                                ty          rity     regularity   centre    centre       site             site          SHLAA
 Green Street Motors
                                                                                                                        OK
 Ward Bros                                                                                                              Significant
                                                                                                                        access
                          0         (half                                                                               improvements
                                site)                                                                                   required
 Hopetown Park
                                                                                                                        OK
 Whessoe Road                                                                   (S end      (in                         Junction
                          0                             (most               of housing   practical                      improvements
                                                     of site)               site)        terms)                         likely required
 Eastbourne School                  (half
                                site)
 Darlington Timber
 Supplies                                                                                                               OK
 Woodburn                                                                                                               Significant
 Nurseries                                                                                                              highway
                                                                                                                        improvements
                                                                                                                        likely required




                                                         150
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Blackett Road                                                                                                              OK
 Darlington Memorial
 Hospital                                                                                                                   OK
 Albert Road                                                                                                                OK
 Feethams
                                                                                                                            OK
 Former Springfield                                                                                           ( as
 School (residual)                                                                                        the crow
                                                                                                          flies, but
                        0                                                                                 much further
                                                                    - just                                on the
                                                                  about!                                  ground)
 Former Eastbourne                                                                                            (currently,
 Nursery, Bank Top                                                                                        though TCF
                                                                                                          and CP both
                                                                                                          within this
                                                                                                          distance)
 Land at
 Southampton Street
 Land to the south of                                                           - (very
 Bowes Court,
                                                                             edge of TC
 Haughton Road
                                                                             just about
                        0                                                    within this
                                                                             distance
                                                                             from edge
                                                                             of site)
 Cattle Mart and car
 park, Clifton Road /
 Park Lane
 North of Eastmount                                                                                                         Access
 Road                   0     (edges                                                                                        improvements
                              of site)                                                                                      required
 Land at Stag House                                                                                          (the
 Farm, 24ha                                                                                               future            Access
                        0                                                                                 strategic         improvements
                                  (half                                      (northern                    reserve at        required. Some
                              site)                       (2/3)              half of site)                Faverdale)        impact on SRN.
 Land E of Newton                                                                               (the
 Lane, W of Edward                                                                           future                         Major
 Pease Way (12 or
                                                                             (northern
                                                                                             strategic                      implications,
 40ha)                        (corner                 (most                  half of         reserve at                     difficult to
                              )           (1/3)    of site)                  site)           Faverdale)                     resolve
 Land N of Rotary                                                                               (the
 Way (10ha), W of                                                                            future
 Edward Pease Way                                                                            strategic
 (30ha)                                               (most           (small portion of      reserve at                     Some impact on
                              (corner)    (1/4)    of site)       site)                      Faverdale)                     SRN
 Land to the north of
 the eastern end of     /         (half                                                                      (Lingfield     Major
 Coombe Drive.                site)                                                                       Point)            implications
 Land north of the
 Eastern Transport      /                                                                    (Lingfield      (Lingfield     Major
 Corridor.                                  (half site)                                      Point)       Point)            implications
 Land extending
 along the northern
 side of the Eastern    /                                                                                                   Major
 Transport Corridor.                        (half site)                                                                     implications




                                                            151
                    Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Housing sites Objective 18: Preserve and enhance Darlington’s distinctive and valuable historic environment,
landscape character and settlements and increase engagement in cultural activities

                       Site
                       includes
                       heritage
                       asset
                       (listed
                       building,                                  Withi
                       CA                                         n
                       and/or                          Within     500m
                       schedule                        250m       of
                       d ancient                       of         herita
                       monume      Within 50m of       heritag    ge       Landscape comments
                       nt)         heritage asset      e asset    asset    from SHLAA           Archaeology comments from SHLAA
                                        (small part;
                                   latest SAM audit
                                   identifies access
                                   improvements at                                                 No archaeological constraints at this site. NB: abuts the
Green Street
               (+/-)                and around the                                              Scheduled Ancient Monument of Skerne Bridge (DU87). Also be
  Motors
                                     Skerne Bridge                                                      aware that was the site of Gas works from c.
                                     as a potential
                                    improvement to
                                       the SAM)
                                                                                                  Potential to contain industrial archaeological remains. Lies on
                                                                                                the site of former South Durham Iron Works, foundry and wagon
                                                                                                    works. Cartographic data shows numerous railway sidings,
                                                                                                buildings and other associated features. Route of original S&DR
                                                                                                 within the southern boundary was in use until 1970's. Some of
 Ward Bros      0                                        (1/4)
                                                                                                  the remaining buildings on the site may be originals in re-use.
                                                                                                       Site requires full archaeological assessment prior to
                                                                                                  determination. Mitigation may be required (building recording,
                                                                                                    evaluation trenching) prior to determination but this will be
                                                                                                               dependant on results of assessment.
 Hopetown
                                                                                                            No archaeological constraints at this site
   Park
                                                                                                    Previously occupied by Rise Carr Rolling Mills. Potential to
                                                                                                 contain industrial archaeology remains. Must be assessed prior
  Whessoe                                                                                        to detemination of any application to determine potential for any
                                                          (2/3)
   Road                                                                                         archaeological remains associated with development of railways.
                                                                                                Further evaluation may be required pre-determination depending
                                                                                                      on results of assessment. Mitigation of impacts can be




                                                                             152
                    Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                                            conditioned.
                                                                                                   No archaeological constraints within the school buildings
Eastbourne
                                                                                                 footprint. Playing fields may be another matter if they were to
  School
                                                                                                                         become included.
 Darlington
  Timber                                                                                                       No archaeological constraints at this site
 Supplies
 Woodburn
                                                                                                              No archaeological implications to this site.
 Nurseries
  Blackett                                                (tiny
                                                                                                   Previously used as a brick works. No archaeological constraints
   Road                                                portion)
 Darlington
 Memorial       0                         (half)                                                              No archaeological implications to this site.
  Hospital
Albert Road    (+/-)                      (half)                                                               No archaeological constraints at this site.
                                       (small part).
                                    CAA for Town                                                    Town centre site. High potential for archaeological remains of
                                   Centre identifies                                                    many periods. Recently been subject to archaeological
                                      Feethams                                                            assessment and some monitoring works. Requires
 Feethams                          development as                                                  archaeological mitigation strategy depending on results of above
                                   an opportunity to                                                (results not yet seen by DCC Archaeology).Further evaluation
                                      improve a                                                         may be required depending on proposed development.
                                     current weak
                                   point of the CA.
  Former
 Springfield
                                                                                                               No archaeological constraints at this site
   School
 (residual)
   Former
 Eastbourne
                                                                                                               No archaeological constraints at this site
  Nursery,
  Bank Top
   Land at
Southampton     0                         (half)                                                               No archaeological constraints at this site
    Street
 Land to the                                                                                            This area straddles the route of the original Stockton &
   south of                                                                                              Darlington Railway. It must have archaeological pre-
    Bowes                                                                                           determination assessment and potentially evaluation to assess
    Court,                                                                                          the significance of any potential heritage assets which exist or
  Haughton                                                                                          may exist below ground in this area. Important early Industrial
    Road                                                                                                             heritage has potential to exist




                                                                            153
                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
 Cattle Mart
and car park,
Clifton Road
 / Park Lane
  North of
 Eastmount                                                                                               No archaeological constraints at this site.
   Road                                          (half)

                                                                                                  The site is within DCC Archaeology's requirements for pre-
                                                                                                determination assessment and evaluation. There are currently
                                                                   There would be loss of
Land at Stag                                                                                       (2009) no recorded archaeological remains within the site
                                                                    countryside with its
House Farm,                                               (small                                  boundaries, however there has been little/no archaeological
                                                                    visual and amenity
   24ha                                                    part)                                 investigation in this part of the borough. A scheduled ancient
                                                                         benefits.
                                                                                                monument (SAM 28547) Archdeacon Newton DMV lies on the
                                                                                                               west side of the A1 256m to the NW.
                                                                                                    This site meets DCC Archaeology requirements for pre-
                                                                   There would be loss of
  Land E of                                                                                   determination archaeological assessment and evaluation as per
                                                                     countryside with its
   Newton                                                                                          PPG16. It is a large greenfield site under arable. Iron Age
                                                                     visual and amenity
 Lane, W of                                                                                     settlement activity (an enclosure) was recorded at West Park
                                                          (small   benefits. This would be
   Edward                                                                                     Hospital site. Faverdale Romano-British Settlement is little over
                                                           part)   particularly negative in
 Pease Way                                                                                            1km to the NE. It therefore has potential to contain
                                                                    view of the very large
(12 or 40ha)                                                                                     archaeological deposits which must be thoroughly assessed
                                                                       size of the site.
                                                                                                       prior to determination of any planning permission.
  Land N of                                                                                      Disagree with Conservation Comments! This site is of HIGH
Rotary Way                                                                                      archaeological potential following on from the archaeological
(10ha), W of                                                                                       remains found on the Argos Depot site. Must require pre-
                                                          (tiny
   Edward                                                                                       application assessment and evaluation in order to assess the
                                                          part)
 Pease Way                                                                                      archaeological implications and risk to both developer and to
   (30ha)                                                                                                         inform the planning authority.
                                                                                                    This site meets DCC Archaeology requirements for pre-
                                                                                              determination archaeological assessment and evaluation as per
                                                                                                PPG16. It is a large greenfield site partially under pasture and
                                                                   There would be loss of
                                                                                                arable. There are recorded potential archaeological cropmark
Land to the                                                          countryside with its
                                                                                                sites within the boundaries recorded on the HER database. It
north of the                                                         visual and amenity
                                                                                                  contains a Scheduled Ancient Monument (SM 34848; PRN
eastern end                                                        benefits. This would be
                                                                                              6689) as well as several potential archaeological cropmark sites
of Coombe                                                          particularly negative in
                                                                                                  which may date to the Iron Age. It therefore has potential to
   Drive.                                                           view of the very large
                                                                                                   contain archaeological deposits which must be thoroughly
                                                                       size of the site.
                                                                                              assessed prior to determination of any planning permission. NB
                                                                                               the SAM is within the SHLAA site but well outside any of those
                                                                                                                    identified in this document




                                                                      154
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                                          This site meets DCC Archaeology requirements for pre-
                                                                                                      determination archaeological assessment and evaluation as per
                                                                             There would be loss of
                                                                                                       PPG16. It is a large greenfield site partially under pasture and
                                                                              countryside with its
       Land north of                                                                                   arable. There are recorded potential archaeological cropmark
                                                                              visual and amenity
        the Eastern                                                                                    sites within the boundaries recorded on the HER database. It
                                                                            benefits. This would be
         Transport                                                                                      contains a Scheduled Ancient Monument (SM 34848; PRN
                                                                             particularly negative in
          Corridor.                                                                                   6689) as well as several potential archaeological cropmark sites
                                                                             view of the very large
                                                                                                        which may date to the Iron Age. It therefore has potential to
                                                                                 size of the site.
                                                                                                         contain archaeological deposits which must be thoroughly
                                                                                                        assessed prior to determination of any planning permission.
                                                                                                          This site meets DCC Archaeology requirements for pre-
           Land                                                                                       determination archaeological assessment and evaluation as per
                                                                             There would be loss of
        extending                                                                                      PPG16. It is a large greenfield site partially under pasture and
                                                                              countryside with its
         along the                                                                                     arable. There are recorded potential archaeological cropmark
                                                                              visual and amenity
       northern side                                                                                   sites within the boundaries recorded on the HER database. It
                                                                            benefits. This would be
           of the                                                                                       contains a Scheduled Ancient Monument (SM 34848; PRN
                                                                             particularly negative in
          Eastern                                                                                     6689) as well as several potential archaeological cropmark sites
                                                                             view of the very large
        Transport                                                                                       which may date to the Iron Age. It therefore has potential to
                                                                                 size of the site.
         Corridor.                                                                                       contain archaeological deposits which must be thoroughly
                                                                                                        assessed prior to determination of any planning permission.



      Housing Sites Objective 19: To achieve ambitious, sustainable levels of economic growth & Objective 20: Increase
      employment levels and access to sustainable and high quality employment opportunities


                           300m
                           from
                           bus/train                                                                                       Site
                           15           600m from    300m from    400m of      800m of       Site within     Site within   suitable                   Site occupies
                           minutes      bus/train    bus/train    town or      town or       400m of a       800m of a     for          Site does     employment
                           or           15 minutes   under15      neighbour-   neighbour-    main            main          affordable   not occupy    land but this is
                           greater      or greater   minutes      hood         hood          employment      employment    housing      employment    okayed in
                           regularity   regularity   regularity   centre       centre        site            site          (SHLAA)      land          ELR.
 Green Street
   Motors              4
                               (half
  Ward Bros            4     site)
Hopetown Park          4
                                                       (most of                     (S end         (in
Whessoe Road           2                                site)                   of housing     practical




                                                                                   155
                               Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                                   site)        terms)
                                   (half
Eastbourne School       4        site)
 Darlington Timber
      Supplies         (+/-)
     Woodburn
      Nurseries         2
  Blackett Road         4
Darlington Memorial
      Hospital          4
    Albert Road         4
    Feethams            4
                                                                                                                  ( as
                                                                                                              the crow
Former Springfield                                                     - just                                 flies, but
 School (residual)      4                                             about                                      much
                                                                                                             further on
                                                                                                            the ground)
                                                                                                               (currently,
Former Eastbourne                                                                                           though TCF
Nursery, Bank Top       4                                                                                   and CP both
                                                                                                             within this
                                                                                                              distance)
     Land at
Southampton Street      4
                                                                                    - (very
                                                                                edge of TC
Land to the south of                                                             just about
   Bowes Court,         4                                                        within this
  Haughton Road                                                                   distance
                                                                                from edge
                                                                                   of site)
Cattle Mart and car
park, Clifton Road /    4
     Park Lane
North of Eastmount
       Road             4       (edges
                                of site)
Land at Stag House                 (half                                                                          (the
                        4                                  (2/3)
   Farm, 24ha                    site)                                           (northern                     future




                                                                                    156
                           Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
                                                                            half of site)                  strategic
                                                                                                          reserve at
                                                                                                          Faverdale)
 Land E of Newton                                                                           (the future
Lane, W of Edward                                   (most of                               strategic
 Pease Way (12 or      4    (corner)
                                           (1/3)
                                                     site)
                                                                             (northern
                                                                                          reserve at
        40ha)                                                               half of site)
                                                                                          Faverdale)
  Land N of Rotary                                                                          (the future
                                                                   (small
  Way (10ha), W of                                  (most of                               strategic
Edward Pease Way       4    (corner)
                                           (1/4)
                                                     site)
                                                                portion of
                                                                                          reserve at
       (30ha)                                                     site)
                                                                                          Faverdale)
Land to the north of
                               (half
 the eastern end of    4
   Coombe Drive.             site)
  Land north of the
                                           (half                                             (Lingfield    (Lingfield
 Eastern Transport     4
      Corridor.                          site)                                               Point)        Point)
   Land extending
 along the northern                        (half
side of the Eastern    4                 site)
Transport Corridor.




                                                                                157
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Mixed use sites Objective 1: Attract, encourage and make provision for young people and
families within the Borough, whilst catering for an ageing population

                                                                                                                         600m
                                                                                                                         from
                                                                                                                         bus/train       300m         1000m
                           No of jobs                                                                                    15              from         of
                           to be          400m of town    800m of town                                                   minutes         bus/train    public
                           potentially    or              or                                                             or              under15      access
                           provided       neighbourhood   neighbourhood           300m from bus/train 15 minutes         greater         minutes      sports
                           (gross)        centre          centre                  or greater regularity                  regularity      regularity   facility

 Feethams                      880                                                                  (all)

  Lingfield                                                       (as crow                                                     (nearly
                               839                                                             (1/3 site)
    Point                                                         flies)                                                        all)
  Central
                                                                                             (Most of site)                     (all)
    Park
  Blackett
    Road          /             50                                                                  (all)
   Morton
    Park          0            121                                                                                                           (all)    FALSE


Mixed use sites Objective 2: Reduce inequalities for the most deprived and disadvantaged

                                                                                       600m
                           No of                                                       from
                           jobs to                                                     bus/train      300m          1000m
                           be            400m of                    300m from          15             from          of
                           potentiall    town or    800m of         bus/train 15       minutes        bus/train     public        In area    Bottom 8
                           y             neighbou   town or         minutes or         or             under15       access        of high    wards for
                           provided      rhood      neighbourh      greater            greater        minutes       sports        housing    income
                           (gross)       centre     ood centre      regularity         regularity     regularity    facility      need       indicators
 Feethams                     880                                         (all)
  Lingfield                                             (as                              (nearly
                              839                                       (1/3 site)
    Point                                           crow flies)                           all)
  Central                                                               (Most of
                                                                                           (all)
   Park                                                                  site)
  Blackett
                               50                                         (all)
   Road
                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                   Acute
  Morton
   Park
                              121                                                                           (all)   FALSE         (Adjace
                                                                                                                                    nt to
                                                                                                                                  FALSE)




                                                                  158
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Mixed use sites Objective 3: Enhance community identity and create an empowered and
engaged Borough-wide community of town, villages and countryside that values diversity
and cares for others

                                                                                                              Site will
                                                                                                              provide
                            400m of town                                 Site is not controversial e.g        new social    In area of
                            or                                           involving or causing loss of         or            high
                            neighbourhood     800m of town or            social facilities, residential       community     housing
                            centre            neighbourhood centre       amenity or green infrastructure      services      need
                                                                               Car park- but should be
 Feethams
                                                                                  compensated for
 Lingfield
                                                     (as crow flies)
   Point
 Central
   Park           /                                                              Public open space

 Blackett
  Road            /                                                              Public open space

                                                                                                                              - Acute
  Morton                                                                                                                    (Adjacent
   Park           /                                                                                                             to
                                                                                                                             FALSE)



Mixed use sites Objective 4: Raise aspirations and improve educational attainment
and access to qualifications and skills in all of the community through lifelong
learning

                                                                                                         600m from         300m from
                        Development would                                                                bus/train 15      bus/train
                        provide training or study,   3.2km of      4.8km of     300m from bus/train      minutes or        under15
                        ie be an education           primary       secondary    15 minutes or            greater           minutes
                        related development.         school        school       greater regularity       regularity        regularity
 Feethams                                                                                 (all)
  Lingfield
                                                                                       (1/3 site)           (nearly all)
    Point
  Central
                                                                                     (Most of site)            (all)
    Park
  Blackett
                                                                                         (all)
    Road
   Morton
                                                                                                                               (all)
    Park




                                                             159
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




Mixed use sites Objective 5: Provide a choice and mix of affordably accessible, good
quality and well designed sustainable housing

                                     Site would                                   300m
                                     support                                      from
                                     renewable                                    bus/train
                                     energy                                       15                 600m from            300m from
                                     project        400m of      800m of          minutes            bus/train 15         bus/train
                                     also to be     town or      town or          or                 minutes or           under15
                                     used by        neighbourh   neighbourho      greater            greater              minutes
                                     dwellings.     ood centre   od centre        regularity         regularity           regularity
 Feethams                                                                                (all)

 Lingfield                                                             (as crow          (1/3              (nearly
   Point             /                                                 flies)          site)                all)
 Central
  Park
                                                                                        (Most
                                                                                      of site)
                                                                                                              (all)
 Blackett
  Road               /                                                                   (all)
 Morton
  Park
                                                                                                                                     (all)




Mixed use sites Objective 6: Improve community safety, reduce crime and anti-social
behaviour and improve public confidence

                                                  No problems with traffic safety identified in ELR
    Feethams                        0 
  Lingfield Point                   0 
   Central Park                     0 
  Blackett Road                     0 
   Morton Park                      0 


Mixed use sites Objective 7: Improve the health and well-being of all by reducing
health inequalities and promoting healthier lifestyles

                                                                                          300m from              600m from               300m from
                                     Site does not                                        bus/train 15           bus/train 15            bus/train
                                     destroy public       1000m of           Within       minutes or             minutes or              under15
                                     open space or        public access      400m         greater                greater                 minutes
                                     sports facilities    sports facility    of GP        regularity             regularity              regularity
     Feethams                                                                                   (all)
   Lingfield Point            /                                              FALSE               (1/3 site)           (nearly all)
                                                                                                 (Most of
    Central Park                                                             (Small
                                                                                                  site)
                                                                                                                         (all)
                                                                              part)
   Blackett Road                           FALSE                             FALSE                 (all)
    Morton Park                                               FALSE          FALSE               FALSE                FALSE                  (all)




                                                                 160
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Mixed use sites Objective 8: Contribute to One Planet Living

                                                                                   Site is in a
                                                                                   strategic
                                                                                   location
                                                                                   identified
                                                                                   in the
                                                                                   Core
                                                                                   Strategy
                                                                                   as                                                       SITE
                                                                                   requiring                                                COULD
                                                                                   20% of its                                               INVOLVE
                                                        600m                       energy                                                   LOSS OF
                                                        from                       supply                                                   Site could
                                                        bus/train    300m          from on-                                                 involve
                                                        15           from          site                                                     loss of G1-
                                                        minutes      bus/train     renewable      400m of town                              2
                               300m from bus/train      or           under15       or low         or                                        agricultural
                               15 minutes or greater    greater      minutes       carbon         neighbourhood   800m of town or           land,
                               regularity               regularity   regularity    sources        centre          neighbourhood centre      allotments
 Feethams                                 (all)
  Lingfield                                               (nearly
    Point         0                   (1/3 site)
                                                           all)
                                                                                     FALSE           FALSE                (as crow flies)
  Central
    Park
                                    (Most of site)          (all)                                    FALSE
  Blackett
    Road          /                      (all)                                       FALSE           FALSE                  FALSE
   Morton
    Park
                                      FALSE              FALSE             (all)     FALSE           FALSE                  FALSE




Mixed use sites Objective 9: Ensure the Borough is prepared for climate change,
increase resilience through adaptation and reduce greenhouse gas emissions



                                                       600m
                                                       from                        Site is in a strategic
                                                       bus/train     300m          location identified in
                                     300m from         15            from          the Core Strategy as
                                     bus/train 15      minutes       bus/train     requiring 20% of its      400m of       800m of town
                                     minutes or        or            under15       energy supply from        town or       or
                                     greater           greater       minutes       on-site renewable or      neighbourh    neighbourhood
                                     regularity        regularity    regularity    low carbon sources        ood centre    centre
 Feethams                                   (all)
  Lingfield                                              (nearly                                                                (as crow
    Point              /                 (1/3 site)
                                                          all)
                                                                                           FALSE              FALSE
                                                                                                                                 flies)
  Central                                 (Most of
    Park
                                          site)
                                                           (all)                                              FALSE
  Blackett
    Road               0                    (all)                                          FALSE              FALSE             FALSE
   Morton
    Park
                                         FALSE          FALSE            (all)             FALSE              FALSE             FALSE




                                                                     161
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Mixed use sites Objective 10: Protect and improve the quality of land and soil and
ensure land and soil is used in a sustainable and innovative manner

                               Town and local
                               centre sites,                                  Site could involve loss of G1-2             Contaminated
                               including TCF           Brownfield             agricultural land, allotments               land
 Feethams                                                                                                                     High risk
  Lingfield
    Point           0 
  Central
    Park
                                                               (half)
  Blackett
    Road            /                                          (half)                                                         High risk
   Morton
    Park
                      


Mixed use sites Objective 11: Avoid and reduce flood risk

                                                            FR Zone 1
                Feethams                                                   (large portion in FRZ2)
              Lingfield Point
              Central Park
              Blackett Road                                                  (minority in FRZ2)
               Morton Park                          


Mixed use sites Objective 12: Protect and enhance ground and surface water quality
and make efficient use of water

                                                       Adjacent to Watercourse
               Feethams
             Lingfield Point                                               (LEB)
              Central Park                    0 
             Blackett Road                    0 
              Morton Park                                                  (LEB)



Mixed use sites Objective 13: Maintain, protect and improve air quality

                                                                                             300m         Site       Site can
                             400m of   800m of             300m from          600m from      from         within     provide
                             town or   town or             bus/train 15       bus/train      bus/train    400m of    new link in   Positive
                             neighbo   neighbou            minutes or         15 minutes     under15      a main     pedestrian    transport
                             urhood    rhood               greater            or greater     minutes      employm    or cycle      comments in
                             centre    centre              regularity         regularity     regularity   ent site   network       ELR
 Feethams                                                        (all)
                                             (as
 Lingfield                                                                         (nearly
                                         crow                 (1/3 site)
   Point                                                                            all)
                                         flies)
  Central                                                      (Most of             (all)




                                                                           162
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



   Park                                                 site)
 Blackett
  Road             /                                     (all)
 Morton
  Park
                                                                                          (all)




Mixed use sites Objective 14: Protect and enhance biodiversity and geodiversity and
encourage opportunities for habitat creation

                                                                                                  Does
                                                                                                  not
                                 50m from               250m from                500m from        impact     500m
                                 designated wildlife    designated wildlife      designated       wildlife   from GCN
                                 site                   site                     wildlife site    corridor   site        Brownfield
 Feethams
  Lingfield
    Point               0                                       (small corner)        (1/3)
  Central
                                                                                                                (part)       (half)
    Park
  Blackett
                                                                (small corner)                                               (half)
    Road
  Morton
   Park                 0



Mixed use sites Objective 15: Protect, and enhance access to, open spaces, the
rights of way network and the green infrastructure network

                            Site would not      Site does not
                            result in loss or   destroy                Site can provide new
                            interruption of     registered green       link in pedestrian or
                            green corridor      space                  cycle network
 Feethams                
  Lingfield
    Point
                         
  Central
    Park
                         
  Blackett
    Road           /  
  Morton
   Park
                         



Mixed use sites Objective 16: Promote sustainable waste and mineral management,
including the reduction, reuse, recycling and recovery of waste and mineral
resources


                            No sterilisation of mineral resources
  Feethams
   Lingfield




                                                                    163
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Point

 Central Park
   Blackett
    Road
 Morton Park



Mixed use sites Objective 17: Promote traffic reduction and encourage more
sustainable alternative forms of transport

                                                                    600m
                                                                    from
                                                                    bus/train                 Site       Site can
                        400m of                   300m from         15           300m from    within     provide new
                        town or     800m of       bus/train         minutes      bus/train    400m of    link in
                        neighbour   town or       15 minutes        or           under15      a main     pedestrian or
                        hood        neighbourh    or greater        greater      minutes      employm    cycle
                        centre      ood centre    regularity        regularity   regularity   ent site   network
 Feethams                                              (all)
 Lingfield                                (as                         (nearly
                                                    (1/3 site)
   Point                            crow flies)                        all)
 Central                                            (Most of
                                                                        (all)
   Park                                              site)
 Blackett
   Road           /                                   (all)
  Morton
   Park
                                                                                     (all)




                                                              164
                       Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
Mixed use sites Objective 18: Preserve and enhance Darlington’s distinctive and valuable historic environment,
landscape character and settlements and increase engagement in cultural activities



                       Site includes
                       heritage
                       asset (listed                                      Site would
                       building, CA                                       preserve
                       and/or          Within      Within      Within     and enhance
                       scheduled       50m of      250m of     500m of    existing
                       ancient         heritage    heritage    heritage   community     Landscape comments from
                       monument)       asset       asset       asset      facilities    ELR                                Archaeology comments from ELR         Brownfield
                                                                                          Sites detract from the overall
                                                                                          quality of a prominent area of
                                                                                                  the town centre.
                                                                                        Redevelopment would improve
Feethams         /                        (part)
                                                                                           environmental quality of the
                                                                                        immediate and wider area as a
                                                                                          prominent access to the town
                                                                                                       centre.
                                                                                              ...The larger industrial       Has been assessed as part of a
                                                                                            buildings are beyond their      2008 planning application. Site as
                                                                                            economic life and in many        a whole is interesting as a post-
 Lingfield                                                                                   cases area derelict and            war designed factory site.
   Point
                                                                  (1/4)
                                                                                         suffering anti-social behaviour     However only some part require
                                                                                         problems, especially buildings    further building recording works as
                                                                                         fronting the Eastern Transport     part of the proposed development
                                                                                                      Corridor.                       (if approved)…

 Central
                                                                                                                                                                      (half)
  Park                                             (fringes)


 Blackett
                                                                                                                                                                      (half)
  Road


 Morton
  Park




                                                                               165
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Mixed use sites Objective 19: To achieve ambitious, sustainable levels of economic
growth and Objective 20: Increase employment levels and access to sustainable and
high quality employment opportunities

                                                                                        600m
                                                                                        from
                                                                                        bus/train    300m
                                                                                        15           from         Site within     No of jobs
                                                           300m from                    minutes      bus/train    400m of a       to be
                                       Within 500m of      bus/train 15                 or           under15      main            potentially
                                       main road           minutes or                   greater      minutes      employment      provided
                                       network             greater regularity           regularity   regularity   site            (gross)
      Feethams                                                        (all)                                                          880
                                                                                           (nearly
    Lingfield Point                                              (1/3 site)                                                          839
                                                                                            all)
     Central Park                         (small part)          (Most of site)               (all)
    Blackett Road                                                     (all)                                                           50

     Morton Park
                           /                                                                             (all)                       121




Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 1: Attract,
encourage and make provision for young people and families within the Borough,
whilst catering for an ageing population

                                                                                               600m from          300m from
                                                                  300m from                    bus/train 15       bus/train
                                                                  bus/train 15                 minutes or         under15       Adjacent to
                                                                  minutes or greater           greater            minutes       residential
                                                     Value        regularity                   regularity         regularity    areas
            Baydale Beck                              High                                        (tiny part)
  Blackwell Meadows River Corridor                    High                     (most)
        Cocker Beck Valley                            High                     (most)
     Eastern Transport Corridor                       High                    (majority)             (most)                        (small part)
   Green Lane – Skerningham Link              0          Med              (Nearly all)
   Merrybent Community Woodland                          High                                                        (part)
              Mill Lane                                  High             (Nearly all)
        Rear B&Q North Road                              High                (2/3)
          Redhall Wetland                                High
        Skerne Green Corridor                            High                   (1/2)
 Skerningham Community Woodland                          High
 South Burdon Community Woodland                         High




                                                                166
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



   Water Park, Middleton St George             High                                                      (small part)
                                                                               (50%
      Lingfield Point Allotments                            (50% chance)                              Likely to be
                                                                             chance)
      West Cemetery Extension                  High                                                       (minority)
              West Park                        High            (1/3)                          (2/3)
             West Beck                         Med
          Brinkburn Denes                      High
  Former Barnard Castle Trackbed               High            (3/4)
 South Burdon – Middleton St George
                                               High                                           (1/3)       (minority)
              Corridor
          Haughton Bridge                      High                                                       (minority)
             Maidendale                        High            (1/3)
                                                                                             (Small
  West Park – Piercebridge Corridor
                                                                                            part)
                                                                                            (Nearly
        West Park Green Link                   Med
                                                                                             all)
        High Grange Corridor                   High
         West Park Corridor             0      Med          (Small part)
            Tees Corridor                      High                                           (1/3)


         Abbey Junior School
   Alderman Leach Primary School
         Blackwell Meadows                                    (most)
         Branksome School                                     (most)
   Carmel Roman Catholic College
   Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park
              Primary
    Mowden Rugby Football Club
    New Darlington Mowden Rugby                                                              (small
                                                                                                      Likely to be
            Football Club                                                                   part)
    Darlington Rugby Football Club                             (1/3)
      Glebe Road Playing Pitch
    Gurney Pease Primary School                                                                           (minority)
    Heighington CE Primary School
      Heighington Playing Fields                                                                          (minority)
          Hurworth Grange
    Hurworth House Playing Fields                                                                         (minority)
           Hurworth School                                                                                (minority)
            Lingfield Point
           Longfield School                                                                 (most)




                                                      167
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



           McMullen Road                                                                                         (minority)
    Mount Pleasant Primary School
           Springfield Park
         St Aiden’s Academy                                     (most)                                           (minority)
         Tommy Crooks Park


           Dolphin Centre
     Eastbourne Sports Complex                                  (most)                                          (small part)
 Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College




Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 2: Reduce
inequalities for the most deprived and disadvantaged

                                          300m from            600m from
                                          bus/train 15         bus/train 15         300m from            In top eight wards
                                  High    minutes or greater   minutes or greater   bus/train under15    for indicators of ill
                                  value   regularity           regularity           minutes regularity   health
     Baydale Beck             0                                     (tiny part)
  Blackwell Meadows
                                                 (most)                                                           (part)
     River Corridor
  Cocker Beck Valley                             (most)                                                           (part)
   Eastern Transport
                                                (majority)            (most)                                      (part)
        Corridor
     Green Lane –
   Skerningham Link           0                (Nearly all)
 Merrybent Community
       Woodland               0                                                             (part)
       Mill Lane                               (Nearly all)
    Rear B&Q North
                                                  (2/3)
         Road
    Redhall Wetland
     Skerne Green
                                                  (1/2)                                                         (majority)
        Corridor
     Skerningham
 Community Woodland           0
     South Burdon
 Community Woodland           0




                                                       168
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Water Park, Middleton
      St George          0
    Lingfield Point
                                            (50% chance)        (50% chance)                           Adjacent
      Allotments
   West Cemetery
      Extension          0
      West Park                                  (1/3)                                 (2/3)           Adjacent
      West Beck
   Brinkburn Denes
    Former Barnard
                                                 (3/4)                                                    (part)
   Castle Trackbed
    South Burdon –
 Middleton St George                                                                (Small part)
       Corridor
   Haughton Bridge
      Maidendale                                 (1/3)
      West Park –
 Piercebridge Corridor   0                                                          (Small part)
 West Park Green Link    0                                                          (Nearly all)
 High Grange Corridor    0
  West Park Corridor     0                    (Small part)

     Tees Corridor       0                                                             (1/3)



 Abbey Junior School     0
   Alderman Leach
    Primary School       0
 Blackwell Meadows                              (most)
  Branksome School                              (most)
    Carmel Roman
   Catholic College      0
  Coleridge Centre /
 Skerne Park Primary
    Mowden Rugby
     Football Club       0
    New Darlington
    Mowden Rugby         0                                                          (small part)
     Football Club
   Darlington Rugby
                         0                       (1/3)
     Football Club
 Glebe Road Playing
         Pitch
    Gurney Pease
    Primary School
    Heighington CE
    Primary School       0




                                                         169
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  Heighington Playing
         Fields          0
   Hurworth Grange       0
   Hurworth House
    Playing Fields

   Hurworth School       0
    Lingfield Point                                                                                          (adjacent)

   Longfield School      0                                                                   (most)

    McMullen Road
    Mount Pleasant
    Primary School
    Springfield Park
  St Aiden’s Academy                            (most)

 Tommy Crooks Park




   Dolphin Centre
  Eastbourne Sports
                                                (most)
      Complex
 Queen Elizabeth Sixth
    Form College         0


Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 3: Enhance
community identity and create an empowered and engaged Borough-wide
community of town, villages and countryside that values diversity and cares for
others

                                       800m of              300m from       600m from         300m from
                         400m of       town or              bus/train 15    bus/train 15      bus/train    Site used for
                         town or       neighbou             minutes or      minutes or        under15      cultural/
                         neighbour-    r-hood       High    greater         greater           minutes      community
                         hood centre   centre       value   regularity      regularity        regularity   activities
                              (small
 Baydale Beck                             (most)                               (tiny part)
                             part)
   Blackwell
                                           (small
   Meadows                                                       (most)
 River Corridor                           part)
 Cocker Beck
                              (1/3)       (most)                 (most)
     Valley
    Eastern                                                    (majority)        (most)




                                                     170
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



   Transport
    Corridor
 Green Lane –
                                                               (Nearly
 Skerningham                (tiny part)     (2/3)
     Link                                                       all)
  Merrybent
  Community        0                                                                         (part)
  Woodland
                                                               (Nearly
   Mill Lane                                (1/2)
                                                                all)
  Rear B&Q
                                                                (2/3)
  North Road
    Redhall
    Wetland

 Skerne Green                              (
                            (tiny part)   (small                (1/2)
   Corridor
                                           part)
 Skerningham
  Community
   Woodland
 South Burdon
  Community        0
   Woodland
  Water Park,
  Middleton St                (1/2)
    George
 Lingfield Point                                               (50%           (50%
                                           (poss)
   Allotments                                                chance)        chance)
                                                                                                      Would be used
     West
                                           (tiny                                                        as such if
   Cemetery
                                          part)                                                       proposal goes
   Extension
                                                                                                          ahead
   West Park                  (3/4)                             (1/3)                        (2/3)
   West Beck                 (most)
   Brinkburn
                            (tiny part)     (2/3)
     Denes
    Former
 Barnard Castle                             (1/2)               (3/4)
   Trackbed
 South Burdon
 – Middleton St                                                                              (Small
                            (tiny part)     (1/2)
    George                                                                                  part)
    Corridor
   Haughton
     Bridge
                                           (tiny
  Maidendale                                                    (1/3)
                                          part)




                                                     171
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  West Park –
                                                                                             (Small
  Piercebridge     0
    Corridor                                                                                part)
   West Park                                                                                (Nearly
                               (1/2)       (2/3)
   Green Link                                                                                all)
  High Grange
                               (1/3)
    Corridor
   West Park                                                    (Small
    Corridor                                                   part)
 Tees Corridor     0

  Abbey Junior
    School
   Alderman
 Leach Primary
    School
   Blackwell
                                                               (most)
   Meadows
   Branksome
                                                               (most)
     School
 Carmel Roman
    Catholic              (    (small
     College                  part)
    Coleridge
     Centre /
  Skerne Park
     Primary
    Mowden
 Rugby Football
      Club
      New
   Darlington
                          (    (small                                                        (small
    Mowden
 Rugby Football               part)                                                         part)
      Club
   Darlington
 Rugby Football                                                 (1/3)
      Club
  Glebe Road
  Playing Pitch
 Gurney Pease
     Primary
     School
  Heighington
   CE Primary
     School
  Heighington
 Playing Fields




                                                     172
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Hurworth
     Grange
    Hurworth
 House Playing
      Fields
    Hurworth
     School
 Lingfield Point
    Longfield
     School
                                                                                            (most)
   McMullen
      Road
      Mount
    Pleasant
     Primary
     School
   Springfield
      Park
   St Aiden’s                               (
   Academy                                 (small              (most)
                                            part)
    Tommy
  Crooks Park                  (1/3)


 Dolphin Centre
  Eastbourne
     Sports                                                    (most)
    Complex
     Queen
 Elizabeth Sixth                             (1/2)
 Form College



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 4: Raise
aspirations and improve educational attainment and access to qualifications and
skills in all of the community through lifelong learning

                                                                             Sites provide
                                                       Development would     opportunity for
                                                       provide training or   community
                                                       study, ie be an       management,             Site within 250m
                                                       education related     improving skills        of a school (for
                                                       development.          among local people.     GI)
                  Baydale Beck
        Blackwell Meadows River Corridor
              Cocker Beck Valley




                                                     173
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



           Eastern Transport Corridor
        Green Lane – Skerningham Link
        Merrybent Community Woodland
                     Mill Lane
             Rear B&Q North Road
                Redhall Wetland
             Skerne Green Corridor
      Skerningham Community Woodland
      South Burdon Community Woodland
        Water Park, Middleton St George
            Lingfield Point Allotments
           West Cemetery Extension
                    West Park
                    West Beck
                Brinkburn Denes
        Former Barnard Castle Trackbed
  South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor
                Haughton Bridge
                   Maidendale
       West Park – Piercebridge Corridor
              West Park Green Link
              High Grange Corridor
               West Park Corridor
                  Tees Corridor


              Abbey Junior School
        Alderman Leach Primary School
               Blackwell Meadows
               Branksome School
        Carmel Roman Catholic College
     Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
         Mowden Rugby Football Club
  New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club
         Darlington Rugby Football Club
           Glebe Road Playing Pitch
        Gurney Pease Primary School
        Heighington CE Primary School
          Heighington Playing Fields
               Hurworth Grange
        Hurworth House Playing Fields




                                                     174
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



              Hurworth School
                Lingfield Point
              Longfield School
               McMullen Road
        Mount Pleasant Primary School
               Springfield Park
            St Aiden’s Academy
            Tommy Crooks Park


                Dolphin Centre
         Eastbourne Sports Complex
      Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 5: Provide a
choice and mix of affordably accessible, good quality and well designed sustainable
housing

It is not considered that the enhancement of green infrastructure or sports sites has an impact on
housing provision, other than by providing a general uplift to the sustainability and attractiveness of
the borough as measured by ratings against the other sustainability objectives. All green
infrastructure, playing pitch and sports facility sites therefore received a neutral rating against this
objective.

Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 6: Improve
community safety, reduce crime and anti-social behaviour and improve public
confidence

                                                      Site located in ward with high level of violent crime, theft,
                                                      domestic burglary and criminal damage.
                Baydale Beck                    0
      Blackwell Meadows River Corridor                                             (half)
             Cocker Beck Valley                 0
          Eastern Transport Corridor
       Green Lane – Skerningham Link            0
       Merrybent Community Woodland             0
                  Mill Lane                                                        (half)
            Rear B&Q North Road
              Redhall Wetland
            Skerne Green Corridor                                                  (most)




                                                     175
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



      Skerningham Community Woodland            0
     South Burdon Community Woodland            0
       Water Park, Middleton St George          0
          Lingfield Point Allotments
          West Cemetery Extension
                  West Park                     0
                 West Beck                      0
              Brinkburn Denes                                               (small part)
       Former Barnard Castle Trackbed           0
 South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor    0
              Haughton Bridge
                 Maidendale                     0
      West Park – Piercebridge Corridor         0
            West Park Green Link                0
            High Grange Corridor                0
             West Park Corridor                 0
                Tees Corridor                   0

             Abbey Junior School                0
       Alderman Leach Primary School            0
             Blackwell Meadows                  0
             Branksome School                   0
       Carmel Roman Catholic College            0
    Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
         Mowden Rugby Football Club             0
 New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club      0
        Darlington Rugby Football Club          0
          Glebe Road Playing Pitch              0
        Gurney Pease Primary School
        Heighington CE Primary School           0
          Heighington Playing Fields            0
              Hurworth Grange                   0
        Hurworth House Playing Fields           0
               Hurworth School                  0
                Lingfield Point
               Longfield School                 0
               McMullen Road
        Mount Pleasant Primary School           0




                                                     176
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



               Springfield Park                  0
             St Aiden’s Academy
             Tommy Crooks Park                   0

               Dolphin Centre
         Eastbourne Sports Complex
     Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College          0


Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 7: Improve the
health and well-being of all by reducing health inequalities and promoting healthier
lifestyles

                                                     High value site   In top eight wards for indicators of ill health
               Baydale Beck
     Blackwell Meadows River Corridor                                                        (part)
            Cocker Beck Valley                                                               (part)
        Eastern Transport Corridor                                                           (part)
      Green Lane – Skerningham Link
     Merrybent Community Woodland
                  Mill Lane
          Rear B&Q North Road
             Redhall Wetland
          Skerne Green Corridor                                                            (majority)
    Skerningham Community Woodland
    South Burdon Community Woodland
     Water Park, Middleton St George
         Lingfield Point Allotments
         West Cemetery Extension             0
                West Park                                                                 Adjacent
                West Beck                    0
             Brinkburn Denes
     Former Barnard Castle Trackbed                                                          (part)
    South Burdon – Middleton St George
                 Corridor
             Haughton Bridge
                Maidendale
     West Park – Piercebridge Corridor
          West Park Green Link               0
           High Grange Corridor




                                                       177
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



            West Park Corridor               0
              Tees Corridor


           Abbey Junior School
      Alderman Leach Primary School
            Blackwell Meadows
            Branksome School
      Carmel Roman Catholic College
  Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
       Mowden Rugby Football Club
  New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football
                   Club
      Darlington Rugby Football Club
         Glebe Road Playing Pitch
      Gurney Pease Primary School
      Heighington CE Primary School
       Heighington Playing Fields
            Hurworth Grange
      Hurworth House Playing Fields
            Hurworth School
              Lingfield Point                                                      (adjacent)
            Longfield School
             McMullen Road
      Mount Pleasant Primary School
             Springfield Park
           St Aiden’s Academy
           Tommy Crooks Park


              Dolphin Centre
       Eastbourne Sports Complex
    Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College




                                                     178
                                              Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
   Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 8: Contribute to One Planet Living
                                                                                                                  600m
                                                   Allotment    Site contains     Site                            from                           Site can
                                                   sites,       an attractive     contains     300m from          bus/train                      provide       Potential to
                                                   especially   and well-used     pedestrian   bus/train 15       15           300m from         new link in   support more
                                                   those with   pedestrian or     or cycle     minutes or         minutes      bus/train         pedestrian    sustainable
                                                   potential    cycle transport   transport    greater            or greater   under15 minutes   or cycle      energy
                                                   extensions   link              link         regularity         regularity   regularity        network       generation
                                                                                                                       (tiny
               Baydale Beck
                                                                                                                     part)
                                                                       (not
     Blackwell Meadows River Corridor                              PROW;                             (most)
                                                                   leisure)
                                                                       (not
            Cocker Beck Valley                                                                       (most)
                                                                   PROW)
        Eastern Transport Corridor                                                                  (majority)       (most)

      Green Lane – Skerningham Link                                                                (Nearly all)

      Merrybent Community Woodland                                                                                                   (part)
                                                                   (mostly not
                 Mill Lane                                                                         (Nearly all)
                                                                   PROW)
          Rear B&Q North Road                                                                         (2/3)
            Redhall Wetland
          Skerne Green Corridor                                                                       (1/2)
                                                                     (not
    Skerningham Community Woodland
                                                                   PROW)
    South Burdon Community Woodland
     Water Park, Middleton St George
                                                                                                     (50%            (50%
         Lingfield Point Allotments
                                                                                                   chance)         chance)
         West Cemetery Extension              0
                West Park                                                                             (1/3)                           (2/3)
                West Beck
             Brinkburn Denes
      Former Barnard Castle Trackbed                                                                  (3/4)
South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor                                                                                       (Small part)




                                                                                                      179
                                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
             Haughton Bridge
               Maidendale                                                                        (1/3)
     West Park – Piercebridge Corridor      0                                                                              (Small part)
          West Park Green Link                                                                                             (Nearly all)
           High Grange Corridor             0
            West Park Corridor                                                                (Small part)
              Tees Corridor


           Abbey Junior School              0
     Alderman Leach Primary School          0
            Blackwell Meadows                                                                   (most)
            Branksome School                                                                    (most)
      Carmel Roman Catholic College         0
  Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
       Mowden Rugby Football Club           0
New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club   0                                                                             (small part)
      Darlington Rugby Football Club                                                             (1/3)
        Glebe Road Playing Pitch
      Gurney Pease Primary School
      Heighington CE Primary School         0
        Heighington Playing Fields          0
             Hurworth Grange                0
      Hurworth House Playing Fields
             Hurworth School                0
              Lingfield Point
             Longfield School               0                                                                                (most)
             McMullen Road
      Mount Pleasant Primary School
             Springfield Park
          St Aiden’s Academy                                                                    (most)
          Tommy Crooks Park


              Dolphin Centre




                                                                                                 180
                                                Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
          Eastbourne Sports Complex                                                                     (most)
      Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College        0

Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 9: Ensure the Borough is prepared for climate change,
increase resilience through adaptation and reduce greenhouse gas emissions

                                                                       Allotment     Site contains an     Site                                                              Site can
                                                     Sites providing   sites,        attractive and       contains     300m from         600m from                          provide
                                                     trees in urban    especially    well-used            pedestria    bus/train 15      bus/train 15     300m from         new link in
                                                     areas, or large   those with    pedestrian or        n or cycle   minutes or        minutes or       bus/train         pedestrian
                                                     number of         potential     cycle transport      transport    greater           greater          under15 minutes   or cycle
                                                     trees outside.    extensions.   link                 link         regularity        regularity       regularity        network
                 Baydale Beck                                                                                                               (tiny part)
                                                                                         (not PROW;
       Blackwell Meadows River Corridor                                                                                     (most)
                                                                                          leisure)
              Cocker Beck Valley                                                         (not PROW)                         (most)
          Eastern Transport Corridor                                                                                       (majority)         (most)
        Green Lane – Skerningham Link                                                                                     (Nearly all)
        Merrybent Community Woodland                                                                                                                            (part)
                                                                                          (mostly not
                   Mill Lane                                                                                              (Nearly all)
                                                                                          PROW)
            Rear B&Q North Road                                                                                              (2/3)
               Redhall Wetland
            Skerne Green Corridor                                                                                            (1/2)
      Skerningham Community Woodland                                                     (not PROW)
      South Burdon Community Woodland
       Water Park, Middleton St George
                                                                                                                            (50%             (50%
           Lingfield Point Allotments
                                                                                                                          chance)          chance)
           West Cemetery Extension
                  West Park                                                                                                  (1/3)                              (2/3)
                  West Beck
               Brinkburn Denes
        Former Barnard Castle Trackbed                                                                                       (3/4)
  South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor                                                                                                                (Small part)
               Haughton Bridge




                                                                                                         181
                                            Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010
               Maidendale                                                                                          (1/3)
     West Park – Piercebridge Corridor      0                                                                                                  (Small part)
          West Park Green Link                                                                                                                  (Nearly all)
           High Grange Corridor             0
            West Park Corridor                                                                                  (Small part)
             Tees Corridor
           Abbey Junior School              0
     Alderman Leach Primary School          0
            Blackwell Meadows                                                                                     (most)
            Branksome School                                                                                      (most)
      Carmel Roman Catholic College         0
  Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
       Mowden Rugby Football Club           0
New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club   0                                                                                                  (small part)
      Darlington Rugby Football Club                                                                               (1/3)
        Glebe Road Playing Pitch
      Gurney Pease Primary School
      Heighington CE Primary School         0
        Heighington Playing Fields          0
             Hurworth Grange                0
      Hurworth House Playing Fields
             Hurworth School                0
              Lingfield Point
             Longfield School               0                                                                                                     (most)
             McMullen Road
      Mount Pleasant Primary School
             Springfield Park
          St Aiden’s Academy                                                                                      (most)
          Tommy Crooks Park
             Dolphin Centre
       Eastbourne Sports Complex                                                                                  (most)
    Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College      0




                                                                                                 182
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 10: Protect
    and improve the quality of land and soil and ensure land and soil is used in a
    sustainable and innovative manner


                                                                                       Site could involve loss of   Brownfield
                                                                                       G1-2 agricultural land,      (for sports
                                            Current high value                         allotments                   facilities)

              Baydale Beck

         Blackwell Meadows River
                 Corridor
           Cocker Beck Valley
       Eastern Transport Corridor
       Green Lane – Skerningham
                  Link                 0
         Merrybent Community
               Woodland
                Mill Lane
         Rear B&Q North Road
            Redhall Wetland
         Skerne Green Corridor
        Skerningham Community
                Woodland
        South Burdon Community
                Woodland
        Water Park, Middleton St
                  George
        Lingfield Point Allotments                                                          ALLOTMENTS
        West Cemetery Extension
                West Park
                West Beck                                                                   ALLOTMENTS
            Brinkburn Denes
         Former Barnard Castle
                                                                                             (G2- small part)
                 Trackbed
       South Burdon – Middleton St
             George Corridor
            Haughton Bridge
               Maidendale
        West Park – Piercebridge
                                                                                                   (G2)
                 Corridor
          West Park Green Link         0
          High Grange Corridor




                                                     183
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



           West Park Corridor          0
              Tees Corridor


            Abbey Junior School
         Alderman Leach Primary
                   School
            Blackwell Meadows
             Branksome School
         Carmel Roman Catholic
                  College
      Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park
                  Primary
       Mowden Rugby Football Club
      New Darlington Mowden Rugby
               Football Club
      Darlington Rugby Football Club
        Glebe Road Playing Pitch
      Gurney Pease Primary School
      Heighington CE Primary School
        Heighington Playing Fields
              Hurworth Grange
      Hurworth House Playing Fields
              Hurworth School
               Lingfield Point
              Longfield School
              McMullen Road
      Mount Pleasant Primary School
              Springfield Park
            St Aiden’s Academy
            Tommy Crooks Park


             Dolphin Centre
       Eastbourne Sports Complex                                                                                 (part)
       Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form
                College




                                                     184
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 11: Avoid and
reduce flood risk

                                                                   Green space that
                                                                   performs a role in
                                                                   flood prevention or     Green space
                                                                   protection, or may do   including land in
                                                                   in future               Flood Zone 1 or 2
                       Baydale Beck
            Blackwell Meadows River Corridor
                    Cocker Beck Valley
                Eastern Transport Corridor
             Green Lane – Skerningham Link
             Merrybent Community Woodland
                          Mill Lane
                  Rear B&Q North Road
                     Redhall Wetland
                  Skerne Green Corridor
           Skerningham Community Woodland
           South Burdon Community Woodland
             Water Park, Middleton St George
                 Lingfield Point Allotments
                West Cemetery Extension
                         West Park
                         West Beck
                     Brinkburn Denes
             Former Barnard Castle Trackbed
       South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor
                     Haughton Bridge
                        Maidendale
            West Park – Piercebridge Corridor
                   West Park Green Link
                   High Grange Corridor
                    West Park Corridor
                       Tees Corridor


                  Abbey Junior School
             Alderman Leach Primary School
                   Blackwell Meadows
                   Branksome School
             Carmel Roman Catholic College




                                                     185
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



         Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
              Mowden Rugby Football Club
       New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club
             Darlington Rugby Football Club
                Glebe Road Playing Pitch
             Gurney Pease Primary School
             Heighington CE Primary School
               Heighington Playing Fields
                    Hurworth Grange
             Hurworth House Playing Fields
                    Hurworth School
                      Lingfield Point
                    Longfield School
                     McMullen Road
             Mount Pleasant Primary School
                     Springfield Park
                   St Aiden’s Academy
                   Tommy Crooks Park


                      Dolphin Centre                           0
               Eastbourne Sports Complex                       0
           Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College                  0


Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 12: Protect
and enhance ground and surface water quality and make efficient use of water

                                                Green space that forms a buffer
                                                between development, especially      Green space including
                                                potentially polluting development,   wetlands, which may have the
                                                and watercourses.                    capacity to absorb pollution.
            Baydale Beck
  Blackwell Meadows River Corridor
        Cocker Beck Valley
      Eastern Transport Corridor        0
   Green Lane – Skerningham Link        0
   Merrybent Community Woodland
              Mill Lane
        Rear B&Q North Road             0
          Redhall Wetland




                                                       186
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



        Skerne Green Corridor
  Skerningham Community Woodland        0
 South Burdon Community Woodland        0
   Water Park, Middleton St George      0
       Lingfield Point Allotments       0
      West Cemetery Extension           0
              West Park
              West Beck
           Brinkburn Denes
   Former Barnard Castle Trackbed       0
 South Burdon – Middleton St George
              Corridor                  0
          Haughton Bridge
            Maidendale
  West Park – Piercebridge Corridor     0
        West Park Green Link            0
        High Grange Corridor            0
          West Park Corridor
           Tees Corridor


         Abbey Junior School            0
   Alderman Leach Primary School        0
         Blackwell Meadows
         Branksome School
   Carmel Roman Catholic College        0
    Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park
                Primary                 0
     Mowden Rugby Football Club
    New Darlington Mowden Rugby
             Football Club              0
    Darlington Rugby Football Club
      Glebe Road Playing Pitch          0
    Gurney Pease Primary School         0
    Heighington CE Primary School       0
      Heighington Playing Fields        0
           Hurworth Grange              0




                                                     187
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Hurworth House Playing Fields

          Hurworth School                   0
            Lingfield Point                 0
          Longfield School
           McMullen Road                    0
    Mount Pleasant Primary School           0
           Springfield Park                 0
         St Aiden’s Academy                 0
         Tommy Crooks Park                  0

           Dolphin Centre                   0
     Eastbourne Sports Complex              0
 Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College         0


Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 13: Maintain,
protect and improve air quality

                                                                         Green spaces including trees.
                                                                         Especially those buffering polluting
                                                                         land uses, major transport corridors
                                                                         etc.
                           Baydale Beck
                 Blackwell Meadows River Corridor
                       Cocker Beck Valley
                     Eastern Transport Corridor                    0
                  Green Lane – Skerningham Link
                  Merrybent Community Woodland
                             Mill Lane
                       Rear B&Q North Road
                          Redhall Wetland                          0
                      Skerne Green Corridor
                Skerningham Community Woodland
                South Burdon Community Woodland
                 Water Park, Middleton St George                   0
                      Lingfield Point Allotments                   0




                                                     188
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                    West Cemetery Extension
                           West Park
                           West Beck
                        Brinkburn Denes
                 Former Barnard Castle Trackbed
           South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor             0
                        Haughton Bridge
                          Maidendale
                West Park – Piercebridge Corridor                  0
                      West Park Green Link
                      High Grange Corridor
                       West Park Corridor
                         Tees Corridor


                       Abbey Junior School                         0
                 Alderman Leach Primary School                     0
                       Blackwell Meadows                           0
                       Branksome School                            0
                 Carmel Roman Catholic College                     0
              Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary               0
                  Mowden Rugby Football Club                       0
           New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club               0
                  Darlington Rugby Football Club                   0
                    Glebe Road Playing Pitch                       0
                  Gurney Pease Primary School                      0
                 Heighington CE Primary School                     0
                    Heighington Playing Fields                     0
                        Hurworth Grange                            0
                  Hurworth House Playing Fields                    0
                         Hurworth School                           0
                          Lingfield Point                          0
                         Longfield School                          0
                         McMullen Road                             0
                 Mount Pleasant Primary School                     0
                         Springfield Park                          0




                                                         189
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                       St Aiden’s Academy                                    0
                       Tommy Crooks Park                                     0

                          Dolphin Centre                                     0
                    Eastbourne Sports Complex                                0
               Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College                            0

Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 14: Protect
and enhance biodiversity and geodiversity and encourage opportunities for habitat
creation

                                                                                                                 Accessible
                                                                                     Sites with                  natural
                      50m from             250m from             500m from           a high                      sites,
                      designated           designated            designated          biodiversity   500m from    where
                      wildlife site        wildlife site         wildlife site       score          GCN site     appropriate
    Baydale                  (Great
                                                                                          5
     Beck                  majority)
   Blackwell
   Meadows                                        (Tiny
                                                                         (1/3)            4             (most)
     River                                      portion)
    Corridor
 Cocker Beck                                      (small
                                                                         (2/3)            5
     Valley                                     portion)
    Eastern
   Transport             (small portion)           (1/5)                 (1/3)            2             (part)
    Corridor
 Green Lane
       –
                0                                                                         2
 Skerningham
      Link
  Merrybent
                                                  (small
  Community                                                             (most)            4
  Woodland                                      portion)

  Mill Lane                                                              (1/4)            5
 Rear B&Q
                                                                         (1/2)            4
 North Road
   Redhall
                                                                                          4
   Wetland
   Skerne
    Green                      (1/3)               (1/2)              (nearly all)        4             (most)
   Corridor




                                                           190
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Skerningham
  Community                                                        ?           4
  Woodland
    South
   Burdon
                                                ?                              3
  Community
  Woodland
 Water Park,
 Middleton St                                                                  3            (part)
   George
   Lingfield
     Point
  Allotments

    West
  Cemetery                                                   50% chance        4
  Extension

  West Park                                                      (1/2)

  West Beck                                                      (2/3)         4

  Brinkburn
                                                               (tiny part)
   Denes

   Former
  Barnard                                                      (just over
                         (small portion)       (1/2)                           4            (part)
   Castle                                                        1/2)
  Trackbed

    South
  Burdon –
 Middleton St
   George
   Corridor

  Haughton
                                                              (nearly all)     4
   Bridge

 Maidendale              (just over 1/2)      (most)                           3            (most)


 West Park –
                                                                                            (small
 Piercebridge   0                                                ?
   Corridor                                                                                part)


  West Park                                   (small
                                                                 (1/3)         4            (part)
  Green Link                                portion)

 High Grange                                  (small
                                                                 (1/2)         4            (part)
   Corridor                                 portion)




                                                       191
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  West Park
                             (2/3)                                             5
   Corridor
    Tees
                                                             (small part)      3
   Corridor


 Abbey Junior
                                              (most)
   School
  Alderman
    Leach
   Primary       0
   School
  Blackwell
                                                                                            (most)
  Meadows
  Branksome
                                               (1/3)
    School
    Carmel
    Roman                                     (Tiny
   Catholic                                 portion)
    College
   Coleridge
    Centre /                                                   (Tiny
 Skerne Park                                                 portion)
    Primary
   Mowden
    Rugby                    (1/3)
 Football Club
      New
  Darlington
   Mowden        0
    Rugby
 Football Club
  Darlington
    Rugby                                                                                   (most)
 Football Club
 Glebe Road
 Playing Pitch   0
    Gurney
     Pease
    Primary
    School
 Heighington
  CE Primary     0
    School
 Heighington
   Playing                                                                                  (part)
   Fields




                                                       192
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  Hurworth
  Grange        0
  Hurworth
   House
   Playing      0
   Fields

  Hurworth
   School       0
   Lingfield
                                               (2/3)
     Point
  Longfield
                             (1/4)          (nearly all)
   School
  McMullen
                                                                (1/4)
     Road
    Mount
   Pleasant
   Primary      0
    School
  Springfield
     Park       0
  St Aiden’s                                                   (small
  Academy                                                    portion)
   Tommy
                                                               (most)                       (most)
 Crooks Park


   Dolphin
   Centre       0
 Eastbourne
   Sports                                                                                   (most)
  Complex

    Queen
   Elizabeth
                0                                               (1/4)
  Sixth Form
    College




                                                       193
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 16: Promote
sustainable waste and mineral management, including the reduction, reuse,
recycling and recovery of waste and mineral resources

                                                                Sterilisation of mineral   Ability to support energy
                                                                resources                  from biomass waste
                   Baydale Beck
         Blackwell Meadows River Corridor
                Cocker Beck Valley
             Eastern Transport Corridor
          Green Lane – Skerningham Link
          Merrybent Community Woodland
                      Mill Lane
               Rear B&Q North Road
                 Redhall Wetland
              Skerne Green Corridor
        Skerningham Community Woodland
        South Burdon Community Woodland
          Water Park, Middleton St George
             Lingfield Point Allotments
             West Cemetery Extension
                     West Park
                     West Beck
                 Brinkburn Denes
          Former Barnard Castle Trackbed
    South Burdon – Middleton St George Corridor
                 Haughton Bridge
                    Maidendale
         West Park – Piercebridge Corridor
               West Park Green Link
               High Grange Corridor
                West Park Corridor
                   Tees Corridor


                Abbey Junior School
          Alderman Leach Primary School
                 Blackwell Meadows
                 Branksome School
          Carmel Roman Catholic College
       Coleridge Centre / Skerne Park Primary
            Mowden Rugby Football Club




                                                     194
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



     New Darlington Mowden Rugby Football Club
          Darlington Rugby Football Club
              Glebe Road Playing Pitch
           Gurney Pease Primary School
          Heighington CE Primary School
             Heighington Playing Fields
                  Hurworth Grange
          Hurworth House Playing Fields
                  Hurworth School
                    Lingfield Point
                  Longfield School
                   McMullen Road
          Mount Pleasant Primary School
                   Springfield Park
                 St Aiden’s Academy
                Tommy Crooks Park


                   Dolphin Centre
            Eastbourne Sports Complex
         Queen Elizabeth Sixth Form College



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 17: Promote
traffic reduction and encourage more sustainable alternative forms of transport


                                              Site                                                       Site can
                                              contains     300m from      600m from         300m from    provide
                      Site contains an        pedestrian   bus/train 15   bus/train 15      bus/train    new link in
                      attractive and well-    or cycle     minutes or     minutes or        under15      pedestrian
                      used pedestrian or      transport    greater        greater           minutes      or cycle
                      cycle transport link    link         regularity     regularity        regularity   network
   Baydale
                                                                              (tiny part)
    Beck

  Blackwell
  Meadows                   (not PROW;
                                                                 (most)
    River                    leisure)
  Corridor

 Cocker Beck
                            (not PROW)                           (most)
   Valley




                                                       195
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



   Eastern
  Transport                                                 (majority)       (most)
   Corridor

 Green Lane
      –
                                                           (Nearly all)
 Skerningham
     Link

 Merrybent
 Community      0                                                                             (part)
 Woodland

                            (mostly not
  Mill Lane                                                (Nearly all)
                            PROW)
 Rear B&Q
                                                              (2/3)
 North Road
   Redhall
   Wetland
   Skerne
    Green                                                     (1/2)
   Corridor


 Skerningham
  Community     0          (not PROW)
  Woodland



   South
  Burdon
 Community
 Woodland


 Water Park,
 Middleton St
   George

   Lingfield
                                                             (50%            (50%
     Point      0
  Allotments                                               chance)         chance)

    West
  Cemetery      0
  Extension

  West Park                                                   (1/3)                           (2/3)




                                                     196
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  West Beck

  Brinkburn
   Denes

   Former
  Barnard
                                                              (3/4)
   Castle
  Trackbed

    South
  Burdon –
                                                                                              (Small
 Middleton St
   George                                                                                    part)
   Corridor

  Haughton
   Bridge

 Maidendale                                                   (1/3)


 West Park –
                                                                                              (Small
 Piercebridge
   Corridor                                                                                  part)


  West Park                                                                                  (Nearly
  Green Link                                                                                  all)

 High Grange
   Corridor

  West Park
                0                                          (Small part)
   Corridor
    Tees
                                                                                              (1/3)
   Corridor



 Abbey Junior
   School       0

  Alderman
    Leach
   Primary      0
   School

  Blackwell
                                                             (most)
  Meadows




                                                     197
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Branksome
                                                             (most)
   School

   Carmel
   Roman
   Catholic      0
   College

  Coleridge
   Centre /
 Skerne Park
   Primary


   Mowden
    Rugby        0
 Football Club


     New
  Darlington
                                                                                              (small
   Mowden        0
    Rugby                                                                                    part)
 Football Club


  Darlington
    Rugby                                                    (1/3)
 Football Club


 Glebe Road
 Playing Pitch


   Gurney
   Pease
   Primary
   School

 Heighington
 CE Primary      0
   School

 Heighington
   Playing       0
   Fields
   Hurworth
   Grange        0




                                                     198
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  Hurworth
   House
   Playing
   Fields

  Hurworth
   School       0
   Lingfield
     Point
  Longfield
                0                                                                            (most)
   School
  McMullen
   Road

    Mount
   Pleasant
   Primary
    School

  Springfield
    Park
  St Aiden’s
                                                             (most)
  Academy

   Tommy
 Crooks Park



   Dolphin
   Centre
 Eastbourne
   Sports                                                    (most)
  Complex

    Queen
   Elizabeth
  Sixth Form    0
    College




                                                     199
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 18: Preserve
and enhance Darlington’s distinctive and valuable historic environment, landscape
character and settlements and increase engagement in cultural activities


                      Site
                      includes
                      heritage
                      asset
                      (listed
                      building,
                      CA and/or                   Within       Within
                      scheduled     Within 50m    250m of      500m of
                      ancient       of heritage   heritage     heritage     Site used for cultural/community
                      monument)     asset         asset        asset        activities
   Baydale                                            (small
                                                                    (1/2)
    Beck                                             part)
  Blackwell
  Meadows                               (tiny
                                                       (1/3)      (most))
    River                              part)
  Corridor

 Cocker Beck               (small       (small
                                                       (1/3)      (most))
   Valley                 part)        part)

   Eastern
  Transport                                            (1/3)      (most))
   Corridor

 Green Lane
      –
 Skerningham
     Link

 Merrybent
 Community
 Woodland

  Mill Lane                (1/3)         (1/3)       (most))
 Rear B&Q
                                         (2/3)
 North Road
   Redhall                                            (tiny        (small
   Wetland                                           part)        part)
   Skerne
                           (tiny        (tiny
    Green                                              (1/2)       (most)
   Corridor               part)        part)




                                                     200
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Skerningham
  Community
  Woodland
     South
   Burdon
  Community
  Woodland
 Water Park,
 Middleton St
   George
   Lingfield
     Point
  Allotments
    West
                                                                               Would be used as such if
  Cemetery
                                                                                proposal goes ahead
  Extension
  West Park
  West Beck
  Brinkburn                (small       (small
                                                     (most))
   Denes                  part)        part)
   Former
  Barnard
   Castle
  Trackbed

    South
  Burdon –
 Middleton St
   George
   Corridor

  Haughton
   Bridge
                                                                   (small
 Maidendale
                                                                  part)
 West Park –
 Piercebridge
   Corridor
  West Park
  Green Link
 High Grange
   Corridor
  West Park
   Corridor
     Tees
                                                      (1/3)    RUE (most)
   Corridor




                                                     201
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



 Abbey Junior
                                                     (most))
    School
   Alderman
     Leach
    Primary
    School
   Blackwell
                                                                   (1/4)
   Meadows
  Branksome
    School
    Carmel
    Roman
                                                      (1/2)
    Catholic
    College
   Coleridge
    Centre /                            (tiny
 Skerne Park                           part)
    Primary
   Mowden
     Rugby
 Football Club
      New
  Darlington
   Mowden        0
     Rugby
 Football Club
  Darlington
     Rugby
 Football Club

 Glebe Road
 Playing Pitch


   Gurney
   Pease                                             (small
   Primary                                          part)
   School

 Heighington
 CE Primary                             (part)
   School

 Heighington
   Playing                 (part)
   Fields
   Hurworth
   Grange




                                                     202
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



  Hurworth
   House
   Playing
   Fields

  Hurworth
                                        (part)
   School
   Lingfield
     Point
  Longfield
                                                                  (most))
   School
  McMullen
   Road

    Mount
   Pleasant
   Primary
    School

  Springfield
    Park
  St Aiden’s
                                                                  (most))
  Academy

   Tommy
 Crooks Park



   Dolphin
   Centre
 Eastbourne
   Sports                                                         (most))
  Complex

    Queen
   Elizabeth
                           (part)       (1/4)
  Sixth Form
    College




                                                     203
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



Green Infrastructure, Playing Pitch and Sports Facility sites Objective 19: To achieve
ambitious, sustainable levels of economic growth & Objective 20: Increase
employment levels and access to sustainable and high quality employment
opportunities

                                                                   Sites provide   Sites perform
                                             Sites protect or      opportunity     (or substitute)   Location in orn
                                             improve the           for             an economic       adjacent to
                                             appearance of town    community       function e.g.     centre or
                               Adjacent to   centre, town and      management,     tourist           neighbourhood
                               main          borough gateways,     improving       attractions,      centre (for
                               road/rail     main travel routes,   skills among    allotments,       sports
                               network       employment areas      local people.   plantations.      facilities)
     Baydale Beck
  Blackwell Meadows
     River Corridor
  Cocker Beck Valley
   Eastern Transport
        Corridor
     Green Lane –
   Skerningham Link      0
 Merrybent Community
       Woodland
       Mill Lane
   Rear B&Q North                                 (Potential for
        Road                                    improvement)

   Redhall Wetland                                (Potential for
                                                improvement)
    Skerne Green
       Corridor
    Skerningham
 Community Woodland
    South Burdon                                  (Potential for
 Community Woodland                             improvement)
 Water Park, Middleton
      St George          0
    Lingfield Point                               (Potential for
                                                                                      (substitute)
      Allotments                )possibly)      improvement)
   West Cemetery
      Extension          0
      West Park
      West Beck          0
   Brinkburn Denes
   Former Barnard
   Castle Trackbed




                                                     204
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




   South Burdon –
 Middleton St George
       Corridor


   Haughton Bridge
      Maidendale
      West Park –
 Piercebridge Corridor
 West Park Green Link
 High Grange Corridor    0
  West Park Corridor
   Tees Corridor


 Abbey Junior School
  Alderman Leach
   Primary School        3
 Blackwell Meadows
  Branksome School       0
    Carmel Roman
   Catholic College      0
  Coleridge Centre /
 Skerne Park Primary     0
    Mowden Rugby
     Football Club
    New Darlington
    Mowden Rugby
     Football Club
   Darlington Rugby
     Football Club
 Glebe Road Playing
         Pitch           0
    Gurney Pease
    Primary School       0
    Heighington CE
    Primary School       0
 Heighington Playing
         Fields          0
   Hurworth Grange       0
   Hurworth House
     Playing Fields      0
   Hurworth School       0
    Lingfield Point
   Longfield School      0
    McMullen Road




                                                     205
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Mount Pleasant
    Primary School       0
    Springfield Park
  St Aiden’s Academy     0
 Tommy Crooks Park       0

   Dolphin Centre        0
  Eastbourne Sports
      Complex            0
 Queen Elizabeth Sixth
    Form College         0




                                                     206
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



         APPENDIX E: DETAILED APPRAISALS
                              4.1 Where should new employment development go?
General conclusion            There are several employment sites where the negative impacts outnumber positive
                              impacts. Adverse impacts are mostly on long-term environmental goals, air quality and
                              promoting traffic reduction. The least sustainable sites appear to be at the airport,
                              Heighington Lane North, in the Yarm Road area and at Drinkfield. Several of the negative
                              and very negative impacts identified can be mitigated through careful design and
                              conditioning of new development, e.g. traffic reduction through implementation of
                              workplace travel plans, but employment that is for road based distribution, e.g. at airport,
                              will still have a negative impact. Option 4.1B could be more sustainable than Option 4.1A if
                              alternative sites are proposed that perform better overall than do the worst performing
                              sites in Option 4.1A. The sites with the highest general sustainability rating were Albert
                              Hill, Cleveland Street, McMullen Road West and Yarm Road Industrial Area – those sites
                              closest to the urban centre of Darlington and public transport corridors.
Attract, encourage and        The majority of the listed sites score positively against this objective, and no sites are
make provision for young      rated negatively, since available employment is one of the key factors in attracting new
people and families within    residents to the borough and retaining existing ones. Sites expected to deliver a large
the Borough; whilst           number of jobs therefore receive positive ratings. However, accessibility of sites, including
catering for an aging         by public transport, is also an issue, especially in attracting and retaining young people.
population                    Sites with a low level of such accessibility, such as Drinkfield, therefore received a ‘plus-
                              minus’ rating. The sites at the airport and Heighington Lane North also received this since,
                              being located on the edge of the Borough, new employees working at those sites may well
                              choose to live outside the Borough. A version of Option 4.1B which substituted higher
                              rating sites for sites such as these may perform better against this objective than Option
                              4.1A.

Reduce inequalities for the   The listed sites score highly in terms of potential number of jobs to be provided. However
most deprived and             in terms of reducing inequalities in employment and access to services, the inclusion of
disadvantaged                 less accessible (by public transport) urban fringe sites such as Drinkfield and Yarm Road
                              Northern Extension, and exclusion of inner urban sites such as Borough Road and Valley
                              Street, is a cause for concern. Only two of the sites on the list- Albert Hill and Cleveland
                              Street- are in one of the borough’s eight lowest income wards.
                              The exclusion of existing employment sites from this list means non-employment uses are
                              more likely to be placed there. The effect this will have on inequality in those areas
                              depends on the degree to which the needs of local people (especially in terms of
                              employment) can be met within those altered sites.
                              A version of Option 4.1B which substituted sites like Drinkfield, Yarm Road North
                              Extension and the airport sites, for more accessible sites, or sites in lower income wards,
                              may perform better against this objective than Option 4.1A.

Enhance community             Sites were rated positively against this objective when they were located close to an
identity and create an        existing town or neighbourhood centre and part of an existing employment site (providing
empowered and engaged         opportunities for the growth of existing businesses). They were negatively rated when they
borough-wide community        were located far from such a centre and on greenfield land (a potential source of
of town, villages and         neighbourhood tension). With these criteria, the sites listed in Table 4.1 were nearly
countryside that values       evenly split between those rated positively, negatively and neutrally. A version of Option




                                                     207
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



diversity and cares for        4.1B which substituted sites like Yarm Road North Extension and Airport Extension for
others                         existing sites, or sites closer to centres, may perform better against this objective than
                               Option 4.1A.


Raise aspirations and          All new sites containing economic uses have the potential to improve education and skills
improve educational            in the borough by providing training to employees; all therefore have a positive rating
attainment and access to       against this objective. The extent to which one or another site will do this cannot be
qualifications and skills in   predicted at this stage.
all of the community
through lifelong learning

Provide a choice and mix       The Faverdale Reserve and Faverdale East sites are part of the North West Urban Fringe-
of affordably accessible,      along with a large area of proposed new housing- as identified in Darlington Borough
good quality and well          Council’s forthcoming Core Strategy. As such they will be expected to derive 20% or more
designed sustainable           of their energy from on-site renewable or low carbon sources- hopefully sharing on-site
housing                        renewable energy facilities with the adjacent housing. Therefore both those sites are
                               highly rated against the objective of delivering sustainable housing.
                               Other sites are rated neutrally against this objective. A version of Option 4.1B which
                               substituted such sites for other sites in strategic locations, also subject to the 20% onsite
                               requirement, may perform better against this objective than Option 4.1A does.

Improve community safety,      Of the listed sites, the 2009 Employment Land Review identified two sites for which
reduce crime and anti-         access to the main road network was through very congested junctions (Albert Hill and
social behaviour and           Cleveland Street). These sites therefore received negative ratings against the community
improve public confidence      safety objective. However, all other sites received neutral ratings since no significant
                               safety issues were discovered through the ELR. In this respect the listed sites hold an
                               advantage over several sites that could be put forward under Option 4.1B.

Improve the health and         Those sites located close to centres and frequent public transport routes rate positively
wellbeing of all by reducing   against this objective, since it is considered that journeys to work involving public transport
health inequalities and        are more likely to include a walking element than journeys to work by car are. Six of the
promoting healthier            sites fall into this category. Sites without any of those benefits are rated negatively- this
lifestyles.                    comprises three of the sites. A version of Option 4.1B which substituted the latter sites for
                               new ones which would fall into the former category, may perform better against this
                               objective than Option 4.1A does.
                               In addition it should be noted that none of the sites in Table 4.1 would lead to the
                               destruction of a sports or play facility.

Contribute to One Planet       Additional economic development is very likely to lead to an increase in Darlington’s
Living                         consumption of resources. However, if such development is to occur, sites should be
                               chosen to reduce motor travel and promote the use of renewable energy. The list in Table
                               8.1 contains four sites that fall into the first category- being close to frequent public
                               transport routes and town/neighbourhood centres; these are positively rated. It contains
                               two sites in the second category, the strategic sites with requirements for 20% on-site
                               renewables or low carbon- though given their urban fringe location, these sites have only a




                                                      208
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                               +/- rating. The various sites which are inconveniently located in relation to centres and
                               public transport score negatively.
                               In addition, all the sites avoid the loss of allotments and Grade 1 and 2 agricultural land;
                               any site proposed through Option 4.1B which did not do so could lead to a worse
                               comparative grading.

Ensure the Borough is          The indicators for the grading of sites against the Climate Change objective were the
prepared for climate           same as for the One Planet Living objective, bar that relating to food production land:
change, increase resilience    chiefly those relating to accessibility of sites by non-car means and proximity to facilities.
through adaptation and         The ranking of sites is therefore the same.
reduce greenhouse gas
emissions

Protect and improve the        None of the sites are located in the Town Centre or Town Centre Fringe, which would
quality of land and soil and   have given them positive ratings against this objective. Nine of them would involve
ensure that land and soil is   development on brownfield land, giving them a positive rating; the remainder are on
used in a sustainable and      greenfield land and therefore have a negative rating.
innovative manner              In addition, all the sites avoid allotments and Grade 1 and 2 agricultural land; any site
                               proposed through Option 4.1B which did not do so could lead to a worse comparative
                               grading.

Avoid and reduce flood risk    Almost all the sites are entirely in Flood Risk Zone 1 and therefore score positively against
                               this policy. The one exception is the Faverdale Reserve site, which includes a narrow
                               band in Flood Risk Zone 2; this site scores negatively although the site is so large that it
                               should be possible to avoid building in the flood risk zone 2 area if development were to
                               happen there.
                               Any version of Option 4.1B which included further sites with land in Flood Zones 2 or 3
                               would be likely to perform worse against this objective than Option 4.1A does.

Protect and enhance            Three of the listed sites are adjacent to or include watercourses, with a further two very
ground and surface water       close to watercourses. In all of these care will have to be taken to ensure pollutants do not
quality and make efficient     enter the watercourse. All these sites have been given potential negative ratings. A
use of water                   version of Option 4.1B which does not include such sites may perform better against this
                               objective than Option 4.1A does.


Maintain, protect and          Of the listed sites, only one received a positive rating, being close to frequent public
improve air quality            transport services and not having any traffic problems identified through the ELR. The
                               other sites with good public transport connections had congestion problems identified
                               through the ELR, and so received +/- ratings. The four sites with worse public transport
                               connections were rated negatively against this objective, as were the sites at the airport
                               which it was thought would encourage greater air traffic and subsequently pollution.

Protect and enhance            Full wildlife records for the Borough are not yet available so great crested newt records
biodiversity and               were used as a proxy, along with the nationally and locally designated wildlife sites. Only
geodiversity and               one site, Yarm Road Industrial Area, has a positive rating, being distant from wildlife sites




                                                       209
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



encourage opportunities for    and on brownfield land. Over half of the listed sites rate negatively due to their proximity to
habitat creation               wildlife sites or records. A version of Option 4.1B which does not include such sites may
                               perform better against this objective than Option 4.1A does.

Protect, and enhance           Four of the sites score positively against this objective since they have the potential to
access to, open spaces,        provide a new link in the pedestrian or cycle network. Only one site scores negatively by
the rights of way network      including designated open space within its boundaries. Any version of Option 4.1B which
and the green                  included further sites with designated open land within their boundaries would be likely to
infrastructure network         perform worse against this objective than Option 4.1A does.


Promote sustainable waste      None of the listed sites risk sterilising mineral resources. In this respect the listed sites
and mineral management,        therefore rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites which could be
including the reduction,       proposed through 4.1B.
reuse, recycling and
recovery of waste and
mineral resources

Promote traffic reduction      The listed sites include both positive and negative scoring sites when rated against the
and encourage more             transport sustainability objective- a fact that arises from the differing levels of public
sustainable alternative        transport accessibility at the sites, their distance from town and neighbourhood centres
forms of transport             and from other employment sites, potential traffic problems identified in the ELR and the
                               potential for new pedestrian or cycle routes to be laid through the sites. A version of
                               Option 8.1B which includes a greater proportion of sites that score well against those
                               indicators should perform better against this objective than Option 4.1A does.

Preserve and enhance           Two of the sites achieve positive ratings against this objective; they are likely to enhance
Darlington’s distinctive and   the townscape by regenerating brownfield sites not too close to sensitive heritage assets
valuable historic              of an incompatible character. Six of the sites rate negatively; they would involve the
environment, landscape         development of greenfield sites, in some cases close to heritage assets, in some cases in
character and settlements,     very prominent locations (the latter point need not be negative if development has a high
and increase engagement        standard of design, but the potential for a strong negative effect is there). A version of
in cultural activities         Option 4.1B which does not include such sites may perform better against this objective
                               than Option 4.1A does.
To achieve ambitious,          All allocation of new employment land should help to achieve economic growth, but some
sustainable levels of          locations are still better than others from the point of view of economic sustainability. The
economic growth                employment areas nearer to the centre of Darlington urban area were rated higher against
                               this indicator, as against others, primarily due to their accessibility.

Increase employment            The sites were assessed against this objective using similar criteria as for Objective 19
levels and access to           (with the addition of number of people expected to be employed at the site). The
sustainable and high           employment areas nearer to the centre of Darlington urban area were rated higher against
quality employment             this indicator, as against others, primarily due to their accessibility. Lingfield Point was
opportunities                  rated more advantageously due to its large number of expected employees.




                                                       210
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                         4.2 How can we ensure that there will be enough range and
                                         choice of suitable land for each of the different employment
                                         types that may wish to expand or relocate within, or relocate
                                         to, the Borough?
General conclusion                       There are several employment sites where the negative impacts outnumber
                                         positive impacts. Adverse impacts are mostly on long term environmental
                                         goals, air quality and promoting traffic reduction. The least sustainable sites
                                         appear to be at the airport, Heighington Lane North, in the Yarm Road area
                                         and at Drinkfield. Several of the negative and very negative impacts identified
                                         can be mitigated through careful design and conditioning of new development,
                                         e.g. traffic reduction through implementation of workplace travel plans, but
                                         employment that is for road based distribution, e.g. at airport, will still have a
                                         negative impact. Options 4 4.2B could be more sustainable than Option 4.2A if
                                         alternative sites are proposed that perform better overall than do the worst
                                         performing sites in Option 4.2A.
Attract, encourage and make provision    The majority of the listed sites score positively against this objective, and no
for young people and families within     sites are rated negatively, since available employment is one of the key factors
the Borough; whilst catering for an      in attracting new residents to the borough and retaining existing ones. Sites
aging population                         expected to deliver a large number of jobs therefore receive positive ratings.
                                         However, accessibility of sites, including by public transport, is also an issue,
                                         especially in attracting and retaining young people. Sites with a low level of
                                         such accessibility, such as Drinkfield, therefore received a ‘plus-minus’ rating.
                                         The sites at the airport and Heighington Lane North also received this since,
                                         being located on the edge of the Borough, new employees working at those
                                         sites may well choose to live outside the Borough.

Reduce inequalities for the most         The listed sites score highly in terms of potential number of jobs to be
deprived and disadvantaged               provided. However in terms of reducing inequalities in employment and access
                                         to services, the inclusion of less accessible (by public transport) urban fringe
                                         sites such as Drinkfield and Yarm Road Northern Extension, and exclusion of
                                         inner urban sites such as Borough Road and Valley Street, is a cause for
                                         concern. Only two of the sites on the list- Albert Hill and Cleveland Street- are
                                         in one of the borough’s eight lowest income wards.
                                         The exclusion of existing employment sites from this list means non-
                                         employment uses are more likely to be placed there. The effect this will have
                                         on inequality in those areas depends on the degree to which the needs of local
                                         people (especially in terms of employment) can be met within those altered
                                         sites.

Enhance community identity and           Sites were rated positively against this objective when they were located close
create an empowered and engaged          to an existing town or neighbourhood centre and part of an existing
borough-wide community of town,          employment site (providing opportunities for the growth of existing businesses).
villages and countryside that values     They were negatively rated when they were located far from such a centre and
diversity and cares for others           on greenfield land (a potential source of neighbourhood tension). With these
                                         criteria, the sites listed in Table 4.1 were nearly evenly split between those
                                         rated positively, negatively and neutrally.




                                                     211
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010




Raise aspirations and improve             All new sites containing economic uses have the potential to improve
educational attainment and access to      education and skills in the borough by providing training to employees; all
qualifications and skills in all of the   therefore have a positive rating against this objective. The extent to which one
community through lifelong learning       or another site will do this cannot be predicted at this stage.

Provide a choice and mix of affordably    The Faverdale Reserve and Faverdale East sites are part of the North West
accessible, good quality and well         Urban Fringe- along with a large area of proposed new housing- as identified in
designed sustainable housing              Darlington Borough Council’s forthcoming Core Strategy. As such they will be
                                          expected to derive 20% or more of their energy from on-site renewable or low
                                          carbon sources- hopefully sharing on-site renewable energy facilities with the
                                          adjacent housing. Therefore both those sites are highly rated against the
                                          objective of delivering sustainable housing.
                                          Other sites are rated neutrally against this objective.

Improve community safety, reduce          Of the listed sites, the 2009 Employment Land Review identified two sites for
crime and anti-social behaviour and       which access to the main road network was through very congested junctions
improve public confidence                 (Albert Hill and Cleveland Street). These sites therefore received negative
                                          ratings against the community safety objective. However, all other sites
                                          received neutral ratings since no significant safety issues were discovered
                                          through the ELR.

Improve the health and wellbeing of all   Those sites located close to centres and frequent public transport routes rate
by reducing health inequalities and       positively against this objective, since it is considered that journeys to work
promoting healthier lifestyles.           involving public transport are more likely to include a walking element than
                                          journeys to work by car are. Six of the sites fall into this category. Sites without
                                          any of those benefits are rated negatively- this comprises three of the sites.
                                          In addition it should be noted that none of the sites in Table 4.1 would lead to
                                          the destruction of a sports or play facility.

Contribute to One Planet Living           Additional economic development is very likely to lead to an increase in
                                          Darlington’s consumption of resources. However, if such development is to
                                          occur, sites should be chosen to reduce motor travel and promote the use of
                                          renewable energy. The list in Table 8.1 contains four sites that fall into the first
                                          category- being close to frequent public transport routes and
                                          town/neighbourhood centres; these are positively rated. It contains two sites in
                                          the second category, the strategic sites with requirements for 20% on-site
                                          renewables or low carbon- though given their urban fringe location, these sites
                                          have only a +/- rating. The various sites which are inconveniently located in
                                          relation to centres and public transport score negatively.
                                          In addition, all the sites avoid the loss of allotments and Grade 1 and 2
                                          agricultural land.

Ensure the Borough is prepared for        The indicators for the grading of sites against the Climate Change objective
climate change, increase resilience       were the same as for the One Planet Living objective, bar that relating to food
through adaptation and reduce             production land: chiefly those relating to accessibility of sites by non-car means




                                                      212
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



greenhouse gas emissions                  and proximity to facilities. The ranking of sites is therefore the same.

Protect and improve the quality of land   None of the sites are located in the Town Centre or Town Centre Fringe, which
and soil and ensure that land and soil    would have given them positive ratings against this objective. Nine of them
is used in a sustainable and innovative   would involve development on brownfield land, giving them a positive rating;
manner                                    the remainder are on greenfield land and therefore have a negative rating.
                                          In addition, all the sites avoid allotments and Grade 1 and 2 agricultural land.

Avoid and reduce flood risk               Almost all the sites are entirely in Flood Risk Zone 1 and therefore score
                                          positively against this policy. The one exception is the Faverdale Reserve site,
                                          which includes a narrow band in Flood Risk Zone 2; this site scores negatively
                                          although the site is so large that it should be possible to avoid building in the
                                          flood risk zone 2 area if development were to happen there.

Protect and enhance ground and            Three of the listed sites are adjacent to or include watercourses, with a further
surface water quality and make            two very close to watercourses. In all of these care will have to be taken to
efficient use of water                    ensure pollutants do not enter the watercourse. All these sites have been given
                                          potential negative ratings.

Maintain, protect and improve air         Of the listed sites, only one received a positive rating, being close to frequent
quality                                   public transport services and not having any traffic problems identified through
                                          the ELR. The other sites with good public transport connections had
                                          congestion problems identified through the ELR, and so received +/- ratings.
                                          The four sites with worse public transport connections were rated negatively
                                          against this objective, as were the sites at the airport which it was thought
                                          would encourage greater air traffic and subsequently pollution.

Protect and enhance biodiversity and      Full wildlife records for the Borough are not yet available so great crested newt
geodiversity and encourage                records were used as a proxy, along with the nationally and locally designated
opportunities for habitat creation        wildlife sites. Only one site, Yarm Road Industrial Area, has a positive rating,
                                          being distant from wildlife sites and on brownfield land. Over half of the listed
                                          sites rate negatively due to their proximity to wildlife sites or records.

Protect, and enhance access to, open      Four of the sites score positively against this objective since they have the
spaces, the rights of way network and     potential to provide a new link in the pedestrian or cycle network. Only one site
the green infrastructure network          scores negatively by including designated open space within its boundaries.

Promote sustainable waste and             None of the listed sites risk sterilising mineral resources.
mineral management, including the
reduction, reuse, recycling and
recovery of waste and mineral
resources

Promote traffic reduction and             The listed sites include both positive and negative scoring sites when rated
encourage more sustainable                against the transport sustainability objective- a fact that arises from the
alternative forms of transport            differing levels of public transport accessibility at the sites, their distance from




                                                      213
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                         town and neighbourhood centres and from other employment sites, potential
                                         traffic problems identified in the ELR and the potential for new pedestrian or
                                         cycle routes to be laid through the sites.
Preserve and enhance Darlington’s        Two of the sites achieve positive ratings against this objective; they are likely to
distinctive and valuable historic        enhance the townscape by regenerating brownfield sites not too close to
environment, landscape character and     sensitive heritage assets of an incompatible character. Six of the sites rate
settlements, and increase                negatively; they would involve the development of greenfield sites, in some
engagement in cultural activities        cases close to heritage assets, in some cases in very prominent locations (the
                                         latter point need not be negative if development has a high standard of design,
                                         but the potential for a strong negative effect is there).
To achieve ambitious, sustainable        All allocation of new employment land should help to achieve economic
levels of economic growth                growth, but some locations are still better than others from the point of view of
                                         economic sustainability. The employment areas nearer to the centre of
                                         Darlington urban area were rated higher against this indicator, as against
                                         others, primarily due to their accessibility.

Increase employment levels and           The sites were assessed against this objective using similar criteria as for
access to sustainable and high quality   Objective 19 (with the addition of number of people expected to be employed
employment opportunities                 at the site). The employment areas nearer to the centre of Darlington urban
                                         area were rated higher against this indicator, as against others, primarily due to
                                         their accessibility. Lingfield Point was rated more advantageously due to its
                                         large number of expected employees.




                                      5.1 Where should mixed-use sites go?
    General conclusion                Feethams is the most sustainable mixed use site proposal, with several very positive
                                      social and economic impacts. Central Park and Lingfield Point are slightly less
                                      sustainable, whilst Morton Park is the least sustainable, having several negative
                                      environmental and social impacts. Most negative impacts can be mitigated by
                                      careful design of new development, but particular care would be needed at
                                      Feethams to address the flood risk identified. Option 5.1B could be more
                                      sustainable than Option 5.1A if the sites proposed are more sustainable than the
                                      worst performing site(s) in Option 5.1A.
    Attract, encourage and make       The majority of listed sites score positively in sustainability terms since available
    provision for young people        employment, housing and services are some of the key factors in attracting new
    and families within the           residents to the borough, and retaining existing ones; co-location of land uses is
    Borough; whilst catering for an   also likely to be especially attractive to less mobile groups like young and elderly
    aging population                  people. Even a sites which does not currently have good public transport links, like
                                      Morton Park, is not considered to have a negative effect on retaining young people
                                      and the elderly provided it makes specific provision for those groups, as proposed.
                                      The highest rated sites were the accessible ones at Feethams, Lingfield Point and
                                      Central Park. Any sites proposed through Option 5.1B, in order to achieve a better
                                      rating for that option than for 5.1A, would have to be highly accessible, make special
                                      provision for the young and elderly, or both.




                                                     214
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Reduce inequalities for the       The listed sites score highly in terms of potential number of jobs to be provided, and
    most deprived and                 potential types of development. However in terms of reducing inequalities in
    disadvantaged                     employment and access to services, the presence of a less accessible urban fringe
                                      site at Morton Park is a cause for concern.
                                      The inclusion of existing employment sites on this list means non-employment uses
                                      are more likely to be placed there. The effect this will have on inequality in those
                                      areas depends on the degree to which the needs of local people (especially in terms
                                      of employment) can be met within those altered sites.

    Enhance community identity        Mixed-use sites should in theory promote community identity. However, only one of
    and create an empowered and       these sites is in close proximity to an existing centre and the impact on existing
    engaged borough-wide              centres of mixed-use development at the listed sites is therefore doubtful. For this
    community of town, villages       reason all the sites except Feethams and Lingfield Point have been rated as ‘plus-
    and countryside that values       minus’l. Mixed use sites closer to existing centres may be able to achieve a higher
    diversity and cares for others    rating against this objective.

    Raise aspirations and improve     All new sites containing economic uses have the potential to improve education and
    educational attainment and        skills in the borough by providing training to employees. The extent to which one or
    access to qualifications and      another site will do this cannot be predicted at this stage.
    skills in all of the community    However, the listed sites have a high rating overall because several of them are
    through lifelong learning         expected to deliver new educational establishments (including a children’s nursery).

    Provide a choice and mix of       Central Park is a strategic development site identified in the current draft of the Core
    affordably accessible, good       Strategy and as such will be expected to derive 20% or more of its energy from on-
    quality and well designed         site renewable or low carbon sources. The Feethams development is also in a
    sustainable housing               strategic location, and may be able to support a town centre CHP scheme should
                                      one come forward. Therefore both those sites are highly rated against the objective
                                      of delivering sustainable housing. Morton Park, isolated from frequent public
                                      transport and from neighbourhood centres, is not considered to be a sustainable
                                      location for housing, even in the form of a residential institution.
    Improve community safety,         Of the listed sites, the 2009 Employment Land Review did not identify any serious
    reduce crime and anti-social      traffic problems although new access points will have to be constructed. In this
    behaviour and improve public      respect the listed sites hold an advantage over several sites that could be put
    confidence                        forward under Option 5.1B.

    Improve the health and            Two of the listed sites are very highly rated against this objective, being close to
    wellbeing of all by reducing      GPs, sports facilities, and also to frequent public transport connecting them to other
    health inequalities and           facilities. Morton Park has a low rating since it has none of these advantages. Ill
    promoting healthier lifestyles.   effects from this low rating can be minimised by excluding general residential
                                      development from the site.

    Contribute to One Planet          Additional economic and residential development is very likely to lead to an increase
    Living                            in Darlington’s consumption of resources. However, if such development is to occur,
                                      mixed use development may be the most efficient choice. As for other objectives,
                                      Feethams was highly rated as a site and Morton Park lowly rated, largely due to
                                      their respective proximities to frequent public transport and neighbourhood/town




                                                     215
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                      centres, with other sites falling in-between. In addition, all the sites avoid allotments
                                      and Grade 1 and 2 agricultural land; any site proposed through Option 4.1B which
                                      did not do so would lead to a worse comparative grading.

    Ensure the Borough is             The indicators for the grading of sites against the Climate Change objective were
    prepared for climate change,      the same as for the One Planet Living objective, bar that relating to food production
    increase resilience through       land: chiefly those relating to accessibility of sites by non-car means and proximity to
    adaptation and reduce             facilities. The ranking of sites is therefore the same.
    greenhouse gas emissions

    Protect and improve the           Two of the sites were considered in the SHLAA to have a high risk of including
    quality of land and soil and      contaminated land; one of these received a low rating as a result, while the other
    ensure that land and soil is      (Feethams) received a medium rating since it was considered that its central
    used in a sustainable and         location compensated for the high risk. The other sites received neutral ratings.
    innovative manner

    Avoid and reduce flood risk        The list of sites includes sites with a wide range of flood risk situations, from a large
                                      part of the site being in Flood Risk Zone 2, to brownfield sites entirely in Zone 1, and
                                      therefore includes a wide range of grades against this sustainability objective.

    Protect and enhance ground        Three of the listed sites are adjacent to watercourses. In all of these care will have
    and surface water quality and     to be taken to ensure pollutants do not enter the watercourse. The most problematic
    make efficient use of water       site may be Feethams since it has the smallest area in which to deploy pollution
                                      control devices. All these sites have been given negative ratings.

    Maintain, protect and improve     Of the listed sites, the 2009 Employment Land Review did not identify any serious
    air quality                       traffic problems although new access points will have to be constructed.
                                      Development at the less accessible sites, especially Morton Park, is likely to
                                      increase congestion in the surrounding area and hence air pollution, while
                                      development at Feethams should be less harmful. There is therefore a range of
                                      ratings for different sites on the list for Option 5.1A.

    Protect and enhance               Full wildlife records for the Borough are not yet available so great crested newt
    biodiversity and geodiversity     records were used as a proxy, along with the nationally and locally designated
    and encourage opportunities       wildlife sites. Central Park and Blackett Road are both close to Great Crested Newt
    for habitat creation              sites as well as designated wildlife sites, and have hence been given negative
                                      ratings. Morton Park is close to neither and therefore has a positive rating.

    Protect, and enhance access       Three of the sites include designated open space within their boundaries, which has
    to, open spaces, the rights of    reduced their rating against this objective (though this green space need not
    way network and the green         necessarily all be lost). Three of the sites have the potential to provide a new link in
    infrastructure network            the borough’s pedestrian or cycle network, which has increased their rating. Overall
                                      therefore the Option 5.1A sites achieve an average rating.
    Promote sustainable waste         None of the listed sites risk sterilising mineral resources. In this respect the listed
    and mineral management,           sites therefore rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites
    including the reduction, reuse,   which could be proposed through 5.1B.




                                                      216
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    recycling and recovery of
    waste and mineral resources
    Promote traffic reduction and    The listed sites include both positive and neutral scoring sites when rated against
    encourage more sustainable       the transport sustainability objective- a fact that arises from the differing levels of
    alternative forms of transport   public transport accessibility at the sites. One positive point is that nearly all the sites
                                     are easily accessible from the cycle network, none have had serious traffic
                                     implications identified through the ELR. In these respects the listed sites therefore
                                     rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites which could be
                                     proposed through 5.1B.
    Preserve and enhance             Only one of the sites is in close proximity to a listed building or conservation area;
    Darlington’s distinctive and     however, it was stated in the SHLAA that development of this site (Feethams) would
    valuable historic environment,   improve the appearance of the area. None of the sites risk destroying existing
    landscape character and          cultural facilities. In these respects the listed sites therefore rate positively in terms
    settlements, and increase        of sustainability, compared to some sites which could be proposed through 5.1B.
    engagement in cultural           Archaeology is likely to be an issue with the more central sites.
    activities
    To achieve ambitious,            All allocation of new employment land should help to achieve economic growth- and
    sustainable levels of economic   mixed use development is one of the more sustainable forms of economic
    growth                           development- but some locations are still better than others from the point of view of
                                     economic sustainability. The employment areas nearer to the centre of Darlington
                                     urban area were rated higher against this indicator, as against others, primarily due
                                     to their accessibility.
    Increase employment levels       The sites were assessed against this objective using similar criteria as for Objective
    and access to sustainable and    19 (with the addition of number of people expected to be employed at the site). The
    high quality employment          employment areas nearer to the centre of Darlington urban area were rated higher
    opportunities                    against this indicator, as against others, primarily due to their accessibility. Lingfield
                                     Point was rated more advantageously due to its large number of expected
                                     employees.




                                      6.1.1 Where should new housing go?
                                      Housing Locations – Darlington Urban Area and Town Centre
                                      Fringe
    General conclusion:               The sites identified in Option 6.1.1A exhibit a range of positive and negative
                                      impacts, but overall are the most sustainable. Option 6.1.1B could be more
                                      sustainable if sites are proposed that are more sustainable than the worst
                                      performing sites in Option 6.1.1A, whilst the lack of certainty about the location of
                                      windfall sites under Option 6.1.1C makes this the least sustainable.
                                      Of the two town centre fringe sites identified at this stage, both perform well. The
                                      negative impact on community safety at land north of Eastmount Road can be
                                      mitigated by careful design of any new development.




                                                     217
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    Attract, encourage and make       All new housing sites should in theory attract new Borough residents and help to
    provision for young people and    retain existing ones, since they should help to reduce average house prices in the
    families within the Borough;      borough and also to adapt the housing stock profile closer to matching the desires
    whilst catering for an aging      of those seeking a new home. However, some housing sites score better against
    population                        this sustainability appraisal than others, owing to the specific housing requirements
                                      of families, young people and the elderly. The highest rated sites were those to the
                                      town and local centres; however, no listed site had a negative score against this
                                      sustainability objective. In this respect the listed sites therefore rate positively in
                                      terms of sustainability, compared to some sites which could be proposed through
                                      6.1.1B or come through 6.1.1C.

    Reduce inequalities for the       The listed sites show a weighting towards the deprived Central Ward. There is
    most deprived and                 therefore the opportunity to improve the physical environment of this area through
    disadvantaged                     the pursuance of option 6.1.1A. However, there are also potential negative effects
                                      of such an option in that some of the sites are operational employment sites, in
                                      accessible locations. The effect on inequality in terms of employment will have to be
                                      carefully minimised if this option is chosen. In particular the needs of local people
                                      (especially in terms of employment) should be met within the immediate area of
                                      those sites.

    Enhance community identity        The listed sites have the advantage in terms of this sustainability objective that the
    and create an empowered and       majority of them are located close to local centres or the town centre, and would
    engaged borough-wide              therefore help to reinforce the role of the centres as focal points of community
    community of town, villages       identity.
    and countryside that values       The development of some currently used sites may cause some controversy as to
    diversity and cares for others    the loss of their use- for example, the public car parks at Feethams- if that loss is
                                      not compensated for elsewhere.

    Raise aspirations and improve     The great majority of listed sites are well connected to frequent public transport, and
    educational attainment and        all are within acceptable reach of schools. In this respect the listed sites therefore
    access to qualifications and      rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites which could be
    skills in all of the community    proposed through 6.1.1B or come through 6.1.1C.. There are several listed sites
    through lifelong learning         which were formerly occupied by educational establishments- however, this is not
                                      considered to negatively affect their sustainability rating since they have already
                                      been vacated.
                                      All new housing sites have the potential to improve education and skills in the
                                      borough by providing training to those employed in their construction. The extent to
                                      which one or another site will do this cannot be predicted at this stage.

    Provide a choice and mix of       All housing sites brought forward through the Accommodating Growth document
    affordably accessible, good       should be good quality and well designed, if they are to comply with the Core
    quality and well designed         Strategy DPD and Design of New Development SPD. However, their comparative
    sustainable housing               ability to provide affordable, accessible and sustainably located housing can be
                                      assessed at this stage. While nearly all listed sites would be suitable for the
                                      provision of affordable housing, there are two sites (Woodburn Nurseries and
                                      Whessoe Road) whose location is not considered to be sustainable or accessible.




                                                     218
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                      Most of the housing provided through the mixed-use sites is also expected to be
                                      sustainably located and accessible.

    Improve community safety,         The Strategic Housing Land Availability Appraisal process has uncovered potential
    reduce crime and anti-social      traffic problems arising from development at several of the sites listed- although
    behaviour and improve public      nothing which could not be resolved by improvements to junctions or to the strategic
    confidence                        road network. More seriously, two of the sites- North of East Mount Road and Ward
                                      Brothers Steel- are located within risk zones of the old gas holder at Valley Street.

    Improve the health and            Of the listed sites, only one- Blackett Road- would destroy public open space
    wellbeing of all by reducing      through its construction. In addition, all are within reach of public open space and
    health inequalities and           the great majority are located close to frequent public transport services,
    promoting healthier lifestyles.   encouraging lower car use. In these respects the listed sites therefore rate
                                      positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites which could be
                                      proposed through 6.1.1B or come through 6.1.1C.
                                      However, only three of the sites are within easy walking distance of a GP’s surgery.

    Contribute to One Planet          Additional housing development is very likely to lead to an increase in Darlington’s
    Living                            consumption of resources. The location of the majority of sites in and around the
                                      town centre and local centres has helped to ameliorate this in terms of contributing
                                      to One Planet Living. However, out of those listed, the most efficient sites in terms
                                      of resource consumption- given their location in the urban fabric- are likely to be
                                      Cleveland Street, Albert Hill, McMullen Road West and Yarm Road Industrial Area.
                                      In addition, all the sites avoid allotments and Grade 1 and 2 agricultural land; any
                                      site proposed through 6.1.1B or coming through 6.1.1C which did not do so would
                                      lead to a worse comparative grading.

    Ensure the Borough is             The indicators for the grading of sites against the Climate Change objective were
    prepared for climate change,      the same as for the One Planet Living objective, bar that relating to food production
    increase resilience through       land: chiefly those relating to accessibility of sites by non-car means and proximity
    adaptation and reduce             to facilities. The ranking of sites is therefore the same.
    greenhouse gas emissions

    Protect and improve the quality   Seven of the listed housing sites have been stated through the SHLAA to have a
    of land and soil and ensure       high risk of contamination. This is not entirely negative since development of the
    that land and soil is used in a   sites may provide the opportunity to reduce the contamination. Most such sites are
    sustainable and innovative        saved from a negative rating against this objective due to the fact that they are
    manner                            brownfield. As noted above, all the listed sites avoid allotments and Grade 1 and 2
                                      agricultural land

    Avoid and reduce flood risk       Only four of the sites contain land which is not in Flood Risk Zone 1- only in one of
                                      those does the non-FRZ1 area represent a majority of the site. That site is
                                      Feethams, which has already been subject to sequential testing as part of the Town
                                      Centre Fringe.

    Protect and enhance ground        Three of the listed sites are adjacent to watercourses and hence have a lower than




                                                     219
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    and surface water quality and     average score on this objective; the others have a positive score.
    make efficient use of water

    Maintain, protect and improve     The Strategic Housing Land Availability Appraisal process has uncovered potential
    air quality                       traffic problems arising from development at several of the sites listed- further
                                      development there is likely to lead to further congestion without improvements to
                                      junctions or to the strategic road network. Such information is not available about all
                                      the other sites; however, there are no housig sites proposed without a bus service
                                      nearby, and therefore an increase in congestion cannot be predicted with certainty
                                      for any of them without further information. In these respects the listed sites
                                      therefore rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites which
                                      could be proposed through 6.1.1B or come through 6.1.1C.

    Protect and enhance               Full wildlife records for the Borough are not yet available so great crested newt
    biodiversity and geodiversity     records were used as a proxy, along with the nationally and locally designated
    and encourage opportunities       wildlife sites. The wide distribution of such sites in the urban area means that only
    for habitat creation              two sites on the list are located further than 500m from the nearest designated
                                      wildlife sites: Darlington Memorial Hospital and the former Eastbourne Nursery.

    Protect, and enhance access       The majority of sites do not risk destroying any part of the borough’s green
    to, open spaces, the rights of    infrastructure network (the exceptions being Blackett Road and Feethams). Several
    way network and the green         sites have the potential to provide a new link in the borough’s pedestrian or cycle
    infrastructure network            network. In this respect the listed sites therefore rate positively in terms of
                                      sustainability, compared to some sites which could be proposed through 6.1.1B or
                                      come through 6.1.1C.

    Promote sustainable waste         None of the listed sites risk sterilising mineral resources. In this respect the listed
    and mineral management,           sites therefore rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared to some sites
    including the reduction, reuse,   which could be proposed through 6.1.1B or come through 6.1.1C.
    recycling and recovery of         .
    waste and mineral resources

    Promote traffic reduction and     The listed sites include both positive and negative scoring sites when rated against
    encourage more sustainable        the transport sustainability objective- a fact that arises from the differing levels of
    alternative forms of transport    public transport accessibility at the sites, and proximity to local centres and
                                      employment areas, as well as potential requirements for highway works identified in
                                      the SHLAA. The majority of the sites are highly rated, with the top rated ones being
                                      Feethams and Green Street Motors.

    Preserve and enhance              The majority of listed sites are sustainable from this perspective in that most are not
    Darlington’s distinctive and      within close proximity of a listed building, scheduled ancient monument or
    valuable historic environment,    conservation area; none risk destroying existing community facilities. In these
    landscape character and           respects the listed sites therefore rate positively in terms of sustainability, compared
    settlements, and increase         to some sites which could be proposed through 6.1.1B or come through 6.1.1C.
    engagement in cultural            There are however a few sites which do contain or border on listed heritage assets.
    activities                        Some of these sites have been given low ratings, and others medium ones on the




                                                     220
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                       understanding that they have the potential to significantly improve the setting of a
                                       heritage asset (examples of the latter being the sites around the Skerne Bridge).
    To achieve ambitious,              Any increase in population- the probable result of new housing development- is
    sustainable levels of economic     likely to support growth in economic activity. To support that growth over the long
    growth                             term it will be better to have housing sites in accessible locations. For that reason
                                       most of the listed sites were rated highly against this sustainability objective. Those
                                       which were rated lower were those which occupy sites with current employment
                                       uses, where diversification away from such uses is not supported by the
                                       Employment Land Review.

    Increase employment levels         The sites were assessed against this objective using the same criteria as for
    and access to sustainable and      Objective 19. The ratings were therefore the same.
    high quality employment
    opportunities




                                    6.1.2 Where should new housing go? Housing Locations – North
                                    West Urban Fringe
    General conclusion:             Option 6.1.2A is the most sustainable option, making use of land at Stag House Farm,
                                    which performs best of the areas identified against the range of objectives overall, and
                                    benefits from proximity to good quality bus services. Option 6.1.2C is the next most
                                    sustainable (benefiting from being close to West Park local centre, but with some flood
                                    risk issues) and Option 6.1.2B the least. Most of the negative impacts can be mitigated
                                    or eliminated through careful design of any new development.
    Attract, encourage and          All new housing sites should in theory attract new Borough residents and help to retain
    make provision for young        existing ones, since they should help to reduce average house prices in the borough
    people and families within      and also to adapt the housing stock profile closer to matching the desires of those
    the Borough; whilst catering    seeking a new home. However, some housing sites score better against this
    for an aging population         sustainability appraisal objective than others, owing to the specific housing
                                    requirements of families, young people and the elderly. At the North-West Urban
                                    Fringe (NWUF) the least sustainable option was considered to be Option 6.1.2B (Land
                                    east of Newton Lane and west of Edward Pease Way (about 40ha)). This was due to
                                    the large distance from the northern part of the site to the nearest existing public
                                    access sports facility, and the lack of such positive features as proximity to existing,
                                    frequent public transport (Option 6.1.2A- Land at Stag House Farm and land east of
                                    Newton Lane/West of Edward Pease Way) and proximity to a local centre (Option
                                    6.1.2C- Land north of Rotary Way and west of Edward Pease Way)
    Reduce inequalities for the     Providing for the most deprived and disadvantaged within new developments at the
    most deprived and               NWUF will include ensuring proximity to existing public transport and to local centres.
    disadvantaged                   Therefore, as for Sustainability Objective 1, Options 6.1.2A and 6.1.2C score better
                                    than the less accessible Option 6.1.2B against this objective.
                                    All the potential configurations border on Cockerton West ward, one of the Borough’s
                                    most deprived. Option 6.1.2A has by far the longest border with development in that
                                    ward (across the old Barnard Castle railway line). However, while there is the potential




                                                      221
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                   for new development in the NWUF to support existing services in Cockerton West
                                   ward, the physical environment in that ward may suffer from the loss of adjacent open
                                   countryside. Therefore until more information is available a neutral value has been
                                   allotted to the effect of NWUF development on inequality in Cockerton West.
    Enhance community              While urban fringe development in general is less conducive to encouraging
    identity and create an         community identity and engagement than development within the urban area, it is
    empowered and engaged          possible to distinguish between sites in the NWUF in these terms. Option 6.1.2C would
    borough-wide community of      be the most sustainable since it is located closer to the developing local centre of West
    town, villages and             Park than the other two options are.
    countryside that values
    diversity and cares for
    others
    Raise aspirations and          All the sites would require the construction of a new primary school, while also needing
    improve educational            connections to other schools. Option 6.1.2A rates the best against this objective, since
    attainment and access to       it would be able to provide for a new primary school and also has proximity to an
    qualifications and skills in   existing high frequency bus service through Cockerton West ward. Option 6.1.2C rates
    all of the community           the worst since, as stated in the Accommodating Growth Issues and Options paper,
    through lifelong learning      there would be fewer contributions available for a new school.

    Provide a choice and mix of    Any housing sites brought forward in the NWUF should be good quality and well
    affordably accessible, good    designed, if they are to comply with the Core Strategy DPD and Design of New
    quality and well designed      Development SPD. It is not at this stage possible to distinguish them in terms of
    sustainable housing            affordability. However, their comparative ability to provide accessible and sustainably
                                   located housing can be assessed. As for Sustainability Objectives 1 and 2, Options
                                   6.1.2A and 6.1.2C rate better than the less accessible Option 6.1.2B against this
                                   objective. Option 6.1.2A is close to a frequent bus service through Cockerton West
                                   ward and Option 6.1.2C is partially close to the local centre of West Park.

    Improve community safety,      Option 6.1.2A is the most sustainable when measured against this sustainability
    reduce crime and anti-         objective, the main focus of which in this area is traffic safety. The land between
    social behaviour and           Newton Land and Edward Pease Way, used by all the options but most of all by Option
    improve public confidence      6.1.2B, was discovered by the SHLAA to have ‘Major [traffic] implications, difficult to
                                   resolve.’ The land north of Rotary Way, used by Option 6.1.2C, is vulnerable to
                                   adverse effects from industrial and commercial traffic using Rotary Way. By contrast,
                                   the land at Stag House Farm used only in Option 6.1.2A is only considered to require
                                   access improvements and have ‘some’ impact on the Strategic Road Network.

    Improve the health and         Option 6.1.2A rates the best against this objective, since it has proximity to both a
    wellbeing of all by reducing   public access sports facility and to an existing high frequency bus service through
    health inequalities and        Cockerton West ward, which should encourage lower car use. Option 6.1.2B rates the
    promoting healthier            worst since it does not have access to such a bus service, and part of the site does not
    lifestyles.                    currently have good proximity to a public access sports facility.

    Contribute to One Planet       Additional housing development, especially at the urban fringe, is very likely to lead to
    Living                         an increase in Darlington’s consumption of resources. However, out of those listed, the
                                   most efficient NWUF options in terms of resource consumption are likely to be 6.1.2A




                                                     222
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



                                   (proximity to bus route) and 6.1.2C (proximity to neighbourhood centre). All the sites
                                   would result in the destruction of agricultural land, but none of that land is of grade 1 or
                                   2.

    Ensure the Borough is          The indicators for the grading of sites against the Climate Change objective were the
    prepared for climate           same as for the One Planet Living objective, bar that relating to food production land:
    change, increase resilience    chiefly those relating to accessibility of sites by non-car means and proximity to
    through adaptation and         facilities. The ranking of sites is therefore the same.
    reduce greenhouse gas
    emissions

    Protect and improve the        All the sites receive a low rating against this objective due to the fact that they would
    quality of land and soil and   involve the destruction of agricultural land, although not Grade 1 or 2. None of the sites
    ensure that land and soil is   have been identified as having a high risk of contamination, although part of Option
    used in a sustainable and      6.1.2A would be close to a former landfill site.
    innovative manner

    Avoid and reduce flood risk    All the options involve greenfield development and as a matter of course will be
                                   expected not to increase runoff from the site. While Options 6.1.2A and 6.1.2B are
                                   located entirely in Flood Risk Zone 1, the Option 6.1.2C site includes a narrow belt of
                                   Flood Risk Zone 2 and hence is rated lower against this objective.

    Protect and enhance            All the sites are adjacent to or include small watercourses. This feature is most
    ground and surface water       dominant in Option 6.1.2C, which receives a lower rating as a result.
    quality and make efficient
    use of water

    Maintain, protect and          Urban fringe housing development is very likely to lead to an increase in motor traffic
    improve air quality            and a corresponding decrease in air quality. However there are differences in
                                   sustainability between the options. Option 6.1.2 is the most sustainable when
                                   measured against this sustainability objective. The land between Newton Land and
                                   Edward Pease Way, used by all the options but most of all by Option 6.1.2B, was
                                   discovered by the SHLAA to have ‘Major [traffic] implications, difficult to resolve.’ The
                                   land north of Rotary Way, used by Option 6.1.2C, is vulnerable to adverse effects from
                                   industrial and commercial traffic using Rotary Way. By contrast, the land at Stag House
                                   Farm used only in Option 6.1.2A is only considered to require access improvements
                                   and have ‘some’ impact on the Strategic Road Network.

    Protect and enhance            Full wildlife records for the Borough are not yet available so great crested newt records
    biodiversity and               were used as a proxy, along with the nationally and locally designated wildlife sites.
    geodiversity and encourage     There are no designated wildlife sites in close proximity to the NWUF; however, part of
    opportunities for habitat      the site covered by Option 6.1.2C is within 500m of a great crested newt record, and
    creation                       therefore that site is rated lower than the others.

    Protect, and enhance           All of the options would involve the creation or opening up of public green spaces and
    access to, open spaces,        rights of way. All options fringe the Barnard Castle railway line green corridor; Option




                                                      223
Darlington LDF – Accommodating Growth DPD Issues and Options Report Draft SA Report Appendices , November 2010



    the rights of way network      6.1.2A in particular would front a long tract of it, allowing new access to and expansion
    and the green infrastructure   of the corridor; while Option 6.1.2C would come close to a public right of way between
    network                        Rotary Way and Burtree Lane, with potential for links. Therefore Option 6.1.2B, which
                                   has the smallest contact with existing rights of way, has been rated slightly lower
                                   against this objective.

    Promote sustainable waste      All of the NWUF sites would sterilise mineral resources of limestone.
    and mineral management,
    including the reduction,
    reuse, recycling and
    recovery of waste and
    mineral resources

    Promote traffic reduction      Options 6.1.2A and 6.1.2C are rated higher than Option 2.5 against this sustainability
    and encourage more             objective.
    sustainable alternative        Although Option 6.1.2B is closer than Option 6.1.2A to employment sites- to be
    forms of transport             specific, the prospective employment site at Faverdale Reserve- it does not have the
                                   same current access to a frequent bus service that Option 6.1.2A has, or the proximity
                                   to a neighbourhood centre and to existing employment sites at Faverdale East that
                                   Option 6.1.2C has, and its road access problems (identified in the SHLAA) are more
                                   serious.

    Preserve and enhance           All the options would, as identified in the SHLAA, lead to a loss o